Merge changes from emacs-23 branch
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @include emacsver.texi
11
12 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
13 @c @texline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
15 @c @infoline foo
16 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
17
18 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
19 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
20
21 @iftex
22 @macro texline
23 @end macro
24 @alias infoline=comment
25 @alias expr=math
26 @alias tfn=code
27 @alias mathit=expr
28 @alias summarykey=key
29 @macro cpi{}
30 @math{@pi{}}
31 @end macro
32 @macro cpiover{den}
33 @math{@pi/\den\}
34 @end macro
35 @end iftex
36
37 @ifnottex
38 @alias texline=comment
39 @macro infoline{stuff}
40 \stuff\
41 @end macro
42 @alias expr=samp
43 @alias tfn=t
44 @alias mathit=i
45 @macro summarykey{ky}
46 \ky\
47 @end macro
48 @macro cpi{}
49 @expr{pi}
50 @end macro
51 @macro cpiover{den}
52 @expr{pi/\den\}
53 @end macro
54 @end ifnottex
55
56
57 @tex
58 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
59 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
60 @end tex
61
62 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
63 @iftex
64 @finalout
65 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
66 @tex
67 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
68
69 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
70 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
71 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
72 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
73 @end tex
74 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
75 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
76 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
77 @ignore
78 @newcount@calcpageno
79 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
80 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
81 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
82 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
83 \r@ggedbottomtrue
84 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
85 @end ignore
86 @end iftex
87
88 @copying
89 @ifinfo
90 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
91 @end ifinfo
92 @ifnotinfo
93 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with
94 GNU Emacs @value{EMACSVER}.
95 @end ifnotinfo
96
97 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
98 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
99
100 @quotation
101 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
102 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
103 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
104 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
105 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
106 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
107 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
108
109 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
110 modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
111 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
112 @end quotation
113 @end copying
114
115 @dircategory Emacs
116 @direntry
117 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
118 @end direntry
119
120 @titlepage
121 @sp 6
122 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
123 @sp 4
124 @center GNU Emacs Calc
125 @c [volume]
126 @sp 5
127 @center Dave Gillespie
128 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
129 @page
130
131 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
132 @insertcopying
133 @end titlepage
134
135
136 @summarycontents
137
138 @c [end]
139
140 @contents
141
142 @c [begin]
143 @ifnottex
144 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
145 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
146
147 @noindent
148 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
149 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
150
151 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
152 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
153 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
154 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
155 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
156 @end ifnottex
157
158 @ifinfo
159 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
160 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
161 longer Info tutorial.)
162 @end ifinfo
163
164 @insertcopying
165
166 @menu
167 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
168 @ifinfo
169 * Interactive Tutorial::
170 @end ifinfo
171 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
172
173 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
174 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
175 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
176 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
177 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
178 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
179 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
180 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
181 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
182 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
183 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
184 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
185 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
186 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
187 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
188
189 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
190 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
191 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
192 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
193
194 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
195
196 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
197 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
198 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
199 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
200 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
201 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
202 @end menu
203
204 @ifinfo
205 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
206 @end ifinfo
207 @ifnotinfo
208 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
209 @end ifnotinfo
210 @chapter Getting Started
211 @noindent
212 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
213 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
214 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
215
216 @menu
217 * What is Calc::
218 * About This Manual::
219 * Notations Used in This Manual::
220 * Demonstration of Calc::
221 * Using Calc::
222 * History and Acknowledgements::
223 @end menu
224
225 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
226 @section What is Calc?
227
228 @noindent
229 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
230 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
231 series of calculators, its many features include:
232
233 @itemize @bullet
234 @item
235 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
236
237 @item
238 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
239
240 @item
241 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
242 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
243 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
244 and algebraic formulas.
245
246 @item
247 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
248
249 @item
250 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
251
252 @item
253 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
254
255 @item
256 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
257 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
258
259 @item
260 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
261
262 @item
263 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
264
265 @item
266 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
267 inside any editing buffer.
268
269 @item
270 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
271
272 @item
273 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
274 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
275 @end itemize
276
277 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
278 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
279 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
280 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
281 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
282 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
283 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
284 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
285
286 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
287 @section About This Manual
288
289 @noindent
290 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
291 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices and as
292 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
293 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
294 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
295 regularly.
296
297 This manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
298 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial, and the Calc
299 reference manual.
300 @c [when-split]
301 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
302 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
303 @c chapter.
304
305 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
306 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
307 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
308 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
309 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
310
311 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
312 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
313 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
314 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
315 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
316 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
317 to use its features.
318
319 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
320 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
321 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
322 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
323 need to know.
324
325 @c @cindex Marginal notes
326 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
327 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
328 variables also have their own indices.
329 @c @texline Each
330 @c @infoline In the printed manual, each
331 @c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
332 @c in the margin with its index entry.
333
334 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
335 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by pressing
336 the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window, you can press
337 @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. From within Calc the command
338 @kbd{h t} will jump directly to the Tutorial; from outside of Calc the
339 command @kbd{C-x * t} will jump to the Tutorial and start Calc if
340 necessary. Pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s} will take you directly
341 to the Calc Summary. Within Calc, you can also go to the part of the
342 manual describing any Calc key, function, or variable using
343 @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v}, respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
344
345 @ifnottex
346 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
347 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
348 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
349 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
350 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
351 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
352 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
353 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
354 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
355 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
356 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
357 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
358 The result will be a device-independent output file called
359 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
360 for your system. On many systems, the command is
361
362 @example
363 lpr -d calc.dvi
364 @end example
365
366 @noindent
367 or
368
369 @example
370 dvips calc.dvi
371 @end example
372 @end ifnottex
373 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
374 @c Foundation.
375
376 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
377 @section Notations Used in This Manual
378
379 @noindent
380 This section describes the various notations that are used
381 throughout the Calc manual.
382
383 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
384 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
385 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
386 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
387 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
388 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
389 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
390 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
391 regularly using Emacs.
392
393 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
394 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
395 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
396 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
397 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
398
399 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
400 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
401 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
402
403 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
404 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
405 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
406 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
407
408 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
409 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
410 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
411 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
412 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
413
414 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
415 [@code{sincos}].
416
417 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
418 @section A Demonstration of Calc
419
420 @noindent
421 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
422 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
423 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
424 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
425 Tutorial.
426
427 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
428 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
429 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
430 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
431
432 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
433 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
434 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
435 Delete, and Space keys.
436
437 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
438 then the command to operate on the numbers.
439
440 @noindent
441 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
442 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
443 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
444
445 @noindent
446 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
447 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
448 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
449
450 @noindent
451 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
452
453 @noindent
454 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
455 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
456
457 @noindent
458 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
459
460 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
461 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
462 use the apostrophe key.
463
464 @noindent
465 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
466 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
467 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
468
469 @noindent
470 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
471 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
472 @infoline `pi' squared.
473 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
474
475 @noindent
476 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
477 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
478
479 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
480 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
481 the next section.)
482
483 @noindent
484 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
485 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
486
487 @noindent
488 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
489
490 @noindent
491 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
492
493 @noindent
494 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
495
496 @noindent
497 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
498 the Keypad Calculator off.
499
500 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
501 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
502 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
503 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
504 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
505 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
506 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
507
508 @example
509 @group
510 1.23 1.97
511 1.6 2
512 1.19 1.08
513 @end group
514 @end example
515
516 @noindent
517 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
518 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
519
520 @noindent
521 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
522 the product of the numbers.
523
524 @noindent
525 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
526 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
527 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
528
529 @noindent
530 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
531 @texline @math{3\times2}
532 @infoline 3x2
533 matrix into a
534 @texline @math{2\times3}
535 @infoline 2x3
536 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
537 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
538 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
539 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
540
541 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
542 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
543 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
544
545 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
546 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
547 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
548 many weeks have passed since then.
549
550 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
551 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
552 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
553 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
554 in @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
555 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
556
557 @noindent
558 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
559 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
560 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
561 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
562 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
563
564 @noindent
565 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
566 (That's the letter @kbd{l}, not the numeral @kbd{1}.)
567
568 @ifnotinfo
569 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
570 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
571 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
572 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
573 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
574 @end ifnotinfo
575 @ifinfo
576 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
577 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
578 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
579 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
580 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
581 @end ifinfo
582
583 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
584 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
585
586 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
587 @section Using Calc
588
589 @noindent
590 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
591 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
592 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
593
594 @menu
595 * Starting Calc::
596 * The Standard Interface::
597 * Quick Mode Overview::
598 * Keypad Mode Overview::
599 * Standalone Operation::
600 * Embedded Mode Overview::
601 * Other C-x * Commands::
602 @end menu
603
604 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
605 @subsection Starting Calc
606
607 @noindent
608 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
609 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
610 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
611
612 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
613 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
614 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
615 which Calc interface you want to use.
616
617 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
618 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
619 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
620 a complete list.
621
622 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
623 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
624 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
625
626 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
627 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
628 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
629 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
630 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
631
632 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
633 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
634
635 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
636 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
637
638 @noindent
639 @cindex Standard user interface
640 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
641 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
642 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
643 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
644
645 @smallexample
646 @group
647
648 ...
649 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
650 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
651 2: 17.3 | 17.3
652 1: -5 | 3
653 . | 2
654 | 4
655 | * 8
656 | ->-5
657 |
658 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
659 @end group
660 @end smallexample
661
662 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
663 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
664 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
665 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
666 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
667 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
668 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
669 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
670 you do.
671
672 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
673 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
674 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
675 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
676 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
677
678 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
679 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
680 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
681
682 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
683 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
684 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
685 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
686 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
687 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
688 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
689
690 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
691 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
692 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
693 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
694 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
695 as Calc commands.
696
697 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
698 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
699 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
700 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
701 Calculator.
702
703 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
704 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
705 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
706 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
707 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
708 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
709 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
710
711 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
712
713 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
714 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
715 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
716 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
717 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
718 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
719 normal partial-screen mode.
720
721 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
722 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
723 editing before remains selected instead. If you are in a Calc window,
724 then @kbd{C-x * o} will switch you out of it, being careful not to
725 switch you to the Calc Trail window. So @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
726 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; you can then
727 type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
728
729 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
730 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
731
732 @noindent
733 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
734 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
735 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
736
737 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
738 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
739 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
740 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
741 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
742 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
743 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
744 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
745
746 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
747 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
748
749 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
750 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
751
752 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
753 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
754
755 @noindent
756 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
757 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
758 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
759 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
760
761 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
762 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
763 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
764 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
765
766 @tex
767 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
768 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
769 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
770 \medskip
771 @end tex
772 @smallexample
773 @group
774 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
775 |2: 17.3
776 |1: -5
777 | .
778 |--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
779 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
780 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
781 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
782 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
783 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
784 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
785 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
786 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
787 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
788 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
789 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
790 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
791 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
792 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
793 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
794 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
795 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
796 @end group
797 @end smallexample
798
799 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
800 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
801 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
802 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
803 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
804 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
805
806 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
807 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
808 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
809 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
810 the stack).
811
812 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
813 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
814 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
815 numbers.
816
817 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
818 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
819 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
820 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
821 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
822
823 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
824 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
825 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
826
827 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
828 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
829
830 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
831 @subsection Standalone Operation
832
833 @noindent
834 @cindex Standalone Operation
835 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
836 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
837 can give the commands:
838
839 @example
840 emacs -f full-calc
841 @end example
842
843 @noindent
844 or
845
846 @example
847 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
848 @end example
849
850 @noindent
851 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
852 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
853 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
854 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
855 itself.
856
857 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
858 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
859
860 @noindent
861 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
862 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
863 document like this:
864
865 @smallexample
866 @group
867 The derivative of
868
869 ln(ln(x))
870
871 is
872 @end group
873 @end smallexample
874
875 @noindent
876 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
877 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
878 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
879 you want the result to be, leaving a blank line before and after the
880 formula:
881
882 @smallexample
883 @group
884 The derivative of
885
886 ln(ln(x))
887
888 is
889
890 ln(ln(x))
891 @end group
892 @end smallexample
893
894 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
895 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to tell
896 how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly) onto the Calc
897 stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the editing buffer, but
898 the line with the formula will now appear as it would on the Calc stack
899 (in this case, it will be left-aligned) and the buffer's mode line will
900 change to look like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like
901 @samp{12 Deg} and so on). Even though you are still in your editing
902 buffer, the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
903 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take the
904 derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
905
906 @smallexample
907 @group
908 The derivative of
909
910 ln(ln(x))
911
912 is
913
914 1 / ln(x) x
915 @end group
916 @end smallexample
917
918 (Note that by default, Calc gives division lower precedence than multiplication,
919 so that @samp{1 / ln(x) x} is equivalent to @samp{1 / (ln(x) x)}.)
920
921 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
922 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
923
924 @smallexample
925 @group
926 The derivative of
927
928 ln(ln(x))
929
930 is
931 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
932 % [calc-mode: language: big]
933
934 1
935 -------
936 ln(x) x
937 @end group
938 @end smallexample
939
940 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
941 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
942 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
943 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
944 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
945 out of the way.)
946
947 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
948 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
949
950 @smallexample
951 @group
952 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
953 % [calc-mode: language: big]
954 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
955
956 1
957 ------- (1)
958 ln(x) x
959 @end group
960 @end smallexample
961
962 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
963 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
964
965 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
966 generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
967 expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
968 Here's an example of its use:
969
970 @smallexample
971 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
972 @end smallexample
973
974 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
975 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
976 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
977 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
978
979 @smallexample
980 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
981 @end smallexample
982
983 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
984 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
985
986 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
987 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
988
989 @noindent
990 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
991 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
992 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
993 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
994 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
995
996 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
997 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
998 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
999 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
1000 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
1001 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
1002 formula.
1003
1004 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1005 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1006 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1007
1008 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
1009 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1010 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1011 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1012 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1013 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1014 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1015 is something on the Calc stack.
1016
1017 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1018 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1019 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1020
1021 @noindent
1022 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1023
1024 @table @kbd
1025 @item *
1026 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1027
1028 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1029 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1030
1031 @item C
1032 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1033 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1034 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1035
1036 @item O
1037 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1038 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1039 move it out of that window.
1040
1041 @item B
1042 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1043
1044 @item Q
1045 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1046
1047 @item K
1048 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1049
1050 @item E
1051 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1052
1053 @item J
1054 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1055
1056 @item W
1057 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1058
1059 @item Z
1060 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1061
1062 @item X
1063 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1064 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1065 @end table
1066 @iftex
1067 @sp 2
1068 @end iftex
1069
1070 @noindent
1071 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1072
1073 @table @kbd
1074 @item G
1075 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1076
1077 @item R
1078 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1079
1080 @item :
1081 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1082
1083 @item _
1084 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1085
1086 @item Y
1087 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1088 @end table
1089 @iftex
1090 @sp 2
1091 @end iftex
1092
1093 @noindent
1094 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1095
1096 @table @kbd
1097 @item A
1098 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1099 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1100 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1101
1102 @item D
1103 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1104 the duplicate.
1105
1106 @item F
1107 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1108
1109 @item N
1110 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1111
1112 @item P
1113 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1114
1115 @item U
1116 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1117
1118 @item `
1119 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1120 @end table
1121 @iftex
1122 @sp 2
1123 @end iftex
1124
1125 @noindent
1126 Miscellaneous commands:
1127
1128 @table @kbd
1129 @item I
1130 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1131 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1132
1133 @item T
1134 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1135
1136 @item S
1137 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1138
1139 @item L
1140 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1141 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1142
1143 @item M
1144 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1145 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1146
1147 @item 0
1148 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1149 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1150 @end table
1151
1152 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1153 @section History and Acknowledgements
1154
1155 @noindent
1156 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1157 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1158 the value of
1159 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1160 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1161 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1162 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1163 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1164 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1165 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1166 all.
1167
1168 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1169 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1170 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1171 got too far out of hand.
1172
1173 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1174 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1175 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1176
1177 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1178 this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1179 only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1180 calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1181 well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1182 just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1183 the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1184 there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1185 which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1186 All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1187 might be worth having.
1188
1189 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1190 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1191 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1192 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1193 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1194 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1195 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1196 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1197 implement what they needed for themselves.
1198
1199 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1200 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1201 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1202
1203 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1204 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1205 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1206
1207 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1208 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1209 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1210 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1211 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1212 algebra system for microcomputers.
1213
1214 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1215 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1216 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1217 rules, and many other algebra features;
1218 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1219 @infoline Francois
1220 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1221 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1222 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1223 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1224 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1225 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1226 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
1227 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1228 parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1229 Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1230 well as many other things.
1231
1232 @cindex Bibliography
1233 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1234 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1235 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1236 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1237 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1238 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1239 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1240 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1241 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1242 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1243 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1244 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1245 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1246 Dan LaLiberte.
1247
1248 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1249 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1250 finished in two weeks.
1251
1252 @c [tutorial]
1253
1254 @ifinfo
1255 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1256 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1257 @chapter Tutorial
1258
1259 @noindent
1260 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1261
1262 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1263 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1264 for this).
1265
1266 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1267 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1268 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1269 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1270
1271 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1272 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1273 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1274 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1275 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1276
1277 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1278
1279 Press the number @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1280
1281 @menu
1282 * Tutorial::
1283 @end menu
1284
1285 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1286 @end ifinfo
1287 @ifnotinfo
1288 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1289 @end ifnotinfo
1290 @chapter Tutorial
1291
1292 @noindent
1293 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1294 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1295 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1296 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1297 @c [not-split]
1298 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1299 @c [when-split]
1300 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1301
1302 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1303 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1304 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1305 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1306 the Embedded mode interface.
1307
1308 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1309 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. Press
1310 @kbd{C-x * t} to set this up; the on-line tutorial will be opened in the
1311 current window and Calc will be started in another window. From the
1312 Info window, the command @kbd{C-x * c} can be used to switch to the Calc
1313 window and @kbd{C-x * o} can be used to switch back to the Info window.
1314 (If you have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead; in
1315 that case you only need to press @kbd{C-x * c} to start Calc.)
1316
1317 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1318 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1319 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1320 general areas.
1321
1322 @ifnottex
1323 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1324 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1325 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1326 @end ifnottex
1327 @iftex
1328 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1329 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1330 Calc.
1331 @end iftex
1332
1333 @menu
1334 * Basic Tutorial::
1335 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1336 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1337 * Types Tutorial::
1338 * Algebra Tutorial::
1339 * Programming Tutorial::
1340
1341 * Answers to Exercises::
1342 @end menu
1343
1344 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1345 @section Basic Tutorial
1346
1347 @noindent
1348 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1349 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1350 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1351
1352 @menu
1353 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1354 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1355 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1356 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1357 @end menu
1358
1359 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1360 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1361
1362 @cindex RPN notation
1363 @ifnottex
1364 @noindent
1365 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1366 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1367 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1368 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1369 @end ifnottex
1370 @tex
1371 \noindent
1372 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1373 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1374 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1375 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1376 @end tex
1377
1378 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1379 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1380 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1381 from the top of the stack.
1382
1383 @cindex Operators
1384 @cindex Operands
1385 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1386 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1387 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1388 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1389 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1390 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1391
1392 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1393 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1394 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1395 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1396 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1397 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1398 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1399 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1400 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1401
1402 @smallexample
1403 @group
1404 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1405 . 1: 3 .
1406 .
1407
1408 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1409 @end group
1410 @end smallexample
1411
1412 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1413 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1414 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1415 less distracting in regular use.
1416
1417 @cindex Stack levels
1418 @cindex Levels of stack
1419 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1420 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1421 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1422 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1423 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1424 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1425 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1426
1427 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1428 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1429 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1430 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1431 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1432 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1433 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1434 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1435 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1436 if you are interested.
1437
1438 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1439 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1440 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1441 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1442 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1443
1444 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1445 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1446
1447 @smallexample
1448 @group
1449 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1450 . 1: 3 .
1451 .
1452
1453 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1454 @end group
1455 @end smallexample
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1459 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1460 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1461
1462 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1463 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1464 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1465 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1466 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1467 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1468 return to where you were.)
1469
1470 @noindent
1471 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1472 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1473 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1474 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1475
1476 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1477 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1478 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1479 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1480
1481 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1482 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1483 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1484 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1485 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1486 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1487 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1488 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1489 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1490
1491 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1492 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1493 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1494
1495 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1496 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1497 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1498 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1499 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1500
1501 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1502 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1503 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1504
1505 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1506 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1507 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1508
1509 @smallexample
1510 @group
1511 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1512 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1513 . .
1514
1515 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1516 @end group
1517 @end smallexample
1518
1519 @noindent
1520 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1521 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1522
1523 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1524 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1525 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1526
1527 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1528 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1529 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1530 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1531 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1532
1533 @smallexample
1534 @group
1535 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1536 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1537 . .
1538
1539 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1540 @end group
1541 @end smallexample
1542
1543 @noindent
1544 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1545
1546 @smallexample
1547 @group
1548 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1549 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1550 . 1: 3 .
1551 .
1552
1553 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1554 @end group
1555 @end smallexample
1556
1557 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1558 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1559 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1560
1561 @smallexample
1562 @group
1563 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1564 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1565 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1566 . . .
1567
1568 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1569 @end group
1570 @end smallexample
1571
1572 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1573 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1574 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1575 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1576
1577 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1578 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1579 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1580 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1581
1582 @smallexample
1583 @group
1584 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1585 . . 1: 16 . .
1586 .
1587
1588 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1589 @end group
1590 @end smallexample
1591
1592 @noindent
1593 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1594 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1595
1596 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1597 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1598 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1599 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1600 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1601
1602 @smallexample
1603 @group
1604 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1605 . 1: 4 .
1606 .
1607
1608 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1609 @end group
1610 @end smallexample
1611
1612 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1613 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1614 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1615 prefix for you:
1616
1617 @smallexample
1618 @group
1619 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1620 . 1: 4 .
1621 .
1622
1623 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1624 @end group
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1628
1629 @smallexample
1630 @group
1631 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1632 . . .
1633
1634 4 @key{RET} n Q
1635 @end group
1636 @end smallexample
1637
1638 @noindent
1639 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1640 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1641 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1642 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1643
1644 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1645 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1646 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1647 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1648 complex result.)
1649
1650 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1651 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1652
1653 @smallexample
1654 @group
1655 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1656 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1657 . .
1658
1659 ( 2 , 3 )
1660 @end group
1661 @end smallexample
1662
1663 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1664 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1665
1666 @smallexample
1667 @group
1668 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1669 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1670 . 1: 3 . .
1671 .
1672 (error)
1673 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1674 @end group
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1679 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1680
1681 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1682 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1683
1684 @smallexample
1685 @group
1686 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1687 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1688 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1689 . . .
1690
1691 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1692 @end group
1693 @end smallexample
1694
1695 @noindent
1696 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1697 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1698 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1699 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1700
1701 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1702 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1703 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1704 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1705 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1706
1707 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1708 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1709 the tutorial.
1710
1711 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1712 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1713 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1714 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1715 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1716 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1717 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1718
1719 @smallexample
1720 @group
1721 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1722 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1723 . 1: 30 1: 30
1724 . .
1725
1726 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1727 @end group
1728 @end smallexample
1729
1730 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1731 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1732 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1733 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1734 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1735
1736 @smallexample
1737 @group
1738 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1739 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1740 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1741 . . 1: 20
1742 .
1743
1744 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1745 @end group
1746 @end smallexample
1747
1748 @cindex Clearing the stack
1749 @cindex Emptying the stack
1750 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1751 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1752 entire stack.)
1753
1754 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1755 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1759 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1760 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1761 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1762
1763 @strong{Notice:} Calc gives @samp{/} lower precedence than @samp{*}, so
1764 that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}; this is not
1765 standard across all computer languages. See below for details.
1766
1767 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1768 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1769 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1770 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1771 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1772 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1773 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1774
1775 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1776 The result should be the number 9.
1777
1778 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1779 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1780 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1781 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1782 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1783
1784 @example
1785 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1786 @end example
1787
1788 @noindent
1789 is equivalent to
1790
1791 @example
1792 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1793 @end example
1794
1795 @noindent
1796 or, in large mathematical notation,
1797
1798 @ifnottex
1799 @example
1800 @group
1801 3 * 4 * 5
1802 2 + --------- - 9
1803 8
1804 6 * 7
1805 @end group
1806 @end example
1807 @end ifnottex
1808 @tex
1809 \beforedisplay
1810 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1811 \afterdisplay
1812 @end tex
1813
1814 @noindent
1815 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1816
1817 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1818 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1819 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1820 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1821
1822 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1823 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1824 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1825 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1826
1827 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1828 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1829 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1830 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1831 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1832
1833 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1834
1835 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1836 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1837 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1838 an algebraic entry.
1839
1840 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1841 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1842 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1843 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1844 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1845
1846 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1847 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1848
1849 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1850 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1851 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1852 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1853 rule to use!
1854
1855 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1856 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1857 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1858
1859 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1860
1861 @smallexample
1862 @group
1863 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1864 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1865 . .
1866
1867 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1868 @end group
1869 @end smallexample
1870
1871 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1872 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1873 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1874
1875 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1876 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1877 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1878 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1879 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1880 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1881 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1882
1883 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1884
1885 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1886 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1887 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1888 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1889 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1890 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1891 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1892 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1893 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1894 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1895 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1896 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1897 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1898
1899 @smallexample
1900 @group
1901 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1902 . . .
1903
1904 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1905 @end group
1906 @end smallexample
1907
1908 @noindent
1909 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1910 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1911
1912 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1913 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1914 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1915 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1916
1917 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1918 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1919
1920 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1921 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1922 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1923 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1924 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1925 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1926 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1927
1928 @smallexample
1929 @group
1930 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1931 . . .
1932
1933 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1934 @end group
1935 @end smallexample
1936
1937 @noindent
1938 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1939 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1940
1941 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1942 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1943 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1944
1945 @smallexample
1946 @group
1947 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1948 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1949 . 1: 2 .
1950 .
1951
1952 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1953 @end group
1954 @end smallexample
1955
1956 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1957 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1958 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1959 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1960 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1961 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1962
1963 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1964 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1965
1966 @smallexample
1967 @group
1968 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1969 . .
1970
1971 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1972 @end group
1973 @end smallexample
1974
1975 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1976 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1977
1978 @smallexample
1979 @group
1980 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1981 .
1982
1983 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1984 @end group
1985 @end smallexample
1986
1987 @noindent
1988 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1989 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1990 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1991 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1992 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1993 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1994 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1995 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1996 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1997 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1998 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1999 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
2000 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
2001 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
2002
2003 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2004 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2005 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2006 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2007 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2008
2009 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2010 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2011 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2012
2013 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2014 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2015 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2016 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2017 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2018 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2019 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2020 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2021
2022 @smallexample
2023 @group
2024 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2025 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2026 . .
2027
2028 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2029 @end group
2030 @end smallexample
2031
2032 @noindent
2033 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2034 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2035 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2036 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2037 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2038
2039 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2040
2041 @smallexample
2042 @group
2043 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2044 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2045 .
2046
2047 s u a @key{RET}
2048 @end group
2049 @end smallexample
2050
2051 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2052 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2053
2054 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2055 @subsection Undo and Redo
2056
2057 @noindent
2058 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2059 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2060 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2061 with a clean slate. Now:
2062
2063 @smallexample
2064 @group
2065 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2066 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2067 . .
2068
2069 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2070 @end group
2071 @end smallexample
2072
2073 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2074 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2075 above example, you could type:
2076
2077 @smallexample
2078 @group
2079 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2080 . 1: 3 .
2081 .
2082 (error)
2083 U U U U
2084 @end group
2085 @end smallexample
2086
2087 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2088 mistakenly.
2089
2090 @smallexample
2091 @group
2092 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2093 . 1: 3 . .
2094 .
2095 (error)
2096 D D D D
2097 @end group
2098 @end smallexample
2099
2100 @noindent
2101 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2102 by something other than an undo command.
2103
2104 @cindex Time travel
2105 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2106 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2107 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2108 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2109 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2110 was an earlier undo command.
2111
2112 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2113 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2114 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2115 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2116
2117 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2118 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2119 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2120 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2121 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2122 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2123 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2124 stack.
2125
2126 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2127 went into the trail.
2128
2129 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2130 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2131 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2132 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2133 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2134 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2135 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2136 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2137
2138 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2139 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2140 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2141 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2142 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2143
2144 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2145 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2146 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2147 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2148 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2149 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2150 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2151 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2152 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2153 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2154 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2155
2156 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2157
2158 @smallexample
2159 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2160 @end smallexample
2161
2162 @noindent
2163 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2164 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2165 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2166 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2167 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2168 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2169 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2170
2171 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2172 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2173 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2174 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2175 the prefix.
2176
2177 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2178 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2179 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2180 to edit a stack entry.
2181
2182 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2183 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2184 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2185 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2186 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2187 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2188 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2189 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2190
2191 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2192 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2193
2194 @noindent
2195 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2196 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2197 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2198 try some of the most common ones here.
2199
2200 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2201 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2202
2203 @smallexample
2204 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2205 @end smallexample
2206
2207 @noindent
2208 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2209 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2210 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2211 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2212 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2213 leading and trailing zeros.
2214
2215 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2216 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2217 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2218
2219 @smallexample
2220 @group
2221 1: 0.142857142857
2222 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2223 .
2224 @end group
2225 @end smallexample
2226
2227 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2228 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2229 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2230 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2231
2232 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2233 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2234
2235 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2236 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2237 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2238 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2239 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2240 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2241 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2242
2243 @smallexample
2244 @group
2245 1: 0.142857142857
2246 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2247 3: 1.14285714286
2248 .
2249 @end group
2250 @end smallexample
2251
2252 @noindent
2253 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2254 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2255
2256 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2257 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2258 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2259 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2260 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2261 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2262 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2263 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2264 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2265 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2266 arithmetic.
2267
2268 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2269 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2270 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2271
2272 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2273
2274 @smallexample
2275 @group
2276 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2277 . 1: 10000 .
2278 .
2279
2280 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2281 @end group
2282 @end smallexample
2283
2284 @noindent
2285 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2286 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2287 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2288 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2289 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2290
2291 @smallexample
2292 @group
2293 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2294 . 1: 10000. .
2295 .
2296
2297 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2298 @end group
2299 @end smallexample
2300
2301 @cindex Round-off errors
2302 @noindent
2303 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2304 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2305 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2306 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2307 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2308 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2309 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2310 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2311 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2312 out:
2313
2314 @smallexample
2315 @group
2316 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2317 . 1: 10000. .
2318 .
2319
2320 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2321 @end group
2322 @end smallexample
2323
2324 @noindent
2325 @cindex Guard digits
2326 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2327 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2328 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2329 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2330 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2331 last place.
2332
2333 @cindex Guard digits
2334 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2335 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2336 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2337 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2338 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2339 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2340 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2341
2342 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2343 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2344 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2345 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2346 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2347 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2348 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2349 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2350 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2351 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2352 numbers shown here:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 @group
2356 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2357 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2358 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2359 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2360 . . . . .
2361
2362 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2363 @end group
2364 @end smallexample
2365
2366 @noindent
2367 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2368 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2369 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2370 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2371 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2372 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2373
2374 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2375 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2376 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2377 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2378
2379 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2380 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2381 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2382 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2383 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2384
2385 @smallexample
2386 @group
2387 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2388 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2389 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2390 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2391 . . . . .
2392
2393 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2394 @end group
2395 @end smallexample
2396
2397 @noindent
2398 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2399 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2400 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2401 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2402 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2403 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2404 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2405
2406 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2407 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2408 displayed exactly.
2409
2410 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2411 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2412 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2413
2414 @example
2415 2417851639229258349412352
2416 @end example
2417
2418 @noindent
2419 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2420
2421 @example
2422 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2423 @end example
2424
2425 @noindent
2426 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2427 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2428 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2429
2430 @example
2431 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2432 @end example
2433
2434 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2435 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2436 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2437
2438 @example
2439 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2440 @end example
2441
2442 @noindent
2443 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2444 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2445
2446 @example
2447 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2448 @end example
2449
2450 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2451 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2452
2453 @example
2454 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2455 @end example
2456
2457 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2458 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2459 restore the default precision.
2460
2461 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2462 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2463 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2464 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2465
2466 @example
2467 16#200000000000000000000
2468 @end example
2469
2470 @noindent
2471 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2472 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2473 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2474 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2475 form:
2476
2477 @example
2478 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2479 @end example
2480
2481 @noindent
2482 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2483 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2484 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2485 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2486 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2487 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2488
2489 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2490 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2491 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2492 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2493 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2494
2495 @example
2496 2#101,1111,1110
2497 @end example
2498
2499 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2500 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2501 other radix.
2502
2503 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2504
2505 @example
2506 1,534
2507 @end example
2508
2509 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2510 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2511 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2512 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2513
2514 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2515 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2516 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2517 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2518 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2519 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2520 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2521 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2522 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2523
2524 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2525 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2526 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2527 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2528 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2529 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2530 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2531 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2532
2533 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2534 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2535 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2536 the way they are actually computed.
2537
2538 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2539 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2540 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2541 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2542
2543 @smallexample
2544 @group
2545 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2546 . . . .
2547
2548 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2549 @end group
2550 @end smallexample
2551
2552 @noindent
2553 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2554 of 45 degrees is
2555 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2556 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2557 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2558 roundoff error because the representation of
2559 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2560 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2561 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2562 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2563 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2564
2565 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2566 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2567 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2568 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2569 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2570
2571 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2572 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2573 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2574 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2575 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2576
2577 @smallexample
2578 @group
2579 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2580 . . .
2581
2582 P 4 / m r S
2583 @end group
2584 @end smallexample
2585
2586 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2587 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2588
2589 @smallexample
2590 @group
2591 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2592 . . .
2593
2594 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2595 @end group
2596 @end smallexample
2597
2598 @noindent
2599 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2600 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2601 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2602 first in radians, then in degrees.
2603
2604 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2605 and vice-versa.
2606
2607 @smallexample
2608 @group
2609 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2610 . . .
2611
2612 45 c r c d
2613 @end group
2614 @end smallexample
2615
2616 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2617 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2618 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2619 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2620 number, instead.
2621
2622 @smallexample
2623 @group
2624 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2625 1: 9 . .
2626 .
2627
2628 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2629 @end group
2630 @end smallexample
2631
2632 @noindent
2633 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2634 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2635
2636 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2637 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2638 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2639 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2640 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2641 what to do when dividing two integers.
2642
2643 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2644 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2645 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2646 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2647 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2648
2649 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2650 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2651 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2652 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2653 recompute for you.
2654
2655 @smallexample
2656 @group
2657 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2658 . . .
2659
2660 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2661 @end group
2662 @end smallexample
2663
2664 @noindent
2665 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2666 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2667 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2668 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2669 might affect their values.
2670
2671 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2672 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2673
2674 @noindent
2675 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2676 available in the Calculator.
2677
2678 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2679 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2680 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2681 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2682
2683 @smallexample
2684 @group
2685 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2686 . . . . .
2687
2688 5 & & n n
2689 @end group
2690 @end smallexample
2691
2692 @cindex Binary operators
2693 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2694 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2695 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2696 a negative prefix.
2697
2698 @smallexample
2699 @group
2700 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2701 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2702 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2703 . . 1: 10 .
2704 .
2705
2706 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2707 @end group
2708 @end smallexample
2709
2710 @cindex Unary operators
2711 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2712 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2713
2714 @smallexample
2715 @group
2716 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2717 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2718 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2719 . . .
2720
2721 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2722 @end group
2723 @end smallexample
2724
2725 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2726 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2727 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2728 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2729 integer.
2730
2731 @smallexample
2732 @group
2733 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2734 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2735 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2736 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2737 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2738 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2739 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2740 . . .
2741
2742 M-7 F U M-7 R
2743 @end group
2744 @end smallexample
2745
2746 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2747 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2748 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2749 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2750 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2751
2752 @smallexample
2753 @group
2754 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2755 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2756 . .
2757
2758 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2759 @end group
2760 @end smallexample
2761
2762 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2763
2764 @smallexample
2765 @group
2766 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2767 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2768 . .
2769
2770 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2771 @end group
2772 @end smallexample
2773
2774 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2775 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2776 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2777 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2778 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2779
2780 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2781 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2782 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2783 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2784 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2785
2786 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2787 identity
2788 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2789 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2790 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2791 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2792
2793 @smallexample
2794 @group
2795 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2796 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2797 . . . .
2798
2799 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2800 @end group
2801 @end smallexample
2802
2803 @noindent
2804 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2805 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2806
2807 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2808 of squares, command.
2809
2810 Another identity is
2811 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2812 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2813 @smallexample
2814 @group
2815
2816 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2817 1: 0.43837 . .
2818 .
2819
2820 U / I T
2821 @end group
2822 @end smallexample
2823
2824 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2825 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2826 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2827 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2828
2829 @smallexample
2830 @group
2831 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2832 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2833 . .
2834
2835 U U M-2 n / I T
2836 @end group
2837 @end smallexample
2838
2839 @noindent
2840 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2841 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2842 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2843 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2844 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2845 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2846 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2847
2848 @smallexample
2849 @group
2850 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2851 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2852 . 1: 0.43837 .
2853 .
2854
2855 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2856 @end group
2857 @end smallexample
2858
2859 @noindent
2860 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2861 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2862
2863 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2864 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2865 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2866 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2867 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2868 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2869 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2870 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2871
2872 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2873 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2874 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2875 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2876 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2877
2878 @smallexample
2879 @group
2880 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2881 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2882 . . . . .
2883
2884 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2885 @end group
2886 @end smallexample
2887
2888 @noindent
2889 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2890 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2891 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2892 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2893 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2894 error.
2895
2896 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2897 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2898 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2899 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2900
2901 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2902 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2903
2904 @cindex Common logarithm
2905 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2906 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2907 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2908 prefix.
2909
2910 @smallexample
2911 @group
2912 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2913 . . . .
2914
2915 1000 L U H L
2916 @end group
2917 @end smallexample
2918
2919 @noindent
2920 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2921 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2922
2923 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2924 value of @var{b}.
2925
2926 @smallexample
2927 @group
2928 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2929 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2930 . .
2931
2932 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2933 @end group
2934 @end smallexample
2935
2936 @noindent
2937 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2938 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2939 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2940 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2941 onto the stack.
2942
2943 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2944 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2945 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2946 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2947 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2948 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2949 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2950 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2951 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2952 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2953
2954 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2955 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2956 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2957
2958 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2959 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2960 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2961
2962 @smallexample
2963 @group
2964 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2965 . . . .
2966
2967 100 ! U c f !
2968 @end group
2969 @end smallexample
2970
2971 @noindent
2972 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2973 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2974 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2975 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2976 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2977 in this case).
2978
2979 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2980 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2981 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2982 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2983 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2984
2985 @smallexample
2986 @group
2987 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2988 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2989 1: 5. 1: 120.
2990 . .
2991
2992 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2993 @end group
2994 @end smallexample
2995
2996 @noindent
2997 Here we verify the identity
2998 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2999 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
3000
3001 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
3002 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
3003 is defined by
3004 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
3005 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
3006 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
3007 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
3008 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
3009 large intermediate values.
3010
3011 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3012 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3013 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3014
3015 @smallexample
3016 @group
3017 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3018 1: 20 . .
3019 .
3020
3021 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3022 @end group
3023 @end smallexample
3024
3025 @noindent
3026 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3027 together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3028 number, 30045015.
3029
3030 @cindex Hash tables
3031 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3032 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3033 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3034
3035 @smallexample
3036 @group
3037 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3038 . . .
3039
3040 10000 k n I k n
3041 @end group
3042 @end smallexample
3043
3044 @noindent
3045 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3046 10000.
3047
3048 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3049 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3050 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3051 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3052
3053 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3054 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3055 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3056
3057 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3058 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3059
3060 @noindent
3061 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3062 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3063 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3064 a vector as a list of objects.
3065
3066 @menu
3067 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3068 * Matrix Tutorial::
3069 * List Tutorial::
3070 @end menu
3071
3072 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3073 @subsection Vector Analysis
3074
3075 @noindent
3076 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3077 elements, taken pairwise.
3078
3079 @smallexample
3080 @group
3081 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3082 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3083 .
3084
3085 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3086 @end group
3087 @end smallexample
3088
3089 @noindent
3090 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3091 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3092 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3093 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3094
3095 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3096 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3097 of the vectors.
3098
3099 @smallexample
3100 @group
3101 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3102 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3103 .
3104
3105 r 1 r 2 *
3106 @end group
3107 @end smallexample
3108
3109 @cindex Dot product
3110 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3111 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3112 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3113 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3114 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3115 vector.
3116
3117 @smallexample
3118 @group
3119 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3120 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3121 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3122 . .
3123
3124 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3125 @end group
3126 @end smallexample
3127
3128 @noindent
3129 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3130 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3131 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3132 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3133 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3134 is about 56 degrees.
3135
3136 @cindex Cross product
3137 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3138 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3139 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3140 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3141 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3142 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3143 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3144
3145 @smallexample
3146 @group
3147 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3148 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3149 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3150 .
3151
3152 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3153 @end group
3154 @end smallexample
3155
3156 @noindent
3157 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3158 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3159 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3160 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3161
3162 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3163 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3164 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3165 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3166 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3167 prefix keys have this property.)
3168
3169 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3170 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3171 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3172
3173 @smallexample
3174 @group
3175 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3176 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3177 . .
3178
3179 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3180 @end group
3181 @end smallexample
3182
3183 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3184 @cindex Unit vectors
3185 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3186 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3187 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3188 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3189
3190 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3191 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3192 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3193 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3194 Find the average position of the particle.
3195 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3196
3197 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3198 @subsection Matrices
3199
3200 @noindent
3201 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3202 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3203 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3204 both methods here:
3205
3206 @smallexample
3207 @group
3208 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3209 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3210 . .
3211
3212 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3213 @end group
3214 @end smallexample
3215
3216 @noindent
3217 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3218
3219 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3220 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3221 the second example.
3222
3223 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3224 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3225 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3226 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3227 of the right matrix.
3228
3229 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3230 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3231
3232 @smallexample
3233 @group
3234 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3235 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3236 .
3237
3238 @key{RET} *
3239 @end group
3240 @end smallexample
3241
3242 @noindent
3243 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3244 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3245 been left in symbolic form.
3246
3247 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3248
3249 @smallexample
3250 @group
3251 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3252 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3253 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3254 [ 2, 5 ] .
3255 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3256 .
3257
3258 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3259 @end group
3260 @end smallexample
3261
3262 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3263 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3264 matrix, as happened here!
3265
3266 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3267 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3268 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3269 as a row or column as appropriate.
3270
3271 @smallexample
3272 @group
3273 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3274 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3275 1: [1, 2, 3]
3276 .
3277
3278 r 4 r 1 *
3279 @end group
3280 @end smallexample
3281
3282 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3283 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3284 vector.
3285
3286 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3287 of the above
3288 @texline @math{2\times3}
3289 @infoline 2x3
3290 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3291 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3292 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3293
3294 @cindex Identity matrix
3295 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3296 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3297 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3298 the original matrix.
3299
3300 @smallexample
3301 @group
3302 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3303 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3304 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3305 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3306 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3307 .
3308
3309 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3310 @end group
3311 @end smallexample
3312
3313 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3314 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3315 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3316 inverse of a matrix.
3317
3318 @smallexample
3319 @group
3320 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3321 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3322 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3323 . .
3324
3325 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3326 @end group
3327 @end smallexample
3328
3329 @noindent
3330 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3331 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3332 our matrix to make it square.
3333
3334 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3335
3336 @smallexample
3337 @group
3338 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3339 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3340 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3341 . .
3342
3343 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3344 @end group
3345 @end smallexample
3346
3347 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3348 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3349 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3350 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3351
3352 @ifnottex
3353 @group
3354 @example
3355 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3356 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3357 7a + 6b = 3
3358 @end example
3359 @end group
3360 @end ifnottex
3361 @tex
3362 \beforedisplayh
3363 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3364 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3365 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3366 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3367 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3368 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3369 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3370 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3371 $$
3372 \afterdisplayh
3373 @end tex
3374
3375 @noindent
3376 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3377
3378 @ifnottex
3379 @group
3380 @example
3381 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3382 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3383 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3384 @end example
3385 @end group
3386 @end ifnottex
3387 @tex
3388 \beforedisplay
3389 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3390 \times
3391 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3392 $$
3393 \afterdisplay
3394 @end tex
3395
3396 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3397 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3398
3399 @smallexample
3400 @group
3401 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3402 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3403 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3404 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3405 .
3406
3407 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3408 @end group
3409 @end smallexample
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3413 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3414 inverse.)
3415
3416 Let's verify this solution:
3417
3418 @smallexample
3419 @group
3420 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3421 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3422 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3423 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3424 .
3425
3426 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3427 @end group
3428 @end smallexample
3429
3430 @noindent
3431 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3432 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3433 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3434 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3435 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3436 vectors, use explicit
3437 @texline @math{N\times1}
3438 @infoline Nx1
3439 or
3440 @texline @math{1\times N}
3441 @infoline 1xN
3442 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3443 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3444
3445 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3446 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3447 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3448 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3449
3450 @ifnottex
3451 @group
3452 @example
3453 x + a y = 6
3454 x + b y = 10
3455 @end example
3456 @end group
3457 @end ifnottex
3458 @tex
3459 \beforedisplay
3460 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3461 x &+ b y = 10}
3462 $$
3463 \afterdisplay
3464 @end tex
3465
3466 @noindent
3467 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3468
3469 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3470 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3471 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3472 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3473 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3474 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3475 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3476 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3477 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3478 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3479 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3480 @ifnottex
3481 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3482 @end ifnottex
3483 @tex
3484 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3485 @end tex
3486 Now
3487 @texline @math{A^T A}
3488 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3489 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3490 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3491 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3492 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3493 system:
3494
3495 @ifnottex
3496 @group
3497 @example
3498 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3499 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3500 7a + 6b = 3
3501 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3502 @end example
3503 @end group
3504 @end ifnottex
3505 @tex
3506 \beforedisplayh
3507 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3508 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3509 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3510 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3511 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3512 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3513 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3514 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3515 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3516 $$
3517 \afterdisplayh
3518 @end tex
3519
3520 @noindent
3521 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3522
3523 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3524 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3525
3526 @noindent
3527 @cindex Lists
3528 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3529 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3530 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3531 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3532 number.
3533
3534 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3535
3536 @smallexample
3537 @group
3538 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3539 2: 20 . 2: 20
3540 1: 30 1: 30
3541 . .
3542
3543 M-3 v p v u
3544 @end group
3545 @end smallexample
3546
3547 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3548 of many copies of a given value:
3549
3550 @smallexample
3551 @group
3552 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3553 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3554 . .
3555
3556 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3557 @end group
3558 @end smallexample
3559
3560 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3561 @dfn{map} command.
3562
3563 @smallexample
3564 @group
3565 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3566 . . .
3567
3568 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3569 @end group
3570 @end smallexample
3571
3572 @noindent
3573 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3574 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3575 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3576 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3577 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3578 of each element.
3579
3580 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3581 from
3582 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3583 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3584 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3585
3586 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3587 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3588 elements in the vector:
3589
3590 @smallexample
3591 @group
3592 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3593 . . .
3594
3595 123123 k f V R *
3596 @end group
3597 @end smallexample
3598
3599 @noindent
3600 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3601 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3602
3603 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3604 reduction:
3605
3606 @smallexample
3607 @group
3608 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3609 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3610 .
3611
3612 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3613 @end group
3614 @end smallexample
3615
3616 @noindent
3617 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3618 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3619 for the dot product as before.
3620
3621 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3622 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3623 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3624
3625 @smallexample
3626 @group
3627 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3628 . .
3629
3630 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3631 @end group
3632 @end smallexample
3633
3634 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3635 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3636 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3637 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3638 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3639 vector size).
3640
3641 @smallexample
3642 @group
3643 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3644 . .
3645
3646 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3647 @end group
3648 @end smallexample
3649
3650 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3651 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3652 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3653
3654 @smallexample
3655 @group
3656 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3657 . .
3658
3659 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3660 @end group
3661 @end smallexample
3662
3663 @noindent
3664 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3665 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3666 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3667 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3668 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3669 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3670 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3671
3672 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3673 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3674 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3675
3676 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3677 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3678 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3679 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3680 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3681 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3682 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3683 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3684 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3685 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3686
3687 @smallexample
3688 x y
3689 --- ---
3690 1.34 0.234
3691 1.41 0.298
3692 1.49 0.402
3693 1.56 0.412
3694 1.64 0.466
3695 1.73 0.473
3696 1.82 0.601
3697 1.91 0.519
3698 2.01 0.603
3699 2.11 0.637
3700 2.22 0.645
3701 2.33 0.705
3702 2.45 0.917
3703 2.58 1.009
3704 2.71 0.971
3705 2.85 1.062
3706 3.00 1.148
3707 3.15 1.157
3708 3.32 1.354
3709 @end smallexample
3710
3711 @noindent
3712 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3713 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3714 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3715 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3716
3717 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3718 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3719 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3720 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3721 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3722 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3723 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3724 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3725
3726 @smallexample
3727 @group
3728 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3729 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3730 @dots{}
3731 @end group
3732 @end smallexample
3733
3734 @noindent
3735 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3736 large matrix.)
3737
3738 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3739 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3740 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3741 of row vectors on the stack.
3742
3743 @smallexample
3744 @group
3745 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3746 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3747 . .
3748
3749 v t v u
3750 @end group
3751 @end smallexample
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3755
3756 @smallexample
3757 @group
3758 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3759 .
3760
3761 t 2 t 1
3762 @end group
3763 @end smallexample
3764
3765 @noindent
3766 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3767 stored value from the stack.)
3768
3769 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3770
3771 @ifnottex
3772 @example
3773 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3774 @end example
3775 @end ifnottex
3776 @tex
3777 \beforedisplay
3778 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3779 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3780 \afterdisplay
3781 @end tex
3782
3783 @noindent
3784 where
3785 @texline @math{\sum x}
3786 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3787 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3788 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3789 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3790 this formula uses.
3791
3792 @smallexample
3793 @group
3794 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3795 . .
3796
3797 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3798
3799 @end group
3800 @end smallexample
3801 @noindent
3802 @smallexample
3803 @group
3804 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3805 . .
3806
3807 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3808 @end group
3809 @end smallexample
3810
3811 @ifnottex
3812 @noindent
3813 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3814 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3815 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3816 @end ifnottex
3817 @tex
3818 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3819 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3820 $\sum x y$.)
3821 @end tex
3822
3823 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3824 the length of either of our lists.
3825
3826 @smallexample
3827 @group
3828 1: 19
3829 .
3830
3831 r 1 v l t 7
3832 @end group
3833 @end smallexample
3834
3835 @noindent
3836 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3837
3838 Now we grind through the formula:
3839
3840 @smallexample
3841 @group
3842 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3843 . 1: 566.70919 .
3844 .
3845
3846 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3847
3848 @end group
3849 @end smallexample
3850 @noindent
3851 @smallexample
3852 @group
3853 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3854 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3855 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3856 .
3857
3858 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3859 @end group
3860 @end smallexample
3861
3862 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3863 be found with the simple formula,
3864
3865 @ifnottex
3866 @example
3867 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3868 @end example
3869 @end ifnottex
3870 @tex
3871 \beforedisplay
3872 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3873 \afterdisplay
3874 \vskip10pt
3875 @end tex
3876
3877 @smallexample
3878 @group
3879 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3880 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3881 .
3882
3883 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3884 @end group
3885 @end smallexample
3886
3887 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3888 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3889 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3890 and compare it with the original data.
3891
3892 @smallexample
3893 @group
3894 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3895 . .
3896
3897 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3898 @end group
3899 @end smallexample
3900
3901 @noindent
3902 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3903 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3904 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3905 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3906
3907 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3908 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3909
3910 @smallexample
3911 @group
3912 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3913 . . .
3914
3915 r 2 - V M A V R X
3916 @end group
3917 @end smallexample
3918
3919 @noindent
3920 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3921 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3922 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3923 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3924 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3925 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3926 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3927 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3928 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3929
3930 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3931 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3932 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3933 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3934 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3935
3936 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3937 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3938 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3939 plotting of data.
3940
3941 @smallexample
3942 @group
3943 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3944 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3945 .
3946
3947 r 1 r 2 g f
3948 @end group
3949 @end smallexample
3950
3951 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3952 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3953 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3954 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3955 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3956 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3957
3958 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3959 @ifinfo
3960 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3961 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3962 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3963 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3964 @end ifinfo
3965
3966 @smallexample
3967 @group
3968 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3969 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3970 .
3971
3972 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3973 @end group
3974 @end smallexample
3975
3976 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3977 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3978 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3979
3980 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3981 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3982 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3983 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3984 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3985 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3986
3987 @cindex Geometric mean
3988 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3989 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3990 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3991 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3992 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3993 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3994
3995 @example
3996 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3997 15 14 7.5
3998 2.5
3999 @end example
4000
4001 @noindent
4002 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4003 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4004 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4005
4006 @ifnottex
4007 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4008 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4009 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4010 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4011 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4012 for @expr{n=6}.
4013 @end ifnottex
4014 @tex
4015 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4016 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4017 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4018 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4019 for \cite{n=6}.
4020 @end tex
4021
4022 @smallexample
4023 @group
4024 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4025 . .
4026
4027 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4028
4029 @end group
4030 @end smallexample
4031 @noindent
4032 @smallexample
4033 @group
4034 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4035 . .
4036
4037 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4038 @end group
4039 @end smallexample
4040
4041 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4042 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4043 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4044 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4045 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4046
4047 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4048 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4049 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4050 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4051 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4052 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4053
4054 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4055 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4056 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4057 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4058 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4059 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4060 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4061 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4062 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4063 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4064 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4065 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4066 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4067 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4068 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4069
4070 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4071 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4072 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4073 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4074
4075 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4076 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4077 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4078 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4079 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4080 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4081
4082 @cindex Divisor functions
4083 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4084 @tex
4085 $\sigma_k(n)$
4086 @end tex
4087 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4088 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4089 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4090 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4091 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4092
4093 @cindex Square-free numbers
4094 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4095 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4096 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4097 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4098 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4099 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4100 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4101 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4102
4103 @cindex Triangular lists
4104 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4105 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4106 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4107
4108 @smallexample
4109 @group
4110 1: [ [1],
4111 [1, 2],
4112 [1, 2, 3],
4113 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4114 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4115 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4116 @end group
4117 @end smallexample
4118
4119 @noindent
4120 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4121
4122 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4123
4124 @smallexample
4125 @group
4126 1: [ [0],
4127 [1, 2],
4128 [3, 4, 5],
4129 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4130 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4131 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4132 @end group
4133 @end smallexample
4134
4135 @noindent
4136 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4137
4138 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4139 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4140 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4141 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4142 @infoline @expr{J1}
4143 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4144 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4145 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4146 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4147 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4148 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4149 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4150
4151 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4152 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4153 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4154 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4155 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4156 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4157 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4158 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4159 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4160 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4161 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4162
4163 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4164 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4165 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4166
4167 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4168 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4169 @texline @math{2\times2}
4170 @infoline 2x2
4171 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4172 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4173 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4174 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4175 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4176 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4177 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4178 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4179 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4180 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4181
4182 @cindex Matchstick problem
4183 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4184 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4185 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4186 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4187 a line turns out to be
4188 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4189 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4190 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4191 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4192 one turns out to be
4193 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4194 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4195 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4196 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4197
4198 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4199 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4200 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4201 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4202 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4203 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4204 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4205 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4206 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4207 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4208 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4209 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4210 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4211 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4212 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4213 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4214 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4215 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4216
4217 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4218 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4219 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4220 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4221 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4222 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4223 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4224 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4225 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4226 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4227 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4228 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4229
4230 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4231 @section Types Tutorial
4232
4233 @noindent
4234 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4235 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4236
4237 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4238 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4239 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4240 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4241 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4242
4243 @smallexample
4244 @group
4245 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4246 . 1: 49 . . .
4247 .
4248
4249 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4250 @end group
4251 @end smallexample
4252
4253 @noindent
4254 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4255 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4256 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4257 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4258 fraction beginning with 49.
4259
4260 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4261 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4262
4263 @smallexample
4264 @group
4265 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4266 . .
4267
4268 c f c F
4269 @end group
4270 @end smallexample
4271
4272 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4273 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4274 same, to within the current precision.
4275
4276 @smallexample
4277 @group
4278 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4279 . . . .
4280
4281 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4282 @end group
4283 @end smallexample
4284
4285 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4286 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4287 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4288 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4289
4290 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4291
4292 @smallexample
4293 @group
4294 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4295 . . . . .
4296
4297 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4298 @end group
4299 @end smallexample
4300
4301 @noindent
4302 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4303 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4304 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4305 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4306
4307 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4308 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4309 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4310 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4311 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4312 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4313 algebraic entry.
4314
4315 @smallexample
4316 @group
4317 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4318 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4319 . . . .
4320
4321 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4322 @end group
4323 @end smallexample
4324
4325 @noindent
4326 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4327 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4328 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4329 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4330 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4331 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4332 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4333 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4334 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4335 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4336 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4337 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4338 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4339
4340 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4341 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4342 to turn on Infinite mode.
4343
4344 @smallexample
4345 @group
4346 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4347 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4348 1: 0 . . .
4349 .
4350
4351 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4352 @end group
4353 @end smallexample
4354
4355 @noindent
4356 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4357 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4358 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4359 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4360 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4361 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4362 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4363 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4364 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4365 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4366 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4367 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4368 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4369 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4370 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4371 that matter, with anything else.
4372
4373 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4374 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4375 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4376 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4377 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4378
4379 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4380 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4381 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4382 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4383
4384 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4385 seconds.
4386
4387 @smallexample
4388 @group
4389 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4390 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4391 .
4392
4393 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4394 @end group
4395 @end smallexample
4396
4397 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4398 seconds.
4399
4400 @smallexample
4401 @group
4402 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4403 . . . .
4404
4405 0.5 I T c h S
4406 @end group
4407 @end smallexample
4408
4409 @noindent
4410 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4411 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4412 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4413
4414 @cindex Beatles
4415 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4416 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4417 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4418 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4419 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4420
4421 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4422 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4423 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4424
4425 @smallexample
4426 @group
4427 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4428 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4429 .
4430
4431 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4432 @end group
4433 @end smallexample
4434
4435 @noindent
4436 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4437 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4438 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4439 date form.
4440
4441 @smallexample
4442 @group
4443 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4444 . .
4445
4446 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4447 @end group
4448 @end smallexample
4449
4450 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4451 @noindent
4452 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4453 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4454 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4455 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4456 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4457 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4458
4459 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4460 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4461
4462 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4463 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4464
4465 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4466 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4467 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4468 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4469 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4470 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4471 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4472 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4473
4474 @smallexample
4475 @group
4476 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4477 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4478 .
4479
4480 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4481 @end group
4482 @end smallexample
4483
4484 @noindent
4485 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4486 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4487 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4488
4489 @cindex Torus, volume of
4490 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4491 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4492 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4493 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4494 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4495 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4496 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4497 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4498
4499 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4500 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4501 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4502 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4503 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4504
4505 @smallexample
4506 @group
4507 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4508 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4509 .
4510
4511 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4512 @end group
4513 @end smallexample
4514
4515 @noindent
4516 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4517 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4518
4519 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4520 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4521 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4522 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4523 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4524 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4525 the other.
4526
4527 @smallexample
4528 @group
4529 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4530 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4531 .
4532
4533 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4534 @end group
4535 @end smallexample
4536
4537 @noindent
4538 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4539 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4540 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4541 or both endpoints.
4542
4543 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4544 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4545 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4546 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4547 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4548
4549 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4550 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4551 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4552 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4553 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4554
4555 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4556 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4557 or 24 hours.
4558
4559 @smallexample
4560 @group
4561 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4562 . . . .
4563
4564 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4565 @end group
4566 @end smallexample
4567
4568 @noindent
4569 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4570 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4571 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4572 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4573 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4574
4575 @smallexample
4576 @group
4577 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4578 . . . .
4579
4580 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4581 @end group
4582 @end smallexample
4583
4584 @noindent
4585 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4586 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4587 that arises in the second one.
4588
4589 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4590 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4591 says that
4592 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4593 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4594 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4595 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4596 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4597 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4598 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4599 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4600
4601 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4602 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4603 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4604 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4605
4606 @smallexample
4607 @group
4608 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4609 . .
4610
4611 x time @key{RET} n
4612 @end group
4613 @end smallexample
4614
4615 @noindent
4616 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4617
4618 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4619 is about
4620 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4621 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4622 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4623 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4624
4625 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4626 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4627 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4628 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4629 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4630 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4631
4632 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4633 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4634 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4635 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4636 like centimeters and inches.
4637
4638 @smallexample
4639 @group
4640 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4641 . . . .
4642
4643 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4644 @end group
4645 @end smallexample
4646
4647 @noindent
4648 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4649 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4650 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4651 which in this case means meters.
4652
4653 @smallexample
4654 @group
4655 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4656 . . . .
4657
4658 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4659
4660 @end group
4661 @end smallexample
4662 @noindent
4663 @smallexample
4664 @group
4665 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4666 . . .
4667
4668 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4669 @end group
4670 @end smallexample
4671
4672 @noindent
4673 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4674 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4675 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4676 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4677 being interpreted as unit names.
4678
4679 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4680 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4681 as its standard unit of length.
4682
4683 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4684
4685 @smallexample
4686 @group
4687 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4688 . . . .
4689
4690 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4691 @end group
4692 @end smallexample
4693
4694 @noindent
4695 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4696 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4697 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4698
4699 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4700 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4701 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4702 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4703 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4704 for them.
4705
4706 @smallexample
4707 @group
4708 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4709 . . . .
4710
4711 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4712 @end group
4713 @end smallexample
4714
4715 @noindent
4716 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4717 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4718 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4719 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4720 for easier comparison with the other result.
4721
4722 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4723 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4724 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4725 numbers are in which units:
4726
4727 @smallexample
4728 @group
4729 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4730 . . .
4731
4732 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4733 @end group
4734 @end smallexample
4735
4736 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4737 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4738 at the units table.
4739
4740 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4741 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4742
4743 @cindex Speed of light
4744 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4745 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4746 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4747 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4748 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4749
4750 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4751 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4752 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4753 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4754 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4755
4756 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4757 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4758
4759 @noindent
4760 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4761 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4762 formulas.
4763
4764 @menu
4765 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4766 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4767 @end menu
4768
4769 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4770 @subsection Basic Algebra
4771
4772 @noindent
4773 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4774 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4775 formulas as regular data objects.
4776
4777 @smallexample
4778 @group
4779 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4780 . . .
4781
4782 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4783 @end group
4784 @end smallexample
4785
4786 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4787 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4788 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4789
4790 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4791 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4792
4793 @smallexample
4794 @group
4795 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4796 . .
4797
4798 a x a c x @key{RET}
4799 @end group
4800 @end smallexample
4801
4802 @noindent
4803 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4804 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4805
4806 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4807 is one-half.
4808
4809 @smallexample
4810 @group
4811 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4812 . .
4813
4814 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4815 @end group
4816 @end smallexample
4817
4818 @noindent
4819 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4820 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4821 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4822 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4823 back to its original value, if any.
4824
4825 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4826 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4827 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4828 properly.)
4829
4830 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4831 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4832 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4833 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4834 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4835 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4836 the function has a local maximum there.
4837
4838 @smallexample
4839 @group
4840 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4841 . .
4842
4843 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4844 @end group
4845 @end smallexample
4846
4847 @noindent
4848 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4849 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4850
4851 @smallexample
4852 @group
4853 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4854 . . .
4855
4856 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4857
4858 @end group
4859 @end smallexample
4860 @noindent
4861 @smallexample
4862 @group
4863 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4864 . .
4865
4866 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4867 @end group
4868 @end smallexample
4869
4870 @noindent
4871 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4872 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4873 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4874
4875 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4876
4877 @smallexample
4878 @group
4879 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4880 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4881 . .
4882
4883 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4884 @end group
4885 @end smallexample
4886
4887 @noindent
4888 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4889 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4890 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4891 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4892
4893 @smallexample
4894 @group
4895 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4896 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4897 . .
4898
4899 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4900 @end group
4901 @end smallexample
4902
4903 @noindent
4904 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4905 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4906 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4907
4908 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4909 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4910 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4911 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4912 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4913 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4914 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4915
4916 @smallexample
4917 @group
4918 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4919 . . .
4920
4921 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4922 @end group
4923 @end smallexample
4924
4925 @noindent
4926 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4927 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4928 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4929 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4930 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4931
4932 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4933 into the original formula.
4934
4935 @smallexample
4936 @group
4937 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4938 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4939 .
4940
4941 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4942 @end group
4943 @end smallexample
4944
4945 @noindent
4946 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4947 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4948 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4949
4950 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4951 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4952
4953 @smallexample
4954 @group
4955 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4956 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4957 .
4958
4959 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4960 @end group
4961 @end smallexample
4962
4963 @noindent
4964 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4965 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4966 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4967 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4968 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4969 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4970 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4971 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4972 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4973 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4974
4975 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4976 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4977
4978 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4979 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4980 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4981 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4982 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4983 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4984 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4985 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4986
4987 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4988 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4989 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4990 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4991 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4992 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4993
4994 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4995 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4996 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4997 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4998
4999 @smallexample
5000 @group
5001 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5002 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5003 . .
5004
5005 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5006 @end group
5007 @end smallexample
5008
5009 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5010
5011 @smallexample
5012 @group
5013 3
5014 2: 34 x - 24 x
5015
5016 ____ ____
5017 V 51 V 51
5018 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5019 6 -6
5020
5021 .
5022
5023 d B
5024 @end group
5025 @end smallexample
5026
5027 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5028 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5029 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5030 and La@TeX{} mode.
5031
5032 @smallexample
5033 @group
5034 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5035 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5036 . .
5037
5038 d C d F
5039
5040 @end group
5041 @end smallexample
5042 @noindent
5043 @smallexample
5044 @group
5045 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5046 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5047 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5048 .
5049
5050 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5051 @end group
5052 @end smallexample
5053
5054 @noindent
5055 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5056 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5057 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5058 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5059
5060 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5061 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5062 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5063 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5064 correct.
5065
5066 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5067 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5068 are shown in normal mode.)
5069
5070 @cindex Area under a curve
5071 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5072 This is simply the integral of the function:
5073
5074 @smallexample
5075 @group
5076 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5077 . .
5078
5079 r 1 a i x
5080 @end group
5081 @end smallexample
5082
5083 @noindent
5084 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5085 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5086
5087 @smallexample
5088 @group
5089 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5090 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5091
5092 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5093 @end group
5094 @end smallexample
5095
5096 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5097 of
5098 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5099 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5100 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5101 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5102 3}. (@bullet{})
5103
5104 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5105 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5106 under the curve
5107 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5108 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5109 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5110 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5111 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5112 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5113
5114 @cindex Integration, numerical
5115 @cindex Numerical integration
5116 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5117 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5118 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5119 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5120
5121 @smallexample
5122 @group
5123 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5124 2: 1 .
5125 1: 0.1
5126 .
5127
5128 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5129 @end group
5130 @end smallexample
5131
5132 @noindent
5133 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5134 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5135
5136 @smallexample
5137 @group
5138 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5139 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5140 .
5141
5142 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5143
5144 @end group
5145 @end smallexample
5146 @noindent
5147 @smallexample
5148 @group
5149 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5150 . .
5151
5152 V R + 0.1 *
5153 @end group
5154 @end smallexample
5155
5156 @noindent
5157 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5158 to Radians mode?)
5159
5160 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5161 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5162 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5163 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5164 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5165 is the same for every box.)
5166
5167 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5168 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5169
5170 @smallexample
5171 @group
5172 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5173 . .
5174
5175 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5176 @end group
5177 @end smallexample
5178
5179 @noindent
5180 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5181 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5182 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5183
5184 @smallexample
5185 @group
5186 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5187 . . .
5188
5189 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5190 @end group
5191 @end smallexample
5192
5193 @noindent
5194 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5195 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5196 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5197 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5198 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5199 of @expr{x=1}.)
5200
5201 @cindex Simpson's rule
5202 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5203 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5204 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5205 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5206 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5207 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5208 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5209 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5210 down to the formula,
5211
5212 @ifnottex
5213 @example
5214 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5215 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5216 @end example
5217 @end ifnottex
5218 @tex
5219 \beforedisplay
5220 $$ \displaylines{
5221 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5222 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5223 } $$
5224 \afterdisplay
5225 @end tex
5226
5227 @noindent
5228 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5229 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5230 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5231 method:
5232
5233 @ifnottex
5234 @example
5235 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5236 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5237 @end example
5238 @end ifnottex
5239 @tex
5240 \beforedisplay
5241 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5242 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5243 \afterdisplay
5244 @end tex
5245
5246 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5247 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5248 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5249 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5250 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5251
5252 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5253 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5254 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5255 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5256
5257 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5258 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5259 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5260 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5261 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5262 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5263 details and examples.
5264
5265 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5266 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5267
5268 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5269 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5270
5271 @noindent
5272 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5273 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5274 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5275 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5276
5277 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5278
5279 @smallexample
5280 @group
5281 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2
5282 .
5283
5284 ' 2/cos(x)^2 - 2tan(x)^2 @key{RET} s 1
5285 @end group
5286 @end smallexample
5287
5288 @noindent
5289 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5290 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5291 denominator. The @kbd{I a s} command will do the former and the @kbd{a n}
5292 algebra command will do the latter, but we'll do both with rewrite
5293 rules just for practice.
5294
5295 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5296
5297 @smallexample
5298 @group
5299 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2
5300 .
5301
5302 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5303 @end group
5304 @end smallexample
5305
5306 @noindent
5307 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5308 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5309 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5310 it as a rewrite rule.)
5311
5312 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5313 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5314 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5315 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5316 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5317 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5318
5319 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5320 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5321 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5322 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5323 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5324
5325 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5326
5327 @smallexample
5328 @group
5329 1: (2 - 2 sin(x)^2) / cos(x)^2
5330 .
5331
5332 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5333 @end group
5334 @end smallexample
5335
5336 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5337 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5338 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5339 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5340 denominators.
5341
5342 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5343 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5344 the subformula @samp{cos(x)^2}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5345 @samp{x}.
5346
5347 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5348 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5349 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5350 @samp{a = 2}, @samp{b = -2 sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)^2}.
5351
5352 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5353 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5354 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5355 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5356 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5357 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5358
5359 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5360 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5361 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5362 would be @samp{@w{2 - 2 sin(x)^2} := 2 cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5363 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5364 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5365 situations, too.
5366
5367 @smallexample
5368 @group
5369 1: (2 + 2 cos(x)^2 - 2) / cos(x)^2 1: 2
5370 . .
5371
5372 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5373 @end group
5374 @end smallexample
5375
5376 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5377 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5378 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5379 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5380 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5381 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5382 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5383 having to retype it.
5384
5385 @smallexample
5386 @group
5387 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5388 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5389 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5390
5391 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2 1: 2
5392 . .
5393
5394 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5395 @end group
5396 @end smallexample
5397
5398 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5399 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5400 the edited value back into the variable.
5401 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5402
5403 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5404 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5405 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5406 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5407 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5408 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5409 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5410 entering them on the fly.
5411
5412 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5413 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5414 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5415 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5416 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5417 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5418
5419 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5420 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5421
5422 @smallexample
5423 @group
5424 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5425 . .
5426
5427 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5428
5429 @end group
5430 @end smallexample
5431 @noindent
5432 @smallexample
5433 @group
5434 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5435 . .
5436
5437 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5438 @end group
5439 @end smallexample
5440
5441 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5442 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5443 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5444 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5445 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5446 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5447
5448 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5449 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5450 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5451 only one rewrite at a time.
5452
5453 @smallexample
5454 @group
5455 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5456 . .
5457
5458 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5459 @end group
5460 @end smallexample
5461
5462 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5463 of rewrites that occur.
5464
5465 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5466 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5467
5468 @smallexample
5469 @group
5470 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5471 .
5472
5473 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5474
5475 @end group
5476 @end smallexample
5477 @noindent
5478 @smallexample
5479 @group
5480 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5481 .
5482
5483 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5484 @end group
5485 @end smallexample
5486
5487 @noindent
5488 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5489 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5490
5491 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5492 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5493 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5494 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5495 A common error with rewrite
5496 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5497 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5498 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5499
5500 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5501 @ignore
5502 @starindex
5503 @end ignore
5504 @tindex fib
5505 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5506 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5507 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5508 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5509 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5510
5511 @smallexample
5512 @group
5513 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5514
5515 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5516 . .
5517
5518 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5519 @end group
5520 @end smallexample
5521
5522 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5523 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5524 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5525 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5526 be used preferentially.
5527
5528 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5529 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5530 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5531 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5532 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5533 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5534 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5535
5536 @smallexample
5537 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5538 @end smallexample
5539
5540 @noindent
5541 Now:
5542
5543 @smallexample
5544 @group
5545 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5546 . .
5547
5548 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5549 @end group
5550 @end smallexample
5551
5552 @noindent
5553 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5554 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5555 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5556 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5557 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5558
5559 @smallexample
5560 @group
5561 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5562 . .
5563
5564 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5565 @end group
5566 @end smallexample
5567
5568 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5569 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5570 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5571
5572 @smallexample
5573 @group
5574 fib(6) =
5575 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5576 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5577 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5578 @end group
5579 @end smallexample
5580
5581 @noindent
5582 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5583 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5584 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5585 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5586 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5587 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5588
5589 @smallexample
5590 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5591 @end smallexample
5592
5593 @noindent
5594 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5595 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5596 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5597 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5598 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5599 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5600
5601 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5602 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5603
5604 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5605 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5606 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5607 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5608 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5609
5610 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5611 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5612 un-store the variable.
5613
5614 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5615 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5616 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5617 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5618 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5619 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5620 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5621 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5622 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5623
5624 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5625 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5626 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5627 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5628
5629 @example
5630 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5631 @end example
5632
5633 @noindent
5634 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5635 to 1.''
5636
5637 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5638 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5639 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5640 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5641 and one for @samp{b}.
5642
5643 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5644 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5645 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5646 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5647
5648 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5649 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5650 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5651 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5652 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5653 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5654 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5655 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5656 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5657 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5658 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5659 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5660 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5661 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5662
5663 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5664 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5665 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5666 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5667 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5668 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5669
5670 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5671 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5672 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5673
5674 @ifnottex
5675 @example
5676 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5677 @end example
5678 @end ifnottex
5679 @tex
5680 \beforedisplay
5681 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5682 \afterdisplay
5683 @end tex
5684
5685 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5686 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5687 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5688 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5689 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5690
5691 @ifnottex
5692 @example
5693 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5694 @end example
5695 @end ifnottex
5696 @tex
5697 \beforedisplay
5698 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5699 \afterdisplay
5700 @end tex
5701
5702 @noindent
5703 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5704 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5705
5706 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5707 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5708 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5709 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5710 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5711 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5712 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5713 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5714 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5715
5716 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5717 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5718 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5719
5720 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5721
5722 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5723 @section Programming Tutorial
5724
5725 @noindent
5726 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5727 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5728 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5729 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5730 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5731 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5732
5733 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5734 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5735 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5736 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5737 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5738
5739 @smallexample
5740 @group
5741 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5742 . .
5743
5744 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5745 @end group
5746 @end smallexample
5747
5748 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5749 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5750 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5751 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5752 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5753 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5754 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5755 arguments?''
5756
5757 @smallexample
5758 @group
5759 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5760 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5761 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5762 .
5763
5764 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5765 @end group
5766 @end smallexample
5767
5768 @noindent
5769 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5770 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5771 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5772 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5773 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5774 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5775 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5776
5777 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5778 @ignore
5779 @starindex
5780 @end ignore
5781 @tindex Si
5782 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5783 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5784 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5785 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5786 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5787 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5788 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5789 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5790 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5791 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5792 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5793 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5794 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5795 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5796 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5797 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5798
5799 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5800 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5801 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5802 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5803 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5804
5805 @smallexample
5806 @group
5807 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5808 . .
5809
5810 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5811
5812 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5813 . .
5814
5815 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5816 @end group
5817 @end smallexample
5818
5819 @noindent
5820 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5821 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5822 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5823 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5824 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5825
5826 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5827
5828 @smallexample
5829 @group
5830 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5831 . .
5832
5833 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5834 @end group
5835 @end smallexample
5836
5837 @noindent
5838 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5839 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5840
5841 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5842
5843 @smallexample
5844 @group
5845 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5846 . . . .
5847
5848 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5849 @end group
5850 @end smallexample
5851
5852 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5853 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5854 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5855
5856 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5857 the following functions:
5858
5859 @enumerate
5860 @item
5861 Compute
5862 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5863 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5864 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5865
5866 @item
5867 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5868 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5869
5870 @item
5871 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5872 the stack.
5873 @end enumerate
5874 @noindent
5875 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5876
5877 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5878 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5879 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5880
5881 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5882 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5883 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5884
5885 @smallexample
5886 @group
5887 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5888 . 1: 4 .
5889 .
5890
5891 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5892 @end group
5893 @end smallexample
5894
5895 @noindent
5896 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5897 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5898 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5899 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5900
5901 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5902 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5903
5904 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5905 Here's another example:
5906
5907 @smallexample
5908 @group
5909 3: 1 2: 10946
5910 2: 1 1: 17711
5911 1: 20 .
5912 .
5913
5914 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5915 @end group
5916 @end smallexample
5917
5918 @noindent
5919 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5920 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5921 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5922 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5923
5924 @cindex Golden ratio
5925 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5926 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5927 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5928 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5929 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5930 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5931 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5932 @infoline @expr{phi},
5933 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5934 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5935 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5936 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5937 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5938
5939 @smallexample
5940 @group
5941 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5942 . . . .
5943
5944 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5945 @end group
5946 @end smallexample
5947
5948 @cindex Continued fractions
5949 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5950 representation of
5951 @texline @math{\phi}
5952 @infoline @expr{phi}
5953 is
5954 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5955 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5956 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5957 and then replacing the innermost
5958 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5959 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5960 by 1. Approximate
5961 @texline @math{\phi}
5962 @infoline @expr{phi}
5963 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5964 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5965
5966 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5967 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5968 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5969 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5970 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5971 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5972 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5973
5974 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5975 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5976 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5977 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5978
5979 @smallexample
5980 @group
5981 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5982 2: 1 .
5983 1: 20
5984 .
5985
5986 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5987 @end group
5988 @end smallexample
5989
5990 @noindent
5991 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5992 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5993 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5994 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5995 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5996 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
5997 uses a step of one.
5998
5999 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6000 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6001 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6002
6003 @smallexample
6004 @group
6005 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6006 . 1: 20 .
6007 .
6008
6009 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6010 @end group
6011 @end smallexample
6012
6013 @noindent
6014 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6015 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6016
6017 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6018 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6019 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6020 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6021 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6022 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6023 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6024
6025 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6026 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6027 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6028
6029 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6030 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6031 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6032 fix, though:
6033
6034 @smallexample
6035 @group
6036 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6037 . . 2: 3.597739
6038 1: 0.6667
6039 .
6040
6041 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6042 @end group
6043 @end smallexample
6044
6045 @noindent
6046 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6047 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6048 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6049 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6050 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6051 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6052 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6053 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6054 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6055
6056 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6057 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6058 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6059 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6060 by the formula
6061 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6062 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6063 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6064 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6065 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6066 numbers are very large fractions.)
6067
6068 @smallexample
6069 @group
6070 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6071 . .
6072
6073 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6074 @end group
6075 @end smallexample
6076
6077 @noindent
6078 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6079 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6080 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6081 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6082 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6083 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6084 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6085
6086 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6087
6088 @smallexample
6089 @group
6090 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6091 2: 5:66 . . . .
6092 1: 0.0757575
6093 .
6094
6095 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6096 @end group
6097 @end smallexample
6098
6099 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6100 Bernoulli numbers.
6101
6102 @smallexample
6103 @group
6104 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6105 2: 2 .
6106 1: 30
6107 .
6108
6109 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6110 @end group
6111 @end smallexample
6112
6113 @noindent
6114 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6115 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6116 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6117 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6118 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6119 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6120 sequence of keystrokes.)
6121
6122 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6123 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6124 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6125 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6126 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6127
6128 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6129 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6130 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6131 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6132
6133 @smallexample
6134 @group
6135 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6136 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6137
6138 1 ;; calc digits
6139 RET ;; calc-enter
6140 2 ;; calc digits
6141 + ;; calc-plus
6142
6143 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6144 @end group
6145 @end smallexample
6146
6147 @noindent
6148 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6149 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6150 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6151 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6152 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6153 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6154 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6155 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6156 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6157 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6158
6159 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6160 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6161 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6162 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6163 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6164
6165 @smallexample
6166 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6167 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6168 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6169 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6170 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6171 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6172 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6173 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6174 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6175 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6176 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6177 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6178 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6179 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6180 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6181 @end smallexample
6182
6183 @noindent
6184 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6185
6186 @smallexample
6187 @group
6188 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6189 . .
6190
6191 20 z h
6192 @end group
6193 @end smallexample
6194
6195 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6196 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6197 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6198 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6199 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6200 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6201 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6202
6203 @example
6204 @group
6205 Z ` 0 t 1
6206 1 TAB
6207 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6208 r 1
6209 Z '
6210 @end group
6211 @end example
6212
6213 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6214 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6215 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6216 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6217 this formula over and over:
6218
6219 @ifnottex
6220 @example
6221 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6222 @end example
6223 @end ifnottex
6224 @tex
6225 \beforedisplay
6226 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f^{\prime}(x)} $$
6227 \afterdisplay
6228 @end tex
6229
6230 @noindent
6231 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6232 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6233 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6234 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6235 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6236 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6237 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6238 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6239 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6240 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6241 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6242 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6243 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6244 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6245
6246 @cindex Digamma function
6247 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6248 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6249 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6250 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6251 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6252 is defined as the derivative of
6253 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6254 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6255 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6256
6257 @ifnottex
6258 @example
6259 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6260 @end example
6261 @end ifnottex
6262 @tex
6263 \beforedisplay
6264 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6265 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6266 $$
6267 \afterdisplay
6268 @end tex
6269
6270 @noindent
6271 where
6272 @texline @math{\sum}
6273 @infoline @expr{sum}
6274 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6275 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6276 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6277 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6278 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6279 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6280 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6281 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6282 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6283 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6284 Fortunately, we can compute
6285 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6286 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6287 from
6288 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6289 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6290 using the recurrence
6291 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6292 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6293 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6294 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6295 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6296 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6297 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6298 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6299 to compute
6300 @texline @math{\gamma}
6301 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6302 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6303 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6304 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6305
6306 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6307 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6308 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6309 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6310 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6311 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6312 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6313 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6314 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6315
6316 @cindex Recursion
6317 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6318 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6319
6320 @ifnottex
6321 @example
6322 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6323 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6324 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6325 @end example
6326 @end ifnottex
6327 @tex
6328 \beforedisplay
6329 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6330 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6331 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6332 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6333 $$
6334 \afterdisplay
6335 \vskip5pt
6336 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6337 @end tex
6338
6339 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6340 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6341 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6342 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6343 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6344 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6345 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6346 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6347 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6348 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6349 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6350 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6351 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6352 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6353 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6354 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6355 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6356 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6357
6358 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6359 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6360 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6361 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6362 program can:
6363
6364 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6365 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6366 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6367 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6368
6369 @example
6370
6371 @end example
6372 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6373 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6374 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6375 @c [not-split]
6376 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6377 @c [when-split]
6378 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6379
6380 @page
6381 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6382 @section Answers to Exercises
6383
6384 @noindent
6385 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6386
6387 @menu
6388 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6389 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6390 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6391 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6392 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6393 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6394 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6395 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6396 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6397 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6398 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6399 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6400 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6401 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6402 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6403 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6404 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6405 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6406 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6407 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6408 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6409 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6410 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6411 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6412 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6413 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6414 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6415 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6416 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6417 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6418 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6419 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6420 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6421 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6422 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6423 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6424 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6425 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6426 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6427 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6428 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6429 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6430 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6431 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6432 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6433 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6434 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6435 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6436 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6437 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6438 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6439 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6440 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6441 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6442 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6443 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6444 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6445 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6446 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6447 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6448 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6449 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6450 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6451 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6452 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6453 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6454 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6455 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6456 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6457 @end menu
6458
6459 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6460 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6461 @tex
6462 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6463 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6464 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6465 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6466 @end tex
6467
6468 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6469 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6470
6471 @noindent
6472 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6473
6474 The result is
6475 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6476 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6477
6478 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6479 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6480
6481 @noindent
6482 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6483 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6484
6485 After computing the intermediate term
6486 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6487 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6488 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6489 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6490 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6491
6492 @smallexample
6493 @group
6494 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6495 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6496 . 1: 9.5 .
6497 .
6498
6499 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6500
6501 @end group
6502 @end smallexample
6503 @noindent
6504 @smallexample
6505 @group
6506 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6507 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6508 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6509 1: 4 .
6510 .
6511
6512 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6513 @end group
6514 @end smallexample
6515
6516 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6517 with the third term.
6518
6519 @smallexample
6520 @group
6521 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6522 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6523 . 1: 4 .
6524 .
6525
6526 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6527 @end group
6528 @end smallexample
6529
6530 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6531 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6532 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6533 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6534
6535 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6536 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6537
6538 @noindent
6539 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6540
6541 @smallexample
6542 @group
6543 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6544 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6545 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6546 . . 1: 1 . .
6547 .
6548
6549 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6550 @end group
6551 @end smallexample
6552
6553 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6554
6555 @smallexample
6556 @group
6557 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6558 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6559 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6560 . . . . .
6561
6562 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6563 @end group
6564 @end smallexample
6565
6566 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6567 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6568
6569 @noindent
6570 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6571 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6572
6573 @smallexample
6574 @group
6575 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6576 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6577 . . .
6578
6579 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6580 @end group
6581 @end smallexample
6582
6583 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6584 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6585 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6586 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6587 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6588
6589 @smallexample
6590 @group
6591 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6592 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6593 . . .
6594
6595 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6596 @end group
6597 @end smallexample
6598
6599 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6600 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6601 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6602 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6603
6604 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6605 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6606
6607 @noindent
6608 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6609
6610 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6611 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6612
6613 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6614 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6615 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6616
6617 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6618 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6619
6620 @noindent
6621 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6622 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6623 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6624 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6625
6626 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6627 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6628
6629 @noindent
6630 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6631 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6632 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6633 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6634 times anything is zero.''
6635
6636 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6637 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6638 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6639 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6640 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6641 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6642
6643 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6644 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6645
6646 @noindent
6647 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6648 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6649 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6650 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6651 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6652 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6653
6654 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6655 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6656 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6657 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6658 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6659 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6660 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6661 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6662 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6663 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6664 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6665
6666 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6667 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6668 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6669 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6670 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6671 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6672 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6673 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6674 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6675 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6676
6677 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6678 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6679 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6680 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6681 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6682 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6683 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6684 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6685 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6686 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6687
6688 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6689 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6690 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6691 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6692 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6693 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6694 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6695 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6696 in decimal display mode.
6697
6698 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6699 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6700 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6701 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6702
6703 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6704 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6705
6706 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6707 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6708 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6709 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6710 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6711 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6712 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6713 way to enter this number.
6714
6715 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6716 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6717 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6718 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6719 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6720 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6721 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6722
6723 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6724 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6725
6726 @noindent
6727 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6728
6729 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6730 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6731 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6732 their inputs.
6733
6734 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6735 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6736 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6737 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6738 determining facts like this.
6739
6740 @smallexample
6741 @group
6742 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6743 . .
6744
6745 45 S 2 ^
6746
6747 @end group
6748 @end smallexample
6749 @noindent
6750 @smallexample
6751 @group
6752 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6753 . . .
6754
6755 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6756 @end group
6757 @end smallexample
6758
6759 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6760 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6761 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6762 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6763 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6764
6765 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6766 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6767
6768 @noindent
6769 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6770 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6771 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6772 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6773 of time.
6774
6775 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6776 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6777 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6778 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6779 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6780 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6781
6782 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6783 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6784 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6785
6786 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6787 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6788
6789 @noindent
6790 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6791 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6792 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6793 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6794 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6795 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6796 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6797 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6798
6799 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6800 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6801 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6802 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6803 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6804 format.
6805
6806 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6807 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6808
6809 @noindent
6810 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6811 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6812
6813 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6814 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6815 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6816 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6817
6818 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6819 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6820
6821 @noindent
6822 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6823 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6824
6825 @smallexample
6826 @group
6827 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6828 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6829 .
6830
6831 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6832 @end group
6833 @end smallexample
6834
6835 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6836 indeed have unit length.
6837
6838 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6839 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6840
6841 @noindent
6842 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6843 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6844 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6845 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6846
6847 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6848 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6849
6850 @noindent
6851 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6852 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6853
6854 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6855 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6856
6857 @ifnottex
6858 @example
6859 @group
6860 x + a y = 6
6861 x + b y = 10
6862 @end group
6863 @end example
6864 @end ifnottex
6865 @tex
6866 \beforedisplay
6867 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6868 x &+ b y = 10}
6869 $$
6870 \afterdisplay
6871 @end tex
6872
6873 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6874 matrix as usual.
6875
6876 @smallexample
6877 @group
6878 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6879 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6880 [ 1, b ] ]
6881 .
6882
6883 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6884 @end group
6885 @end smallexample
6886
6887 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6888 mode:
6889
6890 @smallexample
6891 @group
6892 4 a 4
6893 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6894 b - a b - a
6895 @end group
6896 @end smallexample
6897
6898 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6899
6900 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6901 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6902
6903 @noindent
6904 To solve
6905 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6906 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6907 first we compute
6908 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6909 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6910 and
6911 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6912 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6913 now, we have a system
6914 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6915 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6916 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6917
6918 @ifnottex
6919 @example
6920 @group
6921 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6922 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6923 7a + 6b = 3
6924 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6925 @end group
6926 @end example
6927 @end ifnottex
6928 @tex
6929 \beforedisplayh
6930 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6931 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6932 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6933 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6934 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6935 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6936 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6937 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6938 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6939 $$
6940 \afterdisplayh
6941 @end tex
6942
6943 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6944 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6945 @texline @math{B'}
6946 @infoline @expr{B2}
6947 vector.
6948
6949 @smallexample
6950 @group
6951 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6952 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6953 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6954 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6955 . .
6956
6957 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6958 @end group
6959 @end smallexample
6960
6961 @noindent
6962 Now we compute the matrix
6963 @texline @math{A'}
6964 @infoline @expr{A2}
6965 and divide.
6966
6967 @smallexample
6968 @group
6969 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6970 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6971 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6972 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6973 .
6974
6975 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6976 @end group
6977 @end smallexample
6978
6979 @noindent
6980 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6981 round-off error.)
6982
6983 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6984 @texline @math{3\times3}
6985 @infoline 3x3
6986 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6987 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6988 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6989 answer since the
6990 @texline @math{4\times3}
6991 @infoline 4x3
6992 system would be equivalent to the original
6993 @texline @math{3\times3}
6994 @infoline 3x3
6995 system.)
6996
6997 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
6998 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
6999 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7000
7001 @smallexample
7002 @group
7003 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7004 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7005 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7006 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7007 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7008 .
7009
7010 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7011 @end group
7012 @end smallexample
7013
7014 @noindent
7015 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7016 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7017
7018 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7019 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7020
7021 @noindent
7022 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7023 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7024 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7025 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7026
7027 @smallexample
7028 @group
7029 2: 2 2: 2
7030 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7031 . .
7032
7033 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7034 @end group
7035 @end smallexample
7036
7037 @noindent
7038 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7039 vector.
7040
7041 @smallexample
7042 @group
7043 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7044 .
7045
7046 V M ^
7047 @end group
7048 @end smallexample
7049
7050 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7051 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7052
7053 @noindent
7054 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7055 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7056
7057 @ifnottex
7058 @example
7059 m*x + b*1 = y
7060 @end example
7061 @end ifnottex
7062 @tex
7063 \beforedisplay
7064 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7065 \afterdisplay
7066 @end tex
7067
7068 Thus we want a
7069 @texline @math{19\times2}
7070 @infoline 19x2
7071 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7072 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7073 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7074
7075 @smallexample
7076 @group
7077 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7078 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7079 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7080 @dots{}
7081
7082 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7083 @end group
7084 @end smallexample
7085
7086 @noindent
7087 Now we compute
7088 @texline @math{A^T y}
7089 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7090 and
7091 @texline @math{A^T A}
7092 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7093 and divide.
7094
7095 @smallexample
7096 @group
7097 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7098 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7099 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7100 .
7101
7102 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7103 @end group
7104 @end smallexample
7105
7106 @noindent
7107 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7108
7109 @smallexample
7110 @group
7111 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7112 .
7113
7114 /
7115 @end group
7116 @end smallexample
7117
7118 Since we were solving equations of the form
7119 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7120 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7121 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7122 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7123 @kbd{V R}!
7124
7125 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7126 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7127 arithmetic functions!
7128
7129 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7130 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7131 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7132
7133 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7134 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7135
7136 @noindent
7137 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7138 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7139 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7140
7141 @smallexample
7142 @group
7143 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7144 .
7145 @end group
7146 @end smallexample
7147
7148 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7149 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7150
7151 @smallexample
7152 @group
7153 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7154 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7155 . .
7156
7157 @key{RET} V R *
7158
7159 @end group
7160 @end smallexample
7161 @noindent
7162 @smallexample
7163 @group
7164 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7165 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7166 . .
7167
7168 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7169 @end group
7170 @end smallexample
7171
7172 @noindent
7173 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7174 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7175 then raise the number to that power.)
7176
7177 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7178 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7179
7180 @noindent
7181 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7182 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7183 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7184 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7185
7186 @smallexample
7187 @group
7188 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7189 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7190 . .
7191
7192 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7193 @end group
7194 @end smallexample
7195
7196 @noindent
7197 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7198
7199 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7200 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7201
7202 @smallexample
7203 @group
7204 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7205 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7206 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7207 .
7208
7209 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7210 @end group
7211 @end smallexample
7212
7213 @noindent
7214 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7215 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7216
7217 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7218 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7219
7220 @noindent
7221 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7222 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7223 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7224 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7225
7226 @smallexample
7227 @group
7228 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7229 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7230 . .
7231
7232 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7233
7234 @end group
7235 @end smallexample
7236 @noindent
7237 @smallexample
7238 @group
7239 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7240 . . .
7241
7242 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7243 @end group
7244 @end smallexample
7245
7246 @noindent
7247 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7248 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7249 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7250 the job is pretty straightforward.
7251
7252 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7253 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7254 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7255 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7256 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7257
7258 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7259 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7260
7261 @noindent
7262 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7263 to get a list of lists of integers!
7264
7265 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7266 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7267
7268 @noindent
7269 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7270 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7271
7272 @smallexample
7273 @group
7274 1: [ [0],
7275 [0, 1],
7276 [0, 1, 2],
7277 @dots{}
7278
7279 1 -
7280 @end group
7281 @end smallexample
7282
7283 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7284 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7285 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7286 can be computed directly by the formula
7287 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7288 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7289
7290 @smallexample
7291 @group
7292 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7293 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7294 . .
7295
7296 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7297 @end group
7298 @end smallexample
7299
7300 @noindent
7301 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7302 result:
7303
7304 @smallexample
7305 @group
7306 1: [ [0],
7307 [1, 2],
7308 [3, 4, 5],
7309 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7310 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7311 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7312 .
7313
7314 V M +
7315 @end group
7316 @end smallexample
7317
7318 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7319 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7320 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7321 triangular list.
7322
7323 @smallexample
7324 @group
7325 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7326 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7327 . .
7328
7329 @key{RET} V M V R +
7330 @end group
7331 @end smallexample
7332
7333 @noindent
7334 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7335 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7336 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7337
7338 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7339 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7340
7341 @noindent
7342 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7343
7344 @smallexample
7345 @group
7346 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7347 . . .
7348
7349 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7350 @end group
7351 @end smallexample
7352
7353 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7354
7355 @smallexample
7356 @group
7357 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7358 .
7359
7360 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7361 @end group
7362 @end smallexample
7363
7364 @noindent
7365 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7366
7367 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7368 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7369
7370 @smallexample
7371 @group
7372 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7373 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7374 . .
7375
7376 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7377 @end group
7378 @end smallexample
7379
7380 @noindent
7381 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7382 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7383 @texline @math{\sin x}
7384 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7385 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7386
7387 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7388 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7389 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7390
7391 @smallexample
7392 @group
7393 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7394 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7395 .
7396
7397 r 1 V M * V R +
7398 @end group
7399 @end smallexample
7400
7401 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7402 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7403 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7404 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7405 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7406 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7407
7408 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7409 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7410 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7411
7412 @smallexample
7413 @group
7414 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7415 1: [0 .. 5] .
7416 .
7417
7418 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7419 @end group
7420 @end smallexample
7421
7422 @noindent
7423 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7424 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7425 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7426
7427 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7428 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7429
7430 @noindent
7431 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7432
7433 @smallexample
7434 @group
7435 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7436 . 2: 10
7437 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7438 .
7439
7440 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7441
7442 @end group
7443 @end smallexample
7444 @noindent
7445 @smallexample
7446 @group
7447 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7448 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7449 .
7450
7451 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7452 @end group
7453 @end smallexample
7454
7455 @noindent
7456 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7457
7458 @smallexample
7459 @group
7460 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7461 .
7462
7463 10 V M % s 2
7464 @end group
7465 @end smallexample
7466
7467 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7468 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7469 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7470 the right of it are nines.
7471
7472 @smallexample
7473 @group
7474 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7475 . .
7476
7477 9 V M a = v v
7478
7479 @end group
7480 @end smallexample
7481 @noindent
7482 @smallexample
7483 @group
7484 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7485 . .
7486
7487 V U * v v 1 |
7488 @end group
7489 @end smallexample
7490
7491 @noindent
7492 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7493 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7494 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7495 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7496 rightmost digit.
7497
7498 @smallexample
7499 @group
7500 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7501 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7502 .
7503
7504 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7505 @end group
7506 @end smallexample
7507
7508 @noindent
7509 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7510 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7511 digits that generated them.
7512
7513 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7514
7515 @smallexample
7516 @group
7517 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7518 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7519 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7520 .
7521
7522 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7523
7524 @end group
7525 @end smallexample
7526 @noindent
7527 @smallexample
7528 @group
7529 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7530 . .
7531
7532 V M * V R +
7533 @end group
7534 @end smallexample
7535
7536 @noindent
7537 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7538 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7539
7540 @smallexample
7541 @group
7542 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7543 . .
7544
7545 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7546 @end group
7547 @end smallexample
7548
7549 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7550 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7551
7552 @noindent
7553 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7554 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7555 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7556 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7557
7558 Here's a more correct method:
7559
7560 @smallexample
7561 @group
7562 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7563 . 1: 7
7564 .
7565
7566 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7567
7568 @end group
7569 @end smallexample
7570 @noindent
7571 @smallexample
7572 @group
7573 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7574 . .
7575
7576 V M a = V R *
7577 @end group
7578 @end smallexample
7579
7580 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7581 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7582
7583 @noindent
7584 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7585 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7586 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7587
7588 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7589 commands.
7590
7591 @smallexample
7592 @group
7593 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7594 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7595 . .
7596
7597 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7598
7599 @end group
7600 @end smallexample
7601 @noindent
7602 @smallexample
7603 @group
7604 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7605 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7606 . .
7607
7608 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7609 @end group
7610 @end smallexample
7611
7612 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7613 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7614
7615 @smallexample
7616 @group
7617 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7618 . . .
7619
7620 + 1 V M a < V R +
7621 @end group
7622 @end smallexample
7623
7624 @noindent
7625 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7626
7627 @smallexample
7628 @group
7629 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7630 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7631
7632 100 / 4 * P /
7633 @end group
7634 @end smallexample
7635
7636 @noindent
7637 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7638 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7639 not very efficient!
7640
7641 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7642 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7643
7644 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7645 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7646
7647 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7648 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7649
7650 @noindent
7651 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7652 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7653 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7654 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7655 @texline @math{\theta},
7656 @infoline @expr{theta},
7657 and see if @expr{x} and
7658 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7659 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7660 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7661 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7662 numbers surround an integer.
7663
7664 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7665 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7666 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7667 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7668 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7669
7670 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7671 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7672 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7673 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7674 Pick random @expr{x} and
7675 @texline @math{\theta},
7676 @infoline @expr{theta},
7677 compute
7678 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7679 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7680 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7681
7682 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7683 commands.
7684
7685 @smallexample
7686 @group
7687 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7688 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7689 .
7690
7691 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7692 @end group
7693 @end smallexample
7694
7695 @noindent
7696 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7697
7698 @smallexample
7699 @group
7700 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7701 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7702 .
7703
7704 m d V M C +
7705
7706 @end group
7707 @end smallexample
7708 @noindent
7709 @smallexample
7710 @group
7711 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7712 . . .
7713
7714 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7715 @end group
7716 @end smallexample
7717
7718 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7719 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7720 a random integer.
7721
7722 @smallexample
7723 @group
7724 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7725 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7726 . .
7727
7728 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7729
7730 @end group
7731 @end smallexample
7732 @noindent
7733 @smallexample
7734 @group
7735 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7736 . . .
7737
7738 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7739
7740 @end group
7741 @end smallexample
7742 @noindent
7743 @smallexample
7744 @group
7745 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7746 . .
7747
7748 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7749 @end group
7750 @end smallexample
7751
7752 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7753 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7754
7755 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7756 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7757
7758 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7759 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7760
7761 @noindent
7762 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7763
7764 @smallexample
7765 @group
7766 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7767 .
7768
7769 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7770 @end group
7771 @end smallexample
7772
7773 @noindent
7774 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7775 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7776 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7777 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7778
7779 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7780 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7781 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7782 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7783
7784 @smallexample
7785 @group
7786 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7787 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7788 . .
7789
7790 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7791
7792 @end group
7793 @end smallexample
7794 @noindent
7795 @smallexample
7796 @group
7797 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7798 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7799 .
7800
7801 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7802 @end group
7803 @end smallexample
7804
7805 @noindent
7806 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7807 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7808 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7809 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7810 plus its second argument.
7811
7812 @smallexample
7813 @group
7814 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7815 . .
7816
7817 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7818 @end group
7819 @end smallexample
7820
7821 @noindent
7822 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7823 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7824 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7825
7826 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7827 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7828 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7829 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7830 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7831 the operations are faster.
7832
7833 @smallexample
7834 @group
7835 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7836 . .
7837
7838 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7839 @end group
7840 @end smallexample
7841
7842 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7843 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7844 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7845 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7846
7847 @ifnottex
7848 @example
7849 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7850 @end example
7851 @end ifnottex
7852 @tex
7853 \beforedisplay
7854 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7855 \afterdisplay
7856 @end tex
7857
7858 @noindent
7859 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7860 the distributive law yields
7861
7862 @ifnottex
7863 @example
7864 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7865 @end example
7866 @end ifnottex
7867 @tex
7868 \beforedisplay
7869 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7870 \afterdisplay
7871 @end tex
7872
7873 @noindent
7874 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7875 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7876 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7877 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7878
7879 @ifnottex
7880 @example
7881 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7882 @end example
7883 @end ifnottex
7884 @tex
7885 \beforedisplay
7886 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n^{\prime} $$
7887 \afterdisplay
7888 @end tex
7889
7890 @noindent
7891 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7892 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7893
7894 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7895 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7896 modulo some value @var{m}.
7897
7898 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7899 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7900
7901 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7902 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7903 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7904
7905 @smallexample
7906 @group
7907 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7908 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7909 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7910 ...
7911
7912 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7913 @end group
7914 @end smallexample
7915
7916 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7917 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7918 before nesting even begins.
7919
7920 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7921 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7922 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7923
7924 @smallexample
7925 @group
7926 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7927 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7928 .
7929
7930 v t v u g f
7931 @end group
7932 @end smallexample
7933
7934 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7935 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7936 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7937
7938 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7939 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7940 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7941 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7942
7943 @smallexample
7944 @group
7945 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7946 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7947 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7948 ...
7949
7950 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7951 @end group
7952 @end smallexample
7953
7954 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7955
7956 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7957 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7958 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7959 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7960 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7961 Schwartz.)
7962
7963 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7964 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7965
7966 @noindent
7967 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7968 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7969
7970 @smallexample
7971 @group
7972 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7973 . . .
7974
7975 2 ^ P / c F
7976 @end group
7977 @end smallexample
7978
7979 @noindent
7980 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7981 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7982 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7983 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7984
7985 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7986 precision slightly and try again:
7987
7988 @smallexample
7989 @group
7990 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
7991 . .
7992
7993 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
7994 @end group
7995 @end smallexample
7996
7997 @noindent
7998 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
7999 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8000 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
8001 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8002
8003 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8004 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8005 to the current precision before they begin.
8006
8007 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8008 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8009
8010 @noindent
8011 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8012 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8013
8014 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8015 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8016 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are the same size.
8017 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8018 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8019 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8020
8021 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8022 the input is infinite.
8023
8024 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8025 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8026 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8027 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8028 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8029
8030 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8031 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8032 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8033 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8034
8035 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8036 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8037
8038 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8039 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8040 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8041 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8042
8043 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8044 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8045
8046 @noindent
8047 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8048 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8049 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8050 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8051 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8052 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8053
8054 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8055 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8056 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8057 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8058
8059 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8060 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8061 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8062 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8063 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8064
8065 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8066 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8067
8068 @smallexample
8069 @group
8070 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8071 1: 17 .
8072 .
8073
8074 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8075 @end group
8076 @end smallexample
8077
8078 @noindent
8079 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8080
8081 @smallexample
8082 @group
8083 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8084 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8085 .
8086
8087 20" + 17 *
8088 @end group
8089 @end smallexample
8090
8091 @noindent
8092 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8093
8094 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8095 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8096
8097 @noindent
8098 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8099 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8100 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8101
8102 @smallexample
8103 @group
8104 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8105 . . .
8106
8107 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8108 @end group
8109 @end smallexample
8110
8111 @noindent
8112 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8113
8114 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8115 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8116 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8117 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8118 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8119
8120 @smallexample
8121 @group
8122 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8123 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8124 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8125 .
8126
8127 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8128 @end group
8129 @end smallexample
8130
8131 @noindent
8132 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8133
8134 @smallexample
8135 @group
8136 1: 242
8137 .
8138
8139 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8140 @end group
8141 @end smallexample
8142
8143 @noindent
8144 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8145
8146 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8147 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8148
8149 @noindent
8150 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8151 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8152 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8153 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8154 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8155 don't know the leap year rule.
8156
8157 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8158 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8159 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8160 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8161 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8162
8163 @smallexample
8164 @group
8165 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8166 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8167 .
8168
8169 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8170
8171 @end group
8172 @end smallexample
8173 @noindent
8174 @smallexample
8175 @group
8176 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8177 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8178 1: 1991 . .
8179 .
8180
8181 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8182 @end group
8183 @end smallexample
8184
8185 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8186 @noindent
8187 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8188 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8189 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8190 background information in that regard.)
8191
8192 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8193 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8194
8195 @noindent
8196 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8197 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8198
8199 @smallexample
8200 @group
8201 1: 1. 2: 1.
8202 . 1: 0.2
8203 .
8204
8205 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8206 @end group
8207 @end smallexample
8208
8209 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8210
8211 @smallexample
8212 @group
8213 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8214 . . .
8215
8216 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8217 @end group
8218 @end smallexample
8219
8220 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8221 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8222
8223 @smallexample
8224 @group
8225 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8226 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8227 1: 706.21 .
8228 .
8229
8230 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8231 @end group
8232 @end smallexample
8233
8234 @noindent
8235 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8236
8237 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8238 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8239
8240 @noindent
8241 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8242 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8243 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8244 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8245 but with no upper bound.
8246
8247 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8248
8249 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8250 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8251 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8252 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8253
8254 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8255 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8256 as a possible value.
8257
8258 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8259 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8260 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8261 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8262 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8263 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8264 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8265 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8266 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8267 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8268
8269 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8270 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8271
8272 @smallexample
8273 @group
8274 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8275 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8276 . .
8277
8278 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8279 @end group
8280 @end smallexample
8281
8282 @noindent
8283 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8284 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8285 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8286
8287 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8288 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8289 for different numbers.
8290
8291 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8292
8293 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8294 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8295
8296 @noindent
8297 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8298
8299 @smallexample
8300 @group
8301 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8302 . 811749612 .
8303 .
8304
8305 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8306 @end group
8307 @end smallexample
8308
8309 @noindent
8310 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8311 must not be prime.
8312
8313 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8314 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8315 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8316 use this method to test the second number.
8317
8318 @smallexample
8319 @group
8320 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8321 1: 15485863 .
8322 .
8323
8324 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8325 @end group
8326 @end smallexample
8327
8328 @noindent
8329 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8330 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8331
8332 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8333 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8334 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8335
8336 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8337 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8338 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8339 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8340
8341 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8342 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8343
8344 @noindent
8345 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8346 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8347 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8348
8349 @smallexample
8350 @group
8351 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8352 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8353 .
8354
8355 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8356
8357 @end group
8358 @end smallexample
8359 @noindent
8360 @smallexample
8361 @group
8362 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8363 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8364 .
8365
8366 x time @key{RET} +
8367 @end group
8368 @end smallexample
8369
8370 @noindent
8371 It will be just after six in the morning.
8372
8373 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8374 HMS form:
8375
8376 @smallexample
8377 @group
8378 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8379 . .
8380
8381 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8382 @end group
8383 @end smallexample
8384
8385 @noindent
8386 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8387 the actual number 3.14159...
8388
8389 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8390 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8391
8392 @noindent
8393 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8394 each.
8395
8396 @smallexample
8397 @group
8398 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8399 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8400 .
8401
8402 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8403
8404 @end group
8405 @end smallexample
8406 @noindent
8407 @smallexample
8408 @group
8409 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8410 .
8411
8412 17 *
8413 @end group
8414 @end smallexample
8415
8416 @noindent
8417 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8418
8419 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8420 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8421
8422 @noindent
8423 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8424
8425 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8426 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8427
8428 @noindent
8429 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8430 to the other?
8431
8432 @smallexample
8433 @group
8434 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8435 . .
8436
8437 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8438 @end group
8439 @end smallexample
8440
8441 @noindent
8442 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8443
8444 @smallexample
8445 @group
8446 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8447 2: 4.1 ns . .
8448 .
8449
8450 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8451 @end group
8452 @end smallexample
8453
8454 @noindent
8455 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8456 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8457 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8458
8459 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8460 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8461
8462 @noindent
8463 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8464 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8465
8466 @smallexample
8467 @group
8468 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8469 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8470 .
8471
8472 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8473 @end group
8474 @end smallexample
8475
8476 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8477 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8478 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8479
8480 @smallexample
8481 @group
8482 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8483 . 1: 2 .
8484 .
8485
8486 u s 2 B
8487 @end group
8488 @end smallexample
8489
8490 @noindent
8491 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8492
8493 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8494 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8495
8496 @noindent
8497 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8498 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8499 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8500 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8501 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8502 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8503 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8504
8505 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8506 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8507
8508 @noindent
8509 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8510 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8511 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8512 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8513 familiar form.
8514
8515 @smallexample
8516 @group
8517 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8518 . .
8519
8520 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8521
8522 @end group
8523 @end smallexample
8524 @noindent
8525 @smallexample
8526 @group
8527 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8528 . .
8529
8530 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8531
8532 @end group
8533 @end smallexample
8534 @noindent
8535 @smallexample
8536 @group
8537 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8538 . .
8539
8540 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8541 @end group
8542 @end smallexample
8543
8544 @noindent
8545 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8546 same as the original polynomial.
8547
8548 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8549 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8550
8551 @smallexample
8552 @group
8553 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8554 . .
8555
8556 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8557
8558 @end group
8559 @end smallexample
8560 @noindent
8561 @smallexample
8562 @group
8563 1: [y, 1]
8564 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8565 .
8566
8567 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8568
8569 @end group
8570 @end smallexample
8571 @noindent
8572 @smallexample
8573 @group
8574 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8575 .
8576
8577 V M $ @key{RET}
8578
8579 @end group
8580 @end smallexample
8581 @noindent
8582 @smallexample
8583 @group
8584 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8585 .
8586
8587 V R -
8588
8589 @end group
8590 @end smallexample
8591 @noindent
8592 @smallexample
8593 @group
8594 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8595 .
8596
8597 =
8598
8599 @end group
8600 @end smallexample
8601 @noindent
8602 @smallexample
8603 @group
8604 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8605 .
8606
8607 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8608 @end group
8609 @end smallexample
8610
8611 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8612 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8613
8614 @noindent
8615 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8616 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8617 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8618 coefficients. Here's one way:
8619
8620 @smallexample
8621 @group
8622 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8623 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8624 . .
8625
8626 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8627
8628 @end group
8629 @end smallexample
8630 @noindent
8631 @smallexample
8632 @group
8633 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8634 . .
8635
8636 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8637 @end group
8638 @end smallexample
8639
8640 @noindent
8641 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8642 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8643
8644 @smallexample
8645 @group
8646 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8647 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8648 .
8649
8650 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8651
8652 @end group
8653 @end smallexample
8654 @noindent
8655 @smallexample
8656 @group
8657 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8658 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8659 .
8660
8661 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8662 @end group
8663 @end smallexample
8664
8665 @noindent
8666 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8667 same thing.
8668
8669 @smallexample
8670 @group
8671 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8672 . . .
8673
8674 * .1 * 3 /
8675 @end group
8676 @end smallexample
8677
8678 @noindent
8679 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8680
8681 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8682 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8683
8684 @noindent
8685 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8686
8687 @smallexample
8688 @group
8689 ___
8690 2 + V 2
8691 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8692 . ___
8693 1 + V 2
8694
8695 .
8696
8697 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8698 @end group
8699 @end smallexample
8700
8701 @noindent
8702 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8703
8704 @smallexample
8705 @group
8706 ___ ___
8707 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8708 .
8709
8710 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8711
8712 @end group
8713 @end smallexample
8714 @noindent
8715 @smallexample
8716 @group
8717 ___ ___
8718 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8719 . .
8720
8721 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8722 @end group
8723 @end smallexample
8724
8725 @noindent
8726 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8727 second step.)
8728
8729 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8730 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8731 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8732
8733 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8734 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8735
8736 @noindent
8737 Here is the rule set:
8738
8739 @smallexample
8740 @group
8741 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8742 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8743 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8744 @end group
8745 @end smallexample
8746
8747 @noindent
8748 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8749 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8750 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8751 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8752 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8753 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8754 numbers.
8755
8756 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8757 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8758 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8759 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8760 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8761
8762 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8763 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8764 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8765 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8766 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8767 function.
8768
8769 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8770 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8771
8772 @noindent
8773 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8774 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8775 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8776 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8777 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8778 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8779 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8780
8781 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8782 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8783 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8784 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8785 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8786 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8787 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8788 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8789 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8790
8791 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8792 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8793
8794 @noindent
8795 @ignore
8796 @starindex
8797 @end ignore
8798 @tindex seq
8799 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8800
8801 @smallexample
8802 @group
8803 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8804 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8805 @end group
8806 @end smallexample
8807
8808 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8809 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8810
8811 @example
8812 seq( 3, 1)
8813 seq(10, 2)
8814 seq( 5, 3)
8815 seq(16, 4)
8816 seq( 8, 5)
8817 seq( 4, 6)
8818 seq( 2, 7)
8819 seq( 1, 8)
8820 @end example
8821
8822 @noindent
8823 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8824
8825 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8826
8827 @smallexample
8828 @group
8829 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8830 seq(1, c) := c,
8831 ... ]
8832 @end group
8833 @end smallexample
8834
8835 @noindent
8836 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8837 as the result.
8838
8839 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8840
8841 @smallexample
8842 @group
8843 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8844 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8845 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8846 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8847 @end group
8848 @end smallexample
8849
8850 @noindent
8851 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8852
8853 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8854 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8855 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8856 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8857
8858 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8859 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8860 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8861 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8862 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8863
8864 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8865 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8866
8867 @noindent
8868 @ignore
8869 @starindex
8870 @end ignore
8871 @tindex nterms
8872 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8873 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8874 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8875
8876 @smallexample
8877 @group
8878 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8879 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8880 @end group
8881 @end smallexample
8882
8883 @noindent
8884 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8885 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8886 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8887
8888 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8889 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8890
8891 @noindent
8892 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8893
8894 @smallexample
8895 @group
8896 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8897 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8898 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8899 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8900 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8901 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8902 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8903 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8904 @end group
8905 @end smallexample
8906
8907 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8908 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8909 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8910 say, @code{O}, first.
8911
8912 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8913 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8914 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8915 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8916 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8917
8918 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8919 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8920 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8921 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8922
8923 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8924
8925 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8926 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8927 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8928
8929 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8930 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8931 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8932 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8933 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8934
8935 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8936
8937 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8938 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8939 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8940 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8941 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8942 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8943 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8944 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8945 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8946 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8947 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8948
8949 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8950 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8951 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8952 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8953 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8954 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8955 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8956 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8957 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8958 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8959 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8960 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8961 in Lisp.)
8962
8963 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8964 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8965
8966 @noindent
8967 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8968 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8969 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8970 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8971 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8972
8973 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8974 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8975
8976 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8977 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8978
8979 @noindent
8980 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8981 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8982
8983 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8984 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8985
8986 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8987 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8988 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8989
8990 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
8991 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
8992
8993 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8994 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
8995
8996 @noindent
8997 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
8998 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
8999
9000 @noindent
9001 Computing
9002 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9003 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9004
9005 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9006
9007 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9008
9009 @noindent
9010 Computing the logarithm:
9011
9012 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9013
9014 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9015
9016 @noindent
9017 Computing the vector of integers:
9018
9019 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9020 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9021 from the stack.)
9022
9023 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9024 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9025 next command.)
9026
9027 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9028
9029 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9030 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9031
9032 @noindent
9033 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9034
9035 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9036 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9037
9038 @smallexample
9039 @group
9040 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9041 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9042 . .
9043
9044 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9045 @end group
9046 @end smallexample
9047
9048 @noindent
9049 This answer is quite accurate.
9050
9051 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9052 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9053
9054 @noindent
9055 Here is the matrix:
9056
9057 @example
9058 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9059 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9060 @end example
9061
9062 @noindent
9063 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9064 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9065
9066 @example
9067 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9068 @end example
9069
9070 @noindent
9071 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9072 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9073 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9074 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9075 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9076 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9077 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9078 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9079
9080 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9081 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9082
9083 @noindent
9084 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9085 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9086 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9087
9088 @smallexample
9089 @group
9090 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9091 . 1: 4
9092 .
9093
9094 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9095 @end group
9096 @end smallexample
9097
9098 @noindent
9099 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9100 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9101 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9102 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9103 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9104 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9105 loop counter exceeds 4.
9106
9107 @smallexample
9108 @group
9109 2: 31 3: 31
9110 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9111 . 1: 4.02724519544
9112 .
9113
9114 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9115 @end group
9116 @end smallexample
9117
9118 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9119 harmonic number is 4.02.
9120
9121 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9122 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9123
9124 @noindent
9125 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9126 the formula
9127 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9128 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9129
9130 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9131 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9132 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9133 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9134 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9135 just for purposes of illustration.)
9136
9137 @smallexample
9138 @group
9139 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9140 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9141 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9142 .
9143
9144 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9145
9146 @end group
9147 @end smallexample
9148 @noindent
9149 @smallexample
9150 @group
9151 2: 4.5
9152 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9153 .
9154
9155 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9156 @end group
9157 @end smallexample
9158
9159 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9160 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9161 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9162 repetitions are done.)
9163
9164 @smallexample
9165 @group
9166 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9167 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9168 1: 4.5 .
9169 .
9170
9171 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9172 @end group
9173 @end smallexample
9174
9175 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9176 old one to see if we've converged.
9177
9178 @smallexample
9179 @group
9180 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9181 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9182 1: 4.5 .
9183 .
9184
9185 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9186 @end group
9187 @end smallexample
9188
9189 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9190 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9191
9192 @smallexample
9193 @group
9194 2: 5.26345856348
9195 1: 0.499999999997
9196 .
9197
9198 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9199 @end group
9200 @end smallexample
9201
9202 Let's test the new definition again:
9203
9204 @smallexample
9205 @group
9206 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9207 1: 1 .
9208 .
9209
9210 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9211 @end group
9212 @end smallexample
9213
9214 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9215
9216 @example
9217 @group
9218 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9219 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9220 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9221 Z >
9222 Z '
9223 C-x )
9224 @end group
9225 @end example
9226
9227 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9228 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9229 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9230 to see how to use it.
9231
9232 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9233 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9234 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9235 @xref{Root Finding}.
9236
9237 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9238 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9239
9240 @noindent
9241 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9242 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9243 reduce the problem using
9244 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9245 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9246 on to compute
9247 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9248 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9249 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9250 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9251
9252 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9253 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9254 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9255 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9256 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9257 just for purposes of illustration.)
9258
9259 @smallexample
9260 @group
9261 1: 1. 1: 1.
9262 . .
9263
9264 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9265 @end group
9266 @end smallexample
9267
9268 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9269 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9270
9271 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9272 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9273 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9274 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9275
9276 @smallexample
9277 @group
9278 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9279 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9280 1: 5 .
9281 .
9282
9283 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9284 @end group
9285 @end smallexample
9286
9287 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9288 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9289 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9290 minus the adjustment factor.
9291
9292 @smallexample
9293 @group
9294 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9295 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9296 . .
9297
9298 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9299 @end group
9300 @end smallexample
9301
9302 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9303 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9304 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9305
9306 @smallexample
9307 @group
9308 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9309 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9310 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9311 . . 1: 36.
9312 .
9313
9314 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9315
9316 @end group
9317 @end smallexample
9318 @noindent
9319 @smallexample
9320 @group
9321 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9322 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9323 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9324 . .
9325
9326 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9327 @end group
9328 @end smallexample
9329
9330 This is the value of
9331 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9332 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9333 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9334 a higher precision:
9335
9336 @smallexample
9337 @group
9338 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9339 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9340
9341 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9342 @end group
9343 @end smallexample
9344
9345 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9346
9347 @example
9348 @group
9349 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9350 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9351 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9352 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9353 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9354 2 Z )
9355 Z '
9356 C-x )
9357 @end group
9358 @end example
9359
9360 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9361 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9362
9363 @noindent
9364 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9365 a term like
9366 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9367 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9368 Taking the derivative of a constant
9369 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9370 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9371 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9372
9373 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9374 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9375 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9376 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9377 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9378 just for purposes of illustration.)
9379
9380 @smallexample
9381 @group
9382 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9383 1: 6 2: 0
9384 . 1: 6
9385 .
9386
9387 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9388 @end group
9389 @end smallexample
9390
9391 @noindent
9392 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9393
9394 @smallexample
9395 @group
9396 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9397 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9398 . 1: 1 .
9399 .
9400
9401 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9402 @end group
9403 @end smallexample
9404
9405 @noindent
9406 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9407 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9408 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9409
9410 @smallexample
9411 @group
9412 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9413 . . .
9414
9415 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9416 @end group
9417 @end smallexample
9418
9419 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9420 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9421
9422 @smallexample
9423 @group
9424 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9425 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9426 . .
9427
9428 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9429
9430 @end group
9431 @end smallexample
9432 @noindent
9433 @smallexample
9434 @group
9435 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9436 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9437 .
9438
9439 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9440 @end group
9441 @end smallexample
9442
9443 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9444
9445 @example
9446 @group
9447 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9448 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9449 a d x @key{RET}
9450 1 Z ) r 1
9451 Z '
9452 C-x )
9453
9454 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9455 @end group
9456 @end example
9457
9458 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9459 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9460
9461 @noindent
9462 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9463 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9464 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9465 sure the stack comes out right.
9466
9467 @smallexample
9468 @group
9469 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9470 1: 2 . 1: 2
9471 . .
9472
9473 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9474 @end group
9475 @end smallexample
9476
9477 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9478 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9479 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9480 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9481
9482 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9483 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9484
9485 @smallexample
9486 @group
9487 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9488 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9489 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9490 1: 2 .
9491 .
9492
9493 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9494
9495 @end group
9496 @end smallexample
9497 @noindent
9498 @smallexample
9499 @group
9500 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9501 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9502 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9503 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9504 . . .
9505
9506 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9507 @end group
9508 @end smallexample
9509
9510 @noindent
9511 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9512 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9513
9514 @smallexample
9515 @group
9516 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9517 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9518 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9519 . 1: 2 .
9520 .
9521
9522 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9523
9524 @end group
9525 @end smallexample
9526 @noindent
9527 @smallexample
9528 @group
9529 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9530 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9531 . .
9532
9533 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9534 @end group
9535 @end smallexample
9536
9537 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9538 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9539 the right answers.
9540
9541 Here's the full program once again:
9542
9543 @example
9544 @group
9545 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9546 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9547 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9548 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9549 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9550 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9551 Z ]
9552 Z ]
9553 C-x )
9554 @end group
9555 @end example
9556
9557 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9558 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9559 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9560 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9561 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9562
9563 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9564 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9565
9566 @noindent
9567 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9568 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9569
9570 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9571 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9572
9573 @smallexample
9574 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9575 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9576 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9577 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9578 C-c C-c
9579 @end smallexample
9580
9581 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9582
9583 @smallexample
9584 @group
9585 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9586 1: 2 . .
9587 .
9588
9589 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9590 @end group
9591 @end smallexample
9592
9593 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9594 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9595 the last rule.
9596
9597 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9598 @tex
9599 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9600 @end tex
9601
9602 @c [reference]
9603
9604 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9605 @chapter Introduction
9606
9607 @noindent
9608 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9609 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9610 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9611
9612 @c [when-split]
9613 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9614
9615 @menu
9616 * Basic Commands::
9617 * Help Commands::
9618 * Stack Basics::
9619 * Numeric Entry::
9620 * Algebraic Entry::
9621 * Quick Calculator::
9622 * Prefix Arguments::
9623 * Undo::
9624 * Error Messages::
9625 * Multiple Calculators::
9626 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9627 @end menu
9628
9629 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9630 @section Basic Commands
9631
9632 @noindent
9633 @pindex calc
9634 @pindex calc-mode
9635 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9636 @cindex Running the Calculator
9637 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9638 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9639 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9640 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9641 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9642 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9643 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9644 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9645 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9646 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9647 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9648 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9649
9650 @kindex C-x * c
9651 @kindex C-x * *
9652 @ignore
9653 @mindex @null
9654 @end ignore
9655 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9656 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9657 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9658 in its Keypad mode.
9659
9660 @kindex x
9661 @kindex M-x
9662 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9663 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9664 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9665 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9666 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9667 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9668 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9669 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9670
9671 Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9672 Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9673 arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9674 numbers.
9675
9676 @cindex Extensions module
9677 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9678 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9679 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9680 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9681 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9682 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9683 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9684 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9685 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9686 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9687 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9688
9689 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9690 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9691 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9692 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9693 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9694 to auto-load the Calculator.
9695
9696 @kindex C-x * b
9697 @pindex full-calc
9698 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9699 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9700 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9701 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9702 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9703 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9704 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9705
9706 @kindex C-x * o
9707 @pindex calc-other-window
9708 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9709 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9710 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9711 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9712 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9713 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9714
9715 @ignore
9716 @mindex C-x * q
9717 @end ignore
9718 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9719 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9720 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9721 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9722
9723 @ignore
9724 @mindex C-x * k
9725 @end ignore
9726 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9727 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9728 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9729 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9730
9731 @kindex q
9732 @pindex calc-quit
9733 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9734 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9735 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9736 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9737 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9738 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9739 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9740 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9741 Calculator on and off.
9742
9743 @kindex C-x * x
9744 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9745 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9746 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9747
9748 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9749 @pindex calc-refresh
9750 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9751 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9752 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9753 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9754 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9755
9756 @ignore
9757 @mindex o
9758 @end ignore
9759 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9760 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9761
9762 @kindex <
9763 @kindex >
9764 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9765 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9766 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9767 @cindex Scrolling
9768 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9769 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9770 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9771 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9772 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9773 window whenever it can.)
9774
9775 @kindex @{
9776 @kindex @}
9777 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9778 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9779 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9780 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9781 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9782 height of the Calc window.
9783
9784 @kindex C-x * 0
9785 @pindex calc-reset
9786 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9787 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9788 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9789 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9790 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9791 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9792 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9793 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9794 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9795 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9796 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9797
9798 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9799 @section Help Commands
9800
9801 @noindent
9802 @cindex Help commands
9803 @kindex ?
9804 @kindex a ?
9805 @kindex b ?
9806 @kindex c ?
9807 @kindex d ?
9808 @kindex f ?
9809 @kindex g ?
9810 @kindex j ?
9811 @kindex k ?
9812 @kindex m ?
9813 @kindex r ?
9814 @kindex s ?
9815 @kindex t ?
9816 @kindex u ?
9817 @kindex v ?
9818 @kindex V ?
9819 @kindex z ?
9820 @kindex Z ?
9821 @pindex calc-help
9822 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9823 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9824 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9825 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9826 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9827 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9828
9829 @kindex h h
9830 @pindex calc-full-help
9831 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9832 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9833 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9834
9835 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9836 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9837 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9838
9839 @kindex h i
9840 @kindex C-x * i
9841 @kindex i
9842 @pindex calc-info
9843 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9844 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9845 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9846 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9847 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9848 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9849 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9850 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9851 different command in a future version of Calc.
9852
9853 @kindex h t
9854 @kindex C-x * t
9855 @pindex calc-tutorial
9856 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9857 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9858 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9859 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9860 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9861 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9862 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9863 all times).
9864
9865 @kindex h s
9866 @kindex C-x * s
9867 @pindex calc-info-summary
9868 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9869 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9870 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9871
9872 @kindex h k
9873 @pindex calc-describe-key
9874 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9875 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9876 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9877 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9878 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9879 node indicated by the index.
9880
9881 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9882 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9883 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9884 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9885
9886 @kindex h c
9887 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9888 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9889 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9890 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9891 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9892 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9893 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9894 gives the description:
9895
9896 @smallexample
9897 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9898 @end smallexample
9899
9900 @noindent
9901 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9902 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9903 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9904 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9905 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9906
9907 @kindex h f
9908 @pindex calc-describe-function
9909 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9910 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9911 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9912 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9913 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9914 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9915 @samp{=>}.
9916
9917 @kindex h v
9918 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9919 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9920 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9921 @code{PlotRejects}.
9922
9923 @kindex h b
9924 @pindex describe-bindings
9925 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9926 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9927 listed.
9928
9929 @kindex h n
9930 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9931 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9932 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9933 source files.
9934
9935 @kindex h C-c
9936 @kindex h C-d
9937 @kindex h C-w
9938 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9939 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9940 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9941 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9942
9943 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9944 @section Stack Basics
9945
9946 @noindent
9947 @cindex Stack basics
9948 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9949 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9950 Tutorial}.
9951
9952 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9953 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9954 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9955 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9956 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9957 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9958 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9959 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9960
9961 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9962 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9963 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9964 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9965 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9966 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9967
9968 @kindex d l
9969 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9970 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9971 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9972 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9973 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9974 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9975
9976 @kindex o
9977 @pindex calc-realign
9978 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9979 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9980 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9981 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9982
9983 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9984 two consecutive numbers.
9985 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9986 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9987 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9988 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9989
9990 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9991 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9992 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9993 commands.
9994
9995 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9996 @section Numeric Entry
9997
9998 @noindent
9999 @kindex 0-9
10000 @kindex .
10001 @kindex e
10002 @cindex Numeric entry
10003 @cindex Entering numbers
10004 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10005 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10006 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10007 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10008 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10009
10010 @cindex Minus signs
10011 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10012 @kindex _
10013 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10014 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10015 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10016 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10017 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10018 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10019 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10020 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10021 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10022 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10023 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10024
10025 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10026 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10027 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10028 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10029
10030 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10031
10032 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10033 @section Algebraic Entry
10034
10035 @noindent
10036 @kindex '
10037 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10038 @cindex Algebraic notation
10039 @cindex Formulas, entering
10040 The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10041 calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10042 apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
10043
10044 @example
10045 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10046 @end example
10047
10048 @noindent
10049 This will compute
10050 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10051 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10052 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10053 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10054 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10055 clear previous results off the stack.
10056
10057 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10058 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10059 this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10060 keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10061
10062 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10063 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10064 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10065 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10066
10067 @kindex m a
10068 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10069 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10070 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10071 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10072 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10073 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10074 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10075 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10076 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10077 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10078 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10079
10080 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10081 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10082 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10083 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10084 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10085
10086 @kindex m t
10087 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10088 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10089 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10090 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10091 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10092 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10093 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10094 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10095 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10096 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10097 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10098 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10099 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10100
10101 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10102 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10103 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10104
10105 @kindex $
10106 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10107 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10108 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10109 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10110 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10111 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10112 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10113 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10114 first character in the new formula.
10115
10116 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10117 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10118 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10119 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10120 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10121 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10122 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10123
10124 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10125 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10126 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10127 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10128 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10129 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10130
10131 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10132 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10133 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10134 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10135 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10136 @key{TAB} key.
10137
10138 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10139 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10140 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10141 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10142
10143 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10144 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10145 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10146 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10147 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10148 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10149
10150 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10151 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10152
10153 @noindent
10154 @kindex C-x * q
10155 @pindex quick-calc
10156 @cindex Quick Calculator
10157 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10158 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10159 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10160 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10161 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10162
10163 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10164 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10165 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10166 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10167 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10168 @samp{$} as the formula.
10169
10170 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10171 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10172 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10173 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10174 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10175 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10176 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10177 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10178
10179 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10180 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10181
10182 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10183 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10184 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10185 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10186 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10187 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10188
10189 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10190 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10191 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10192
10193 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10194 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10195 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10196 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10197 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10198 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10199
10200 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10201 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10202 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10203 an ASCII character.
10204
10205 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10206 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10207 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10208 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10209 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10210 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10211 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10212
10213 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10214 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10215 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10216 small calculations.
10217
10218 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10219 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10220
10221 @noindent
10222 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10223 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10224 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10225 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10226 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10227
10228 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10229 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10230 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10231 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10232 on the entire stack.
10233
10234 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10235 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10236 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10237 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10238 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10239 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10240 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10241 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10242 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10243 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10244 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10245 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10246 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10247 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10248 argument for some other purpose.
10249
10250 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10251 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10252 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10253 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10254
10255 @kindex ~
10256 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10257 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10258 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10259 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10260 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10261 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10262
10263 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10264 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10265
10266 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10267 @section Undoing Mistakes
10268
10269 @noindent
10270 @kindex U
10271 @kindex C-_
10272 @pindex calc-undo
10273 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10274 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10275 @cindex Errors, undoing
10276 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10277 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10278 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10279 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10280 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10281 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10282 specified number of operations. When the Calculator is quit, as with
10283 the @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command, the undo history will be
10284 truncated to the length of the customizable variable
10285 @code{calc-undo-length} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), which by default
10286 is @expr{100}. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is synonymous with
10287 @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this also truncates the
10288 undo history.)
10289
10290 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10291 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10292 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10293
10294 @kindex D
10295 @pindex calc-redo
10296 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10297 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10298 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10299 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10300 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10301 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10302 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10303 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10304
10305 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10306 @pindex calc-last-args
10307 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10308 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10309 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10310 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10311 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10312 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10313 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10314 onto the stack.
10315
10316 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10317 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10318
10319 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10320 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10321
10322 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10323
10324 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10325 @section Error Messages
10326
10327 @noindent
10328 @kindex w
10329 @pindex calc-why
10330 @cindex Errors, messages
10331 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10332 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10333 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10334 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10335 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10336 reasons for this to happen.
10337
10338 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10339 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10340 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10341 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10342 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10343 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10344 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10345
10346 @kindex d w
10347 @pindex calc-auto-why
10348 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10349 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10350 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10351 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10352 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10353 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10354
10355 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10356 @section Multiple Calculators
10357
10358 @noindent
10359 @pindex another-calc
10360 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10361 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10362 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10363 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10364 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10365 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10366 this would ordinarily never be done.
10367
10368 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10369 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10370 Calculator buffer.
10371
10372 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10373 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10374 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10375 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10376 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10377 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10378
10379 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10380 Calculator buffers.
10381
10382 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10383 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10384
10385 @noindent
10386 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10387 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10388
10389 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10390 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10391
10392 @menu
10393 * Autoloading Problems::
10394 * Recursion Depth::
10395 * Caches::
10396 * Debugging Calc::
10397 @end menu
10398
10399 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10400 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10401
10402 @noindent
10403 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10404 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10405 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10406 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10407 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10408
10409 @kindex C-x * L
10410 @pindex calc-load-everything
10411 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10412 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10413 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10414 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10415
10416 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10417 @subsection Recursion Depth
10418
10419 @noindent
10420 @kindex M
10421 @kindex I M
10422 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10423 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10424 @cindex Recursion depth
10425 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10426 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10427 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10428 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10429 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10430 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10431 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10432 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10433 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10434 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10435
10436 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10437 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10438 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10439 The default value is 1000.
10440
10441 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10442 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10443
10444 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10445 @subsection Caches
10446
10447 @noindent
10448 @cindex Caches
10449 @cindex Flushing caches
10450 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10451 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10452 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10453 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10454 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10455 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10456 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10457 @cpiover{4} and
10458 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10459 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10460 The visible effect of caching is that
10461 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10462 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10463 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10464 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10465
10466 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10467 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10468 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10469 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10470 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10471 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10472
10473 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10474 @subsection Debugging Calc
10475
10476 @noindent
10477 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10478 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10479 your own Calc commands.
10480
10481 @kindex Z T
10482 @pindex calc-timing
10483 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10484 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10485 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10486 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10487 accurate only to within one second.
10488
10489 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10490 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10491 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10492 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10493 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10494 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10495 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10496 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10497 to execute the whole macro.
10498
10499 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10500 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10501 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10502 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10503 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10504 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10505 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10506
10507 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10508 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10509 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10510 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10511 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10512 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10513 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10514
10515 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10516 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10517 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10518 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10519 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10520 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10521 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10522 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10523 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10524 will be lost.
10525
10526 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10527 @chapter Data Types
10528
10529 @noindent
10530 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10531 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10532 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10533 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10534
10535 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10536 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10537 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10538 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10539 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10540 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10541 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10542
10543 @menu
10544 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10545 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10546 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10547 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10548 * Infinities::
10549 * Vectors and Matrices::
10550 * Strings::
10551 * HMS Forms::
10552 * Date Forms::
10553 * Modulo Forms::
10554 * Error Forms::
10555 * Interval Forms::
10556 * Incomplete Objects::
10557 * Variables::
10558 * Formulas::
10559 @end menu
10560
10561 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10562 @section Integers
10563
10564 @noindent
10565 @cindex Integers
10566 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10567 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10568 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10569 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10570 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10571 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10572
10573 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10574 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10575 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10576 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10577
10578 @kindex #
10579 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10580 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10581 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10582 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10583 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10584 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10585 number, the current display radix is used.
10586
10587 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10588 @section Fractions
10589
10590 @noindent
10591 @cindex Fractions
10592 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10593 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10594 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10595 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10596 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10597 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10598 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10599
10600 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10601 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10602 display formats.
10603
10604 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10605 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10606 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10607
10608 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10609 @section Floats
10610
10611 @noindent
10612 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10613 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10614 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10615 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10616 range of acceptable values is from
10617 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10618 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10619 (inclusive) to
10620 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10621 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10622 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10623
10624 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10625 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10626 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10627 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10628 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10629 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10630 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10631 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10632 would have overflowed!)
10633
10634 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10635 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10636 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10637 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10638
10639 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10640 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10641 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10642 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10643 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10644 or 0.235.
10645
10646 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10647 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10648 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10649 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10650
10651 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10652 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10653 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10654 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10655 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10656 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10657 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10658 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10659 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10660 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10661 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10662 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10663 way.
10664
10665 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10666 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10667 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10668 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10669 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10670 current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10671 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10672 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10673 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10674 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10675 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10676 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10677 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10678 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10679 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10680 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10681
10682 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10683 @section Complex Numbers
10684
10685 @noindent
10686 @cindex Complex numbers
10687 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10688 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10689 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10690 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10691 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10692 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10693
10694 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10695 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10696 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10697 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10698 @texline @math{\theta}
10699 @infoline @var{theta}
10700 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10701 @texline @math{\theta}
10702 @infoline @var{theta}
10703 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10704 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10705 in radians.
10706
10707 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10708 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10709
10710 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10711 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10712 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10713 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10714 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10715
10716 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10717 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10718 number.
10719
10720 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10721 @section Infinities
10722
10723 @noindent
10724 @cindex Infinity
10725 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10726 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10727 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10728 @vindex inf
10729 @vindex uinf
10730 @vindex nan
10731 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10732 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10733 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10734 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10735 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10736 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10737 entered using algebraic entry.
10738
10739 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10740 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10741 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10742 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10743 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10744 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10745 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10746 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10747 @texline @math{e^x}
10748 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10749 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10750 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10751 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10752 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10753
10754 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10755 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10756 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10757 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10758 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10759 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10760 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10761 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10762 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10763 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10764 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10765
10766 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10767 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10768 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10769 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10770 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10771 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10772 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10773 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10774 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10775 some cases.
10776
10777 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10778 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10779 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10780 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10781 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10782 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10783 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10784 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10785 notation.
10786
10787 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10788 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10789 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10790 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10791 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10792 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10793 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10794 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10795 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10796 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10797 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10798 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10799 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10800 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10801 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10802 (as described above).
10803
10804 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10805 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10806
10807 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10808 @section Vectors and Matrices
10809
10810 @noindent
10811 @cindex Vectors
10812 @cindex Plain vectors
10813 @cindex Matrices
10814 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10815 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10816 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10817 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10818 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10819
10820 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10821 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10822 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10823 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10824 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10825 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10826 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10827 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10828 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10829 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10830 this case.
10831
10832 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10833 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10834 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10835 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10836 of its elements.
10837
10838 @ignore
10839 @starindex
10840 @end ignore
10841 @tindex vec
10842 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10843 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10844 @texline @math{n\times m}
10845 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10846 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10847 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10848
10849 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10850 @section Strings
10851
10852 @noindent
10853 @kindex "
10854 @cindex Strings
10855 @cindex Character strings
10856 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10857 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10858 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10859 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10860 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10861 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10862
10863 @example
10864 @group
10865 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10866 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10867 \e 27 \^[ 27
10868 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10869 \n 10 \^] 29
10870 \r 13 \^^ 30
10871 \t 9 \^_ 31
10872 \^? 127
10873 @end group
10874 @end example
10875
10876 @noindent
10877 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10878 character from its ASCII code.
10879
10880 @kindex d "
10881 @pindex calc-display-strings
10882 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10883 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10884 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10885 instead.
10886
10887 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10888 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10889 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10890 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10891 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10892 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10893
10894 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10895 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10896 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10897
10898 @ignore
10899 @starindex
10900 @end ignore
10901 @tindex string
10902 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10903 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10904 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10905 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10906 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10907 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10908 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10909 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10910 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10911
10912 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10913 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10914 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10915 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10916
10917 @ignore
10918 @starindex
10919 @end ignore
10920 @tindex bstring
10921 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10922 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10923 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10924 character in the string.
10925
10926 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10927 @section HMS Forms
10928
10929 @noindent
10930 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10931 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10932 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10933 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10934 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10935 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10936 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10937 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10938
10939 @kindex @@
10940 @ignore
10941 @mindex @null
10942 @end ignore
10943 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10944 @ignore
10945 @mindex @null
10946 @end ignore
10947 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10948 @ignore
10949 @mindex @null
10950 @end ignore
10951 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10952 @ignore
10953 @mindex @null
10954 @end ignore
10955 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10956 @ignore
10957 @mindex @null
10958 @end ignore
10959 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10960 @ignore
10961 @mindex @null
10962 @end ignore
10963 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10964 The default format for HMS values is
10965 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10966 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10967 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10968 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10969 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10970 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10971 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10972 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10973 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10974 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10975 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10976 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10977
10978 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10979 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10980 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10981 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10982
10983 @pindex calc-time
10984 @cindex Time of day
10985 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10986 the stack as an HMS form.
10987
10988 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10989 @section Date Forms
10990
10991 @noindent
10992 @cindex Date forms
10993 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10994 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10995 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10996 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10997 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10998 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10999 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
11000
11001 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
11002 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11003 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11004 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11005 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11006
11007 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11008 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11009 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11010 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11011 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11012 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11013 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11014 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11015
11016 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11017 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11018 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11019 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11020 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11021 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11022 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11023 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11024 never an issue for them.
11025
11026 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11027 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11028 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11029
11030 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11031 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11032 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11033 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11034 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11035
11036 @cindex Julian calendar
11037 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11038 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11039 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11040 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11041 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11042 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11043 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11044 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11045 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11046 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11047 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11048 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11049 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11050 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11051 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11052 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11053 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11054 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11055 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11056 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11057 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11058 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11059 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11060
11061 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11062 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11063 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11064 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11065 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11066
11067 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11068 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11069 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11070 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11071
11072 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11073 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11074 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11075
11076 @cindex Julian day counting
11077 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11078 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11079 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11080 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11081 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11082 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11083 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11084 command performs this conversion for you.
11085
11086 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11087 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11088 since it involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11089 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11090 Julian cycle is based on three other cycles: the indiction cycle, the
11091 Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15 year
11092 cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later used to
11093 date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year cycle; 19
11094 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year and a lunar
11095 month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will occur on the
11096 same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year cycle; the Julian
11097 calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The smallest time period
11098 which contains multiples of all three cycles is the least common
11099 multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which (since they're
11100 pairwise relatively prime) is
11101 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11102 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11103 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11104 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11105 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11106 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11107 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11108 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11109 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11110 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11111 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11112 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11113 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11114 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11115
11116 @cindex Unix time format
11117 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11118 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11119 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11120 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11121 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11122 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11123 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11124 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11125 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11126 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11127 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11128 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11129 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11130 conversions.
11131
11132 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11133 @section Modulo Forms
11134
11135 @noindent
11136 @cindex Modulo forms
11137 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11138 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11139 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11140 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11141 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11142 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11143 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11144 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11145 integers but this is not required.
11146
11147 @ignore
11148 @mindex M
11149 @end ignore
11150 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11151 @ignore
11152 @mindex mod
11153 @end ignore
11154 @tindex mod (operator)
11155 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11156 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11157 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11158 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11159 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11160 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11161
11162 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11163 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11164 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11165 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11166 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11167 the result always lies in the desired range.
11168
11169 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11170 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11171 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11172 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11173 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11174 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11175 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11176 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11177
11178 @cindex Modulo division
11179 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11180 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11181 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11182 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11183 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11184 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11185 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11186 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11187 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11188 in the sense of reducing
11189 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11190 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11191 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11192 number-theoretical point of view.)
11193
11194 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11195 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11196 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11197 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11198 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11199 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11200 24 radians!
11201
11202 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11203 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11204 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11205
11206 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11207 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11208
11209 @ignore
11210 @starindex
11211 @end ignore
11212 @tindex makemod
11213 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11214 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11215
11216 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11217 @section Error Forms
11218
11219 @noindent
11220 @cindex Error forms
11221 @cindex Standard deviations
11222 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11223 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11224 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11225 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11226 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11227 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11228 deviation or ``error''
11229 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11230 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11231 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11232 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11233 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11234 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11235 regular number by the Calculator.
11236
11237 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11238 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11239 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11240 @texline @math{\sin x}
11241 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11242 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11243 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11244 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11245 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11246 @tex
11247 $$ \eqalign{
11248 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11249 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11250 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11251 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11252 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11253 \right| \right)^2
11254 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11255 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11256 } $$
11257 @end tex
11258 Note that this
11259 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11260 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11261 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11262 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11263 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11264 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11265 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11266
11267 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11268 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11269 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11270 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11271 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11272 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11273 is
11274 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11275 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11276 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11277 @texline @math{\cos x}
11278 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11279 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11280 @texline @math{\sigma};
11281 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11282 this makes sense, since
11283 @texline @math{\sin x}
11284 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11285 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11286 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11287 @texline @math{\cos x}
11288 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11289 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11290 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11291 has relatively little effect on the value of
11292 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11293 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11294 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11295 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11296 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11297 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11298 @texline @math{\sin x}
11299 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11300 would indeed have been negligible.
11301
11302 @ignore
11303 @mindex p
11304 @end ignore
11305 @kindex p (error forms)
11306 @tindex +/-
11307 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11308 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11309 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11310 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11311 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11312
11313 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11314 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11315 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11316 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11317 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11318 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11319 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11320 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11321
11322 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11323 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11324
11325 @ignore
11326 @starindex
11327 @end ignore
11328 @tindex sdev
11329 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11330
11331 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11332 @section Interval Forms
11333
11334 @noindent
11335 @cindex Interval forms
11336 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11337 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11338 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11339 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11340 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11341 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11342 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11343 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11344 set of possible values of the input.
11345
11346 @ifnottex
11347 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11348 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11349 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11350 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11351 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11352 terms,
11353 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11354 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11355 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11356 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11357 @end ifnottex
11358 @tex
11359 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11360 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11361 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11362 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11363 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11364 terms,
11365 $$ \eqalign{
11366 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11367 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11368 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11369 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11370 } $$
11371 @end tex
11372
11373 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11374 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11375 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11376 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11377 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11378 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11379 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11380 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11381 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11382 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11383 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11384 the real infinities.
11385
11386 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11387 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11388 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11389 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11390 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11391 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11392 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11393
11394 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11395 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11396 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11397 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11398 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11399 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11400 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11401 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11402 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11403
11404 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11405 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11406 form
11407 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11408 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11409 means a variable is random, and its value could
11410 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11411 @texline @math{\sigma}
11412 @infoline @var{sigma}
11413 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11414 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11415 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11416 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11417 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11418 answer.
11419
11420 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11421 HMS forms or date forms.
11422
11423 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11424 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11425
11426 @ignore
11427 @starindex
11428 @end ignore
11429 @tindex intv
11430 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11431 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11432 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11433 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11434
11435 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11436 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11437 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11438 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11439 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11440 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11441 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11442 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11443 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11444 error.
11445
11446 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11447 @section Incomplete Objects
11448
11449 @noindent
11450 @ignore
11451 @mindex [ ]
11452 @end ignore
11453 @kindex [
11454 @ignore
11455 @mindex ( )
11456 @end ignore
11457 @kindex (
11458 @kindex ,
11459 @ignore
11460 @mindex @null
11461 @end ignore
11462 @kindex ]
11463 @ignore
11464 @mindex @null
11465 @end ignore
11466 @kindex )
11467 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11468 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11469 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11470 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11471 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11472 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11473 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11474 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11475 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11476
11477 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11478 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11479 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11480
11481 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11482 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11483 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11484 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11485
11486 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11487 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11488 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11489 from the list.
11490
11491 @kindex ;
11492 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11493 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11494 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11495 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11496
11497 @kindex ..
11498 @pindex calc-dots
11499 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11500 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11501 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11502 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11503 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11504 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11505
11506 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11507 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11508
11509 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11510 @section Variables
11511
11512 @noindent
11513 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11514 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11515 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11516 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11517 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11518 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11519 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11520 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11521 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11522 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11523 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11524 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11525 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11526 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11527 refer to the same variable.)
11528
11529 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11530 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11531 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11532 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11533 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11534 @code{foo}.
11535
11536 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11537 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11538 (@key{'}) key.
11539
11540 @kindex =
11541 @pindex calc-evaluate
11542 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11543 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11544 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11545 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11546 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11547 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11548 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11549 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11550 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11551 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11552 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11553 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11554
11555 @cindex @code{e} variable
11556 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11557 @cindex @code{i} variable
11558 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11559 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11560 @vindex e
11561 @vindex pi
11562 @vindex i
11563 @vindex phi
11564 @vindex gamma
11565 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11566 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11567 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11568 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11569 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11570 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11571
11572 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11573 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11574 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11575 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11576 a value into any of these special variables.
11577
11578 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11579
11580 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11581 @section Formulas
11582
11583 @noindent
11584 @cindex Formulas
11585 @cindex Expressions
11586 @cindex Operators in formulas
11587 @cindex Precedence of operators
11588 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11589 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11590 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11591 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11592 Parentheses may
11593 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11594 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11595 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11596 with their equivalent function names, are:
11597
11598 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11599
11600 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11601
11602 prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11603
11604 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11605 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11606
11607 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11608 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11609
11610 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11611
11612 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11613
11614 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11615
11616 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11617 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11618
11619 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11620
11621 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11622
11623 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11624 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11625
11626 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11627
11628 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11629
11630 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11631
11632 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11633
11634 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11635
11636 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11637
11638 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11639
11640 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11641
11642 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11643
11644 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11645 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11646 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11647 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11648
11649 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11650 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11651 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11652 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11653 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11654 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11655 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11656 as in @samp{f(x)},
11657 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11658 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11659 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11660 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11661 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11662
11663 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11664 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11665 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11666 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11667 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11668 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11669 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11670 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11671 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11672 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11673 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11674
11675 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11676 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11677 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11678 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11679 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11680 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11681 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11682 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11683 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11684 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11685
11686 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11687 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11688 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11689 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11690
11691 @cindex Function call notation
11692 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11693 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11694 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11695 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11696 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11697 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11698 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11699 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11700 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11701 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11702 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11703
11704 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11705 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11706 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11707 represent the same operation.
11708
11709 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11710 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11711 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11712 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11713 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11714 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11715 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11716
11717 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11718 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11719 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11720 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11721
11722 @example
11723 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11724 c + d,
11725 %% last line is coming up:
11726 e + f ]
11727 @end example
11728
11729 @noindent
11730 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11731
11732 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11733 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11734 formats.
11735
11736 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11737
11738 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11739 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11740
11741 @noindent
11742 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11743 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11744 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11745
11746 @menu
11747 * Stack Manipulation::
11748 * Editing Stack Entries::
11749 * Trail Commands::
11750 * Keep Arguments::
11751 @end menu
11752
11753 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11754 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11755
11756 @noindent
11757 @kindex @key{RET}
11758 @kindex @key{SPC}
11759 @pindex calc-enter
11760 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11761 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11762 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11763 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11764 several elements at the top of the stack.
11765 Given a negative argument,
11766 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11767 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11768 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11769 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11770 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11771 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11772 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11773
11774 @kindex @key{LFD}
11775 @pindex calc-over
11776 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11777 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11778 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11779 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11780 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11781 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11782 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11783
11784 @kindex @key{DEL}
11785 @kindex C-d
11786 @pindex calc-pop
11787 @cindex Removing stack entries
11788 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11789 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11790 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11791 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11792 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11793 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11794 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11795 stack is emptied.
11796 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11797 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11798 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11799 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11800 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11801
11802 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11803 @pindex calc-pop-above
11804 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11805 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11806 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11807 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11808 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11809 the third stack element.
11810
11811 @kindex @key{TAB}
11812 @pindex calc-roll-down
11813 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11814 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11815 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11816 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11817 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11818 top-for-bottom.
11819 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11820 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11821 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11822 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11823 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11824
11825 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11826 @pindex calc-roll-up
11827 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11828 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11829 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11830 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11831 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11832 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11833 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11834 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11835
11836 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11837 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11838 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11839 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11840 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11841 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11842 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11843
11844 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11845 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11846 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11847 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @var{n}, also
11848 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11849
11850 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11851 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11852
11853 @kindex C-xC-t
11854 @pindex calc-transpose-lines
11855 @cindex Moving stack entries
11856 The command @kbd{C-x C-t} (@code{calc-transpose-lines}) will transpose
11857 the stack object determined by the point with the stack object at the
11858 next higher level. For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the
11859 stack and the point on the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-x C-t}
11860 creates @samp{10 20 40 30 50}. More generally, @kbd{C-x C-t} acts on
11861 the stack objects determined by the current point (and mark) similar
11862 to how the text-mode command @code{transpose-lines} acts on
11863 lines. With argument @var{n}, @kbd{C-x C-t} will move the stack object
11864 at the level above the current point and move it past N other objects;
11865 for example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack and the point on
11866 the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-u 2 C-x C-t} creates
11867 @samp{10 40 20 30 50}. With an argument of 0, @kbd{C-x C-t} will switch
11868 the stack objects at the levels determined by the point and the mark.
11869
11870 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11871 @section Editing Stack Entries
11872
11873 @noindent
11874 @kindex `
11875 @pindex calc-edit
11876 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11877 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11878 The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11879 (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11880 Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11881 numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11882 at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11883 argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11884
11885 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11886 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11887 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11888 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11889 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11890
11891 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11892 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11893 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11894 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11895 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11896 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11897 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11898
11899 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11900 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11901 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11902 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11903
11904 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11905 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11906 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11907 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11908 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11909 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11910 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11911 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11912 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11913
11914 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11915 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11916 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11917 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11918 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11919
11920 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11921 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11922 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11923
11924 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11925 @section Trail Commands
11926
11927 @noindent
11928 @cindex Trail buffer
11929 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11930 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11931
11932 @kindex t d
11933 @pindex calc-trail-display
11934 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11935 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11936 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11937 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11938 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11939 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11940 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11941 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11942 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11943
11944 @kindex t i
11945 @pindex calc-trail-in
11946 @kindex t o
11947 @pindex calc-trail-out
11948 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11949 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11950 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11951 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11952 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11953 in the Calculator window.
11954
11955 @cindex Trail pointer
11956 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11957 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11958 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11959 trail pointer in various ways.
11960
11961 @kindex t y
11962 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11963 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11964 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11965 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11966 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11967 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11968 trail pointer.
11969
11970 @kindex t <
11971 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11972 @kindex t >
11973 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11974 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11975 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11976 window left or right by one half of its width.
11977
11978 @kindex t n
11979 @pindex calc-trail-next
11980 @kindex t p
11981 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11982 @kindex t f
11983 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11984 @kindex t b
11985 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11986 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11987 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11988 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11989 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11990 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11991 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11992
11993 @kindex t [
11994 @pindex calc-trail-first
11995 @kindex t ]
11996 @pindex calc-trail-last
11997 @kindex t h
11998 @pindex calc-trail-here
11999 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
12000 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
12001 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
12002 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12003 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
12004
12005 @kindex t s
12006 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12007 @kindex t r
12008 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12009 @ifnottex
12010 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12011 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12012 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12013 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12014 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12015 it was when the search began.
12016 @end ifnottex
12017 @tex
12018 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12019 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12020 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12021 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12022 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12023 it was when the search began.
12024 @end tex
12025
12026 @kindex t m
12027 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12028 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12029 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12030 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12031 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12032 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12033
12034 @kindex t k
12035 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12036 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12037 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12038 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12039 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12040 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12041
12042 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12043 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12044
12045 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12046 @section Keep Arguments
12047
12048 @noindent
12049 @kindex K
12050 @pindex calc-keep-args
12051 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12052 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12053 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12054 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12055 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12056
12057 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12058 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12059 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12060 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12061 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12062 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12063 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12064 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12065 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12066 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12067 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12068 extra work.
12069
12070 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12071 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12072 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12073
12074 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12075 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12076 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12077 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12078 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12079 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12080
12081 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12082 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12083 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12084 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12085 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12086 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12087
12088 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12089 @chapter Mode Settings
12090
12091 @noindent
12092 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12093 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12094 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12095
12096 @menu
12097 * General Mode Commands::
12098 * Precision::
12099 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12100 * Calculation Modes::
12101 * Simplification Modes::
12102 * Declarations::
12103 * Display Modes::
12104 * Language Modes::
12105 * Modes Variable::
12106 * Calc Mode Line::
12107 @end menu
12108
12109 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12110 @section General Mode Commands
12111
12112 @noindent
12113 @kindex m m
12114 @pindex calc-save-modes
12115 @cindex Continuous memory
12116 @cindex Saving mode settings
12117 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12118 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12119 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12120 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12121 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})
12122 command. This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time
12123 it starts up. The modes saved in the file include everything
12124 controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current
12125 precision and binary word size, whether or not the trail is displayed,
12126 the current height of the Calc window, and more. The current
12127 interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *}) is also saved. If there
12128 were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12129 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the
12130 file.
12131
12132 @kindex m R
12133 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12134 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12135 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12136 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12137 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12138 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12139 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12140 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12141 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12142
12143 @kindex m F
12144 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12145 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12146 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12147 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12148 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12149 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12150 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12151 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12152 file name is @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12153 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12154 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12155
12156 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12157 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12158 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12159 to reread. You can give
12160 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12161 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12162 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12163 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12164 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12165 modes present in the file you were using before.
12166
12167 @kindex m x
12168 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12169 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12170 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12171 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12172 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12173 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12174 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12175 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12176
12177 @kindex m S
12178 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12179 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12180 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12181 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12182 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12183 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12184 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12185 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12186 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12187 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12188 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12189 shifted-prefix mode.
12190
12191 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12192 @section Precision
12193
12194 @noindent
12195 @kindex p
12196 @pindex calc-precision
12197 @cindex Precision of calculations
12198 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12199 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12200 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12201 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12202 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12203
12204 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12205 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12206
12207 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12208 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12209 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12210 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12211 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12212 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12213 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12214 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12215 existing value to a new precision.
12216
12217 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12218 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12219 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12220 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12221 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12222 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12223 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12224 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12225 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12226 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12227 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12228 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12229 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12230
12231 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12232 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12233 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12234 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12235 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12236 of the numbers involved.
12237
12238 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12239 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12240 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12241 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12242 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12243 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12244
12245 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12246 issues.
12247
12248 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12249 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12250
12251 @noindent
12252 @kindex I
12253 @pindex calc-inverse
12254 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12255 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12256 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12257 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12258 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12259
12260 @kindex H
12261 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12262 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12263 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12264 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12265 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12266 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12267 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12268
12269 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12270 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12271 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12272 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12273
12274 @kindex O
12275 @pindex calc-option
12276 The @kbd{O} key (@code{calc-option}) sets another flag, the
12277 @dfn{Option Flag}, which also can alter the subsequent Calc command in
12278 various ways.
12279
12280 The Inverse, Hyperbolic and Option flags apply only to the next
12281 Calculator command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They
12282 are also cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits
12283 you type after @kbd{I}, @kbd{H} or @kbd{O} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as
12284 prefix arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The
12285 same is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means
12286 to subtract and keep arguments).
12287
12288 Another Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12289 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12290
12291 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12292 @section Calculation Modes
12293
12294 @noindent
12295 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12296 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12297 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12298 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12299
12300 @menu
12301 * Angular Modes::
12302 * Polar Mode::
12303 * Fraction Mode::
12304 * Infinite Mode::
12305 * Symbolic Mode::
12306 * Matrix Mode::
12307 * Automatic Recomputation::
12308 * Working Message::
12309 @end menu
12310
12311 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12312 @subsection Angular Modes
12313
12314 @noindent
12315 @cindex Angular mode
12316 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12317 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12318 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12319 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12320 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12321 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12322
12323 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12324 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12325 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12326 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12327 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12328 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12329 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12330
12331 @kindex m r
12332 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12333 @kindex m d
12334 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12335 @kindex m h
12336 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12337 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12338 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12339 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12340 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12341
12342 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12343 @subsection Polar Mode
12344
12345 @noindent
12346 @cindex Polar mode
12347 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12348 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12349 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12350 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12351 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12352
12353 @kindex m p
12354 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12355 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12356 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12357 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12358
12359 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12360 @subsection Fraction Mode
12361
12362 @noindent
12363 @cindex Fraction mode
12364 @cindex Division of integers
12365 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12366 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12367 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12368 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12369 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12370 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12371 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12372
12373 @kindex m f
12374 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12375 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12376 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12377 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12378 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12379 Float mode.
12380
12381 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12382 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12383 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12384
12385 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12386 @subsection Infinite Mode
12387
12388 @noindent
12389 @cindex Infinite mode
12390 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12391 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12392 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12393 results.
12394
12395 @kindex m i
12396 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12397 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12398 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12399 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12400 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12401 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12402 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12403
12404 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12405 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12406 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12407 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12408 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12409 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12410 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12411 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12412
12413 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12414 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12415 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12416 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12417 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12418 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12419 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12420 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12421 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12422 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12423 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12424
12425 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12426 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12427
12428 @noindent
12429 @cindex Symbolic mode
12430 @cindex Inexact results
12431 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12432 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12433 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12434 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12435 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12436
12437 @kindex m s
12438 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12439 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12440 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12441 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12442 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12443
12444 @kindex N
12445 @pindex calc-eval-num
12446 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12447 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12448 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12449 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12450 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12451 of the command.
12452
12453 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12454 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12455 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12456 variables.)
12457
12458 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12459 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12460
12461 @noindent
12462 @cindex Matrix mode
12463 @cindex Scalar mode
12464 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12465 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12466 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12467 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12468
12469 @kindex m v
12470 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12471 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12472 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12473 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12474 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12475 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12476 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12477 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12478 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12479 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12480 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12481 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12482 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12483 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12484 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12485 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12486 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12487 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12488 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12489
12490 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12491 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12492 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12493 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12494 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12495 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12496 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12497
12498 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12499
12500 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12501 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12502 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12503 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12504 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12505 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12506 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12507
12508 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12509 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12510 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12511 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12512 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12513 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12514
12515 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12516 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12517 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12518 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12519 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12520 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12521 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12522
12523 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12524 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12525 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12526 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12527 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12528 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12529
12530 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12531 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12532
12533 @noindent
12534 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12535 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12536 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12537 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12538
12539 @kindex m C
12540 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12541 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12542 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12543 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12544 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12545 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12546 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12547 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12548 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12549
12550 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12551 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12552 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12553
12554 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12555 @subsection Working Messages
12556
12557 @noindent
12558 @cindex Performance
12559 @cindex Working messages
12560 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12561 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12562 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12563 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12564 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12565 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12566 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12567
12568 @kindex m w
12569 @pindex calc-working
12570 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12571 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12572 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12573 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12574 the current mode.
12575
12576 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12577 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12578 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12579 to turn the messages off.
12580
12581 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12582 @section Simplification Modes
12583
12584 @noindent
12585 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12586 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12587 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12588 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12589 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12590 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12591
12592 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12593 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12594 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12595 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12596
12597 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12598 followed by a shifted letter.
12599
12600 @kindex m O
12601 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12602 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12603 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12604 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12605 in this mode.
12606
12607 @kindex m N
12608 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12609 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12610 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12611 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12612 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12613 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12614 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12615 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12616 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12617 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12618 elements are constant.
12619
12620 @kindex m D
12621 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12622 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12623 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12624 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12625 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12626 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12627
12628 @kindex m B
12629 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12630 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12631 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12632 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12633 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12634 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12635 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12636
12637 @kindex m A
12638 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12639 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12640 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12641 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12642 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12643
12644 @kindex m E
12645 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12646 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12647 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12648 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12649
12650 @kindex m U
12651 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12652 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12653 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12654 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12655 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12656 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12657 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12658
12659 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12660 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12661 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12662 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12663 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12664
12665 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12666 @section Declarations
12667
12668 @noindent
12669 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12670 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12671 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12672 take the fully general situation into account.
12673
12674 @menu
12675 * Declaration Basics::
12676 * Kinds of Declarations::
12677 * Functions for Declarations::
12678 @end menu
12679
12680 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12681 @subsection Declaration Basics
12682
12683 @noindent
12684 @kindex s d
12685 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12686 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12687 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12688 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12689 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12690 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12691 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12692 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12693
12694 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12695 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12696 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12697 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12698 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12699 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12700 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12701 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12702
12703 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12704 @vindex Decls
12705 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12706 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12707 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12708 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12709 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12710 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12711 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12712 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12713 permanently if you wish.
12714
12715 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12716 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12717 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12718 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12719 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12720
12721 For example, the declaration matrix
12722
12723 @smallexample
12724 @group
12725 [ [ foo, real ]
12726 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12727 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12728 @end group
12729 @end smallexample
12730
12731 @noindent
12732 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12733 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12734 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12735
12736 @vindex All
12737 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12738 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12739 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12740 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12741 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12742 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12743 response to the variable-name prompt.
12744
12745 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12746 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12747
12748 @noindent
12749 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12750 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12751 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12752 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12753 for the variable.
12754
12755 @smallexample
12756 @group
12757 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12758 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12759 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12760 @end group
12761 @end smallexample
12762
12763 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12764 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12765 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12766 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12767 nearly equivalent (see below).
12768
12769 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12770 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12771 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12772 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12773
12774 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12775 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12776 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12777 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12778 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12779 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12780
12781 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12782 stored in a variable:
12783
12784 @table @code
12785 @item int
12786 Integers.
12787 @item numint
12788 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12789 @item frac
12790 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12791 @item rat
12792 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12793 @item float
12794 Floating-point numbers.
12795 @item real
12796 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12797 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12798 reals here.)
12799 @item pos
12800 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12801 @item nonneg
12802 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12803 @item number
12804 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12805 @end table
12806
12807 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12808 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12809 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12810 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12811 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12812 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12813 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12814 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12815 of the formula.
12816
12817 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12818 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12819 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12820 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12821 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12822 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12823
12824 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12825 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12826 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12827 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12828 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12829
12830 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12831 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12832 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12833 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12834 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12835 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12836
12837 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12838 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12839 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12840 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12841 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12842 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12843 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12844 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12845 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12846 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12847
12848 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12849 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12850
12851 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12852 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12853 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12854 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12855 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12856 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12857 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12858
12859 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12860 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12861 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12862 type symbol.
12863
12864 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12865 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12866 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12867 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12868 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12869
12870 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12871 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12872 shown above).
12873
12874 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12875 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12876 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12877 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12878 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12879 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12880 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12881 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12882 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12883 not known to be nonzero.
12884
12885 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12886
12887 @table @code
12888 @item scalar
12889 The value is not a vector.
12890 @item vector
12891 The value is a vector.
12892 @item matrix
12893 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12894 @item sqmatrix
12895 The value is a square matrix.
12896 @end table
12897
12898 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12899 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12900 is a matrix of integers.
12901
12902 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12903 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12904 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12905 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12906 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12907 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12908 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12909 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12910 declarations.)
12911
12912 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12913 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12914 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12915
12916 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12917 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12918
12919 @table @code
12920 @item const
12921 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12922 @end table
12923
12924 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12925 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12926 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12927 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12928 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12929 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12930 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12931 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12932 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12933 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12934
12935 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12936 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12937
12938 @noindent
12939 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12940 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12941 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12942 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12943 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12944 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12945 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12946 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12947 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12948
12949 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12950 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12951 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12952 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12953 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12954
12955 @ignore
12956 @starindex
12957 @end ignore
12958 @tindex dint
12959 @ignore
12960 @starindex
12961 @end ignore
12962 @tindex dnumint
12963 @ignore
12964 @starindex
12965 @end ignore
12966 @tindex dnatnum
12967 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12968 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12969 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12970 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12971 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12972 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12973 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12974 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12975
12976 @ignore
12977 @starindex
12978 @end ignore
12979 @tindex drat
12980 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12981 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12982 and error forms do not.
12983
12984 @ignore
12985 @starindex
12986 @end ignore
12987 @tindex dreal
12988 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12989 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12990
12991 @ignore
12992 @starindex
12993 @end ignore
12994 @tindex dimag
12995 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12996 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12997
12998 @ignore
12999 @starindex
13000 @end ignore
13001 @tindex dpos
13002 @ignore
13003 @starindex
13004 @end ignore
13005 @tindex dneg
13006 @ignore
13007 @starindex
13008 @end ignore
13009 @tindex dnonneg
13010 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13011 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13012 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13013 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13014 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13015 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13016 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13017 are rarely necessary.
13018
13019 @ignore
13020 @starindex
13021 @end ignore
13022 @tindex dnonzero
13023 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13024 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13025 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13026 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13027 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13028 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13029 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13030
13031 @ignore
13032 @starindex
13033 @end ignore
13034 @tindex deven
13035 @ignore
13036 @starindex
13037 @end ignore
13038 @tindex dodd
13039 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13040 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13041 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13042 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13043 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13044
13045 @ignore
13046 @starindex
13047 @end ignore
13048 @tindex drange
13049 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13050 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13051 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13052 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13053 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13054 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13055 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13056 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13057 remains unevaluated.
13058
13059 @ignore
13060 @starindex
13061 @end ignore
13062 @tindex dscalar
13063 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13064 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13065 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13066 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13067 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13068 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13069 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13070 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13071 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13072 information to tell.
13073
13074 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13075 @section Display Modes
13076
13077 @noindent
13078 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13079 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13080 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13081 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13082 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13083 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13084
13085 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13086 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13087 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13088 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13089 reflect the latest mode settings.
13090
13091 @kindex d @key{RET}
13092 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13093 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13094 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13095 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13096 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13097 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13098 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13099 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13100
13101 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13102 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13103 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13104 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13105
13106 @menu
13107 * Radix Modes::
13108 * Grouping Digits::
13109 * Float Formats::
13110 * Complex Formats::
13111 * Fraction Formats::
13112 * HMS Formats::
13113 * Date Formats::
13114 * Truncating the Stack::
13115 * Justification::
13116 * Labels::
13117 @end menu
13118
13119 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13120 @subsection Radix Modes
13121
13122 @noindent
13123 @cindex Radix display
13124 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13125 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13126 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13127 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13128 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13129 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13130 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13131
13132 @kindex d 2
13133 @kindex d 8
13134 @kindex d 6
13135 @kindex d 0
13136 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13137 @cindex Octal integers
13138 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13139 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13140 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13141 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13142 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13143 as decimal.
13144
13145 @kindex d r
13146 @pindex calc-radix
13147 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13148 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13149 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13150
13151 @kindex d z
13152 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13153 @cindex Leading zeros
13154 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13155 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13156 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13157 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13158 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13159 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13160 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13161 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13162 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13163 entirety.)
13164
13165 @cindex Two's complements
13166 Calc can display @expr{w}-bit integers using two's complement
13167 notation, although this is most useful with the binary, octal and
13168 hexadecimal display modes. This option is selected by using the
13169 @kbd{O} option prefix before setting the display radix, and a negative word
13170 size might be appropriate (@pxref{Binary Functions}). In two's
13171 complement notation, the integers in the (nearly) symmetric interval
13172 from
13173 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13174 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13175 to
13176 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13177 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13178 are represented by the integers from @expr{0} to @expr{2^w-1}:
13179 the integers from @expr{0} to
13180 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13181 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13182 are represented by themselves and the integers from
13183 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13184 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13185 to @expr{-1} are represented by the integers from
13186 @texline @math{2^{w-1}}
13187 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)}
13188 to @expr{2^w-1} (the integer @expr{k} is represented by @expr{k+2^w}).
13189 Calc will display a two's complement integer by the radix (either
13190 @expr{2}, @expr{8} or @expr{16}), two @kbd{#} symbols, and then its
13191 representation (including any leading zeros necessary to include all
13192 @expr{w} bits). In a two's complement display mode, numbers that
13193 are not displayed in two's complement notation (i.e., that aren't
13194 integers from
13195 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13196 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13197 to
13198 @c (
13199 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1})
13200 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1})
13201 will be represented using Calc's usual notation (in the appropriate
13202 radix).
13203
13204 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13205 @subsection Grouping Digits
13206
13207 @noindent
13208 @kindex d g
13209 @pindex calc-group-digits
13210 @cindex Grouping digits
13211 @cindex Digit grouping
13212 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13213 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13214 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13215 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13216 separated by commas.
13217
13218 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13219 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13220 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13221 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13222 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13223 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13224 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13225
13226 @kindex d ,
13227 @pindex calc-group-char
13228 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13229 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13230 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13231 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13232 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13233 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13234 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13235
13236 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13237 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13238 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13239 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13240 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13241
13242 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13243 @subsection Float Formats
13244
13245 @noindent
13246 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13247 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13248 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13249 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13250 formats for floats.
13251
13252 @kindex d n
13253 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13254 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13255 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13256 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13257 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13258 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13259 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13260 current precision is 12.)
13261
13262 @kindex d f
13263 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13264 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13265 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13266 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13267 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13268 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13269 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13270 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13271
13272 @kindex d s
13273 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13274 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13275 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13276 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13277 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13278 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13279 The default is to display all significant digits.
13280
13281 @kindex d e
13282 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13283 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13284 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13285 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13286 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13287 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13288 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13289
13290 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13291 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13292 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13293 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13294 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13295 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13296 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13297 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13298 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13299
13300 @kindex d .
13301 @pindex calc-point-char
13302 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13303 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13304 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13305 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13306 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13307
13308 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13309 @subsection Complex Formats
13310
13311 @noindent
13312 @kindex d c
13313 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13314 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13315 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13316 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13317 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13318
13319 @kindex d i
13320 @pindex calc-i-notation
13321 @kindex d j
13322 @pindex calc-j-notation
13323 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13324 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13325 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13326 in some disciplines.
13327
13328 @cindex @code{i} variable
13329 @vindex i
13330 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13331 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13332 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13333 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13334 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13335 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13336 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13337 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13338
13339 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13340 @subsection Fraction Formats
13341
13342 @noindent
13343 @kindex d o
13344 @pindex calc-over-notation
13345 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13346 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13347 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13348 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13349 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13350 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13351 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13352 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13353
13354 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13355 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13356 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13357 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13358 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13359
13360 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13361 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13362 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13363 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13364 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13365 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13366 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13367 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13368 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13369 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13370 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13371
13372 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13373 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13374 never affects floats.
13375
13376 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13377 @subsection HMS Formats
13378
13379 @noindent
13380 @kindex d h
13381 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13382 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13383 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13384 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13385 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13386 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13387 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13388 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13389
13390 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13391 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13392 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13393 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13394 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13395 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13396 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13397 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13398 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13399 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13400 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13401 entry.
13402
13403 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13404 @subsection Date Formats
13405
13406 @noindent
13407 @kindex d d
13408 @pindex calc-date-notation
13409 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13410 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13411 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13412 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13413 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13414 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13415 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13416 pure dates.
13417
13418 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13419 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13420 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13421 reestablished.
13422
13423 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13424 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13425 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13426
13427 @menu
13428 * Date Formatting Codes::
13429 * Free-Form Dates::
13430 * Standard Date Formats::
13431 @end menu
13432
13433 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13434 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13435
13436 @noindent
13437 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13438 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13439 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13440 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13441 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13442 below.
13443
13444 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13445 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13446 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13447 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13448 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13449 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13450 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13451 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13452
13453 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13454
13455 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13456 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13457 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13458 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13459 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13460
13461 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13462
13463 @table @asis
13464 @item Y
13465 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13466 @item YY
13467 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13468 @item BY
13469 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13470 @item YYY
13471 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13472 @item YYYY
13473 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13474 @item aa
13475 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13476 @item AA
13477 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13478 @item aaa
13479 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13480 @item AAA
13481 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13482 @item aaaa
13483 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13484 @item AAAA
13485 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13486 @item bb
13487 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13488 @item BB
13489 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13490 @item bbb
13491 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13492 @item BBB
13493 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13494 @item bbbb
13495 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13496 @item BBBB
13497 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13498 @item M
13499 Month: ``8'' for August.
13500 @item MM
13501 Month: ``08'' for August.
13502 @item BM
13503 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13504 @item MMM
13505 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13506 @item Mmm
13507 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13508 @item mmm
13509 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13510 @item MMMM
13511 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13512 @item Mmmm
13513 Month: ``August'' for August.
13514 @item D
13515 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13516 @item DD
13517 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13518 @item BD
13519 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13520 @item W
13521 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13522 @item WWW
13523 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13524 @item Www
13525 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13526 @item www
13527 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13528 @item WWWW
13529 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13530 @item Wwww
13531 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13532 @item d
13533 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13534 @item ddd
13535 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13536 @item bdd
13537 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13538 @item h
13539 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13540 @item hh
13541 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13542 @item bh
13543 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13544 @item H
13545 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13546 @item HH
13547 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13548 @item BH
13549 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13550 @item p
13551 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13552 @item P
13553 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13554 @item pp
13555 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13556 @item PP
13557 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13558 @item pppp
13559 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13560 @item PPPP
13561 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13562 @item m
13563 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13564 @item mm
13565 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13566 @item bm
13567 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13568 @item s
13569 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13570 @item ss
13571 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13572 @item bs
13573 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13574 @item SS
13575 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13576 @item BS
13577 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13578 @item N
13579 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13580 @item n
13581 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13582 @item J
13583 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13584 @item j
13585 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13586 @item U
13587 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13588 @item X
13589 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13590 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13591 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13592 required for algebraic entry.
13593 @end table
13594
13595 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13596 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13597
13598 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13599 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13600 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13601 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13602 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13603
13604 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13605 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13606 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13607 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13608 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13609
13610 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13611 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13612 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13613
13614 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13615 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13616
13617 @noindent
13618 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13619 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13620 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13621 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13622 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13623
13624 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13625 while interpreting dates.
13626
13627 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13628 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13629 the date.
13630
13631 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13632 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13633 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13634 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13635 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13636 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13637 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13638 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13639 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13640 recognized with no number attached.
13641
13642 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13643 format.
13644
13645 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13646 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13647 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13648 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13649 abbreviations.
13650
13651 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13652 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13653 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13654 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13655 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13656 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13657 current year is taken from the system clock.
13658
13659 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13660 words, then the input is rejected.
13661
13662 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13663 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13664 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13665 date components when the date was formatted.
13666
13667 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13668 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13669 minus sign on the year value.
13670
13671 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13672 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13673
13674 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13675 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13676
13677 @noindent
13678 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13679 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13680 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13681 to select the other formats.
13682
13683 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13684 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13685 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13686 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13687 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13688 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13689
13690 @table @asis
13691 @item 0
13692 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13693 @item 1
13694 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13695 @item 2
13696 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13697 @item 3
13698 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13699 @item 4
13700 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13701 @item 5
13702 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13703 @item 6
13704 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13705 @item 7
13706 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13707 @item 8
13708 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13709 @item 9
13710 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13711 @end table
13712
13713 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13714 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13715
13716 @noindent
13717 @kindex d t
13718 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13719 @cindex Truncating the stack
13720 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13721 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13722 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13723 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13724 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13725 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13726 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13727 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13728 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13729 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13730 the stack.
13731
13732 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13733 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13734 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13735 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13736 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13737 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13738 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13739
13740 @kindex d [
13741 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13742 @kindex d ]
13743 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13744 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13745 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13746 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13747
13748 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13749 @subsection Justification
13750
13751 @noindent
13752 @kindex d <
13753 @pindex calc-left-justify
13754 @kindex d =
13755 @pindex calc-center-justify
13756 @kindex d >
13757 @pindex calc-right-justify
13758 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13759 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13760 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13761 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13762 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13763 window.
13764
13765 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13766 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13767 text.
13768
13769 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13770 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13771 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13772
13773 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13774 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13775 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13776 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13777 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13778 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13779 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13780 mode.
13781
13782 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13783 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13784 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13785 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13786 line is indented to the origin.
13787
13788 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13789 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13790 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13791 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13792 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13793 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13794
13795 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13796 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13797 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13798 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13799 line width or Calc window width is used.
13800
13801 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13802 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13803 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13804 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13805 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13806 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13807 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13808
13809 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13810 @subsection Labels
13811
13812 @noindent
13813 @kindex d @{
13814 @pindex calc-left-label
13815 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13816 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13817 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13818 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13819 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13820 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13821 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13822
13823 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13824
13825 @kindex d @}
13826 @pindex calc-right-label
13827 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13828 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13829 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13830 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13831 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13832 justified to the line width.
13833
13834 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13835 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13836 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13837 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13838 left or right as you prefer.
13839
13840 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13841 @section Language Modes
13842
13843 @noindent
13844 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13845 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13846 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13847 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13848 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13849 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13850
13851 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13852 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13853 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13854 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13855
13856 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13857 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13858 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13859 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13860 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13861 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13862 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13863 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13864
13865 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13866 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13867 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13868 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13869 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13870
13871 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13872 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13873 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13874 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13875
13876 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13877 shifted letter key.
13878
13879 @menu
13880 * Normal Language Modes::
13881 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13882 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13883 * Eqn Language Mode::
13884 * Yacas Language Mode::
13885 * Maxima Language Mode::
13886 * Giac Language Mode::
13887 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13888 * Maple Language Mode::
13889 * Compositions::
13890 * Syntax Tables::
13891 @end menu
13892
13893 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13894 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13895
13896 @noindent
13897 @kindex d N
13898 @pindex calc-normal-language
13899 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13900 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13901 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13902 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13903 keyboard.
13904
13905 @kindex d O
13906 @pindex calc-flat-language
13907 @cindex Matrix display
13908 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13909 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13910 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13911 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13912
13913 @kindex d b
13914 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13915 @cindex Line breaking
13916 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13917 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13918 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13919 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13920 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13921 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13922 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13923 long lines.
13924
13925 @kindex d B
13926 @pindex calc-big-language
13927 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13928 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13929 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13930
13931 @example
13932 ____________
13933 | a + 1 2
13934 | ----- + c
13935 \| b
13936 @end example
13937
13938 @noindent
13939 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13940
13941 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13942 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13943 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13944 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13945 notation.
13946
13947 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13948
13949 @example
13950 3
13951 - -
13952 4
13953 @end example
13954
13955 @noindent
13956 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13957 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13958 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13959 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13960 typical use.
13961
13962 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13963 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13964 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13965 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13966 in Big mode.
13967
13968 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13969 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13970 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13971 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13972 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13973
13974 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13975 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13976 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13977 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13978
13979 @kindex d U
13980 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13981 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13982 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13983 shown above would be displayed:
13984
13985 @example
13986 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13987 @end example
13988
13989 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13990 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13991 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13992 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13993 parentheses).
13994
13995 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13996 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13997
13998 @noindent
13999 @kindex d C
14000 @pindex calc-c-language
14001 @cindex C language
14002 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
14003 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
14004 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
14005 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
14006 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
14007 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
14008 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
14009
14010 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
14011 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
14012 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
14013 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
14014 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
14015 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
14016 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
14017
14018 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
14019 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
14020 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
14021 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
14022 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14023 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14024 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14025 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14026
14027 @kindex d P
14028 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14029 @cindex Pascal language
14030 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14031 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14032 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14033 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14034 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14035 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14036 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14037 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14038 of handling these in Pascal.
14039
14040 @kindex d F
14041 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14042 @cindex FORTRAN language
14043 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14044 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14045 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14046 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14047 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14048 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14049 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14050 If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14051 @code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
14052 parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
14053 matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
14054 Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
14055 unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
14056 actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14057 function!).
14058
14059 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14060 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14061 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14062
14063 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14064 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14065 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14066 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14067 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14068 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14069
14070 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14071 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
14072
14073 @noindent
14074 @kindex d T
14075 @pindex calc-tex-language
14076 @cindex TeX language
14077 @kindex d L
14078 @pindex calc-latex-language
14079 @cindex LaTeX language
14080 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14081 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14082 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14083 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14084 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14085 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14086 mode may display it differently.
14087
14088 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14089 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14090 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14091 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14092 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14093 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14094 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14095 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14096 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14097
14098 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14099 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14100 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14101 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14102 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14103 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14104 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14105 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14106 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14107 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14108 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14109 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14110 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14111
14112 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14113 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14114 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14115 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14116 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14117 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14118 printed result is
14119 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14120 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14121 but
14122 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14123 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14124
14125 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14126 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14127 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14128 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14129 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14130 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14131 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14132 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14133 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14134 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14135 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14136 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14137 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14138 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14139 any @TeX{} mode.)
14140
14141 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14142 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14143 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14144 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14145 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14146 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14147 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14148 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14149 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14150 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14151 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14152 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14153 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14154 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14155 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14156 form, such as
14157
14158 @example
14159 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14160 a & b \\
14161 c & d
14162 \end@{pmatrix@}
14163 @end example
14164
14165 @noindent
14166 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14167 expressions being displayed like
14168
14169 @example
14170 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14171 a & b \\
14172 c & d
14173 \end@{pmatrix@}
14174 @end example
14175
14176 @noindent
14177 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14178 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14179
14180 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14181 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14182 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14183 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14184 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14185 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14186
14187 @ignore
14188 @iftex
14189 @begingroup
14190 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14191 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14192 @end iftex
14193 @starindex
14194 @end ignore
14195 @tindex acute
14196 @ignore
14197 @starindex
14198 @end ignore
14199 @tindex Acute
14200 @ignore
14201 @starindex
14202 @end ignore
14203 @tindex bar
14204 @ignore
14205 @starindex
14206 @end ignore
14207 @tindex Bar
14208 @ignore
14209 @starindex
14210 @end ignore
14211 @tindex breve
14212 @ignore
14213 @starindex
14214 @end ignore
14215 @tindex Breve
14216 @ignore
14217 @starindex
14218 @end ignore
14219 @tindex check
14220 @ignore
14221 @starindex
14222 @end ignore
14223 @tindex Check
14224 @ignore
14225 @starindex
14226 @end ignore
14227 @tindex dddot
14228 @ignore
14229 @starindex
14230 @end ignore
14231 @tindex ddddot
14232 @ignore
14233 @starindex
14234 @end ignore
14235 @tindex dot
14236 @ignore
14237 @starindex
14238 @end ignore
14239 @tindex Dot
14240 @ignore
14241 @starindex
14242 @end ignore
14243 @tindex dotdot
14244 @ignore
14245 @starindex
14246 @end ignore
14247 @tindex DotDot
14248 @ignore
14249 @starindex
14250 @end ignore
14251 @tindex dyad
14252 @ignore
14253 @starindex
14254 @end ignore
14255 @tindex grave
14256 @ignore
14257 @starindex
14258 @end ignore
14259 @tindex Grave
14260 @ignore
14261 @starindex
14262 @end ignore
14263 @tindex hat
14264 @ignore
14265 @starindex
14266 @end ignore
14267 @tindex Hat
14268 @ignore
14269 @starindex
14270 @end ignore
14271 @tindex Prime
14272 @ignore
14273 @starindex
14274 @end ignore
14275 @tindex tilde
14276 @ignore
14277 @starindex
14278 @end ignore
14279 @tindex Tilde
14280 @ignore
14281 @starindex
14282 @end ignore
14283 @tindex under
14284 @ignore
14285 @starindex
14286 @end ignore
14287 @tindex Vec
14288 @ignore
14289 @starindex
14290 @end ignore
14291 @tindex VEC
14292 @ignore
14293 @iftex
14294 @endgroup
14295 @end iftex
14296 @end ignore
14297 @example
14298 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14299 ---- --- ----- ---
14300 acute \acute \acute
14301 Acute \Acute
14302 bar \bar \bar bar
14303 Bar \Bar
14304 breve \breve \breve
14305 Breve \Breve
14306 check \check \check
14307 Check \Check
14308 dddot \dddot
14309 ddddot \ddddot
14310 dot \dot \dot dot
14311 Dot \Dot
14312 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14313 DotDot \Ddot
14314 dyad dyad
14315 grave \grave \grave
14316 Grave \Grave
14317 hat \hat \hat hat
14318 Hat \Hat
14319 Prime prime
14320 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14321 Tilde \Tilde
14322 under \underline \underline under
14323 Vec \vec \vec vec
14324 VEC \Vec
14325 @end example
14326
14327 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14328 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14329 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14330 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14331 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14332 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14333 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14334 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14335
14336 @example
14337 \def\evalto@{@}
14338 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14339 @end example
14340
14341 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14342 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14343 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14344 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14345 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14346 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14347
14348 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14349 reading is:
14350
14351 @example
14352 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14353 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14354 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14355 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14356 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14357 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14358 \evalto
14359 @end example
14360
14361 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14362 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14363 font information.
14364
14365 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14366 the same as @samp{*}.
14367
14368 @ifnottex
14369 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14370 end of this section.
14371 @end ifnottex
14372 @iftex
14373 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14374
14375 @example
14376 @group
14377 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14378 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14379 @end group
14380 @end example
14381 @tex
14382 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14383 @end tex
14384 @sp 1
14385
14386 @example
14387 @group
14388 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14389 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14390 @end group
14391 @end example
14392 @tex
14393 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14394 @end tex
14395 @sp 1
14396
14397 @example
14398 @group
14399 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14400 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14401 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14402 @end group
14403 @end example
14404 @tex
14405 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14406 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14407 @end tex
14408 @sp 1
14409
14410 @example
14411 @group
14412 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14413 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14414 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14415 @end group
14416 @end example
14417 @tex
14418 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14419 @end tex
14420 @sp 2
14421
14422 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14423 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14424 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14425
14426 @example
14427 @group
14428 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14429 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14430 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14431 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14432 @end group
14433 @end example
14434 @tex
14435 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14436 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14437 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14438 @end tex
14439 @sp 2
14440
14441 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14442
14443 @example
14444 @group
14445 2 + 3 => 5
14446 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14447 @end group
14448 @end example
14449 @tex
14450 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14451 $$ 5 $$
14452 @end tex
14453 @sp 2
14454
14455 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14456
14457 @example
14458 @group
14459 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14460 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14461 @end group
14462 @end example
14463 @tex
14464 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14465 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14466 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14467 @end tex
14468 @sp 2
14469
14470 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14471
14472 @example
14473 @group
14474 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14475 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14476 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14477 @end group
14478 @end example
14479 @tex
14480 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14481 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14482 @end tex
14483 @sp 2
14484 @end iftex
14485
14486 @node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14487 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14488
14489 @noindent
14490 @kindex d E
14491 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14492 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14493 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14494 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14495 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14496
14497 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14498 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14499 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14500 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14501 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14502 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14503
14504 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14505 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14506 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14507 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14508 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14509 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14510 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14511
14512 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14513 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14514 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14515 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14516 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14517 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14518 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14519 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14520 names, too.)
14521
14522 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14523 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14524 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14525 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14526 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14527
14528 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14529 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14530 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14531 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14532
14533 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14534 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14535 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14536 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14537 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14538 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14539 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14540
14541 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14542 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14543 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14544 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14545 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14546 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14547 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14548 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14549
14550 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14551 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14552 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14553 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14554 recognized for these operators during reading.
14555
14556 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14557 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14558 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14559 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14560 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14561
14562 @node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14563 @subsection Yacas Language Mode
14564
14565 @noindent
14566 @kindex d Y
14567 @pindex calc-yacas-language
14568 @cindex Yacas language
14569 The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14570 conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14571 operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14572 of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14573 @samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14574 in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14575 mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14576 The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14577 @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14578 represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14579 represents @code{nan}.
14580
14581 Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14582 and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14583 example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14584 @w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14585
14586 Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14587 are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14588 use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14589 @samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14590
14591
14592 @node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14593 @subsection Maxima Language Mode
14594
14595 @noindent
14596 @kindex d X
14597 @pindex calc-maxima-language
14598 @cindex Maxima language
14599 The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14600 conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14601 function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14602 For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14603 @samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14604 standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14605 @code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14606 the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14607
14608 Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14609 variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14610 the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14611 @samp{o'o}.
14612
14613 Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14614 written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14615 the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14616
14617 @node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14618 @subsection Giac Language Mode
14619
14620 @noindent
14621 @kindex d A
14622 @pindex calc-giac-language
14623 @cindex Giac language
14624 The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14625 conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14626 names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14627 @samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14628 in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14629 and @code{uinf}.
14630
14631 Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14632 Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
14633 0, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14634 @samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14635 @samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14636
14637 The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14638 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14639 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14640 the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14641
14642 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
14643 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14644
14645 @noindent
14646 @kindex d M
14647 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14648 @cindex Mathematica language
14649 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14650 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14651 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14652 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14653 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14654 Mathematica mode.
14655
14656 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14657 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14658 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14659 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14660 Mathematica mode.
14661 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14662 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14663 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14664
14665 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14666 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14667
14668 @noindent
14669 @kindex d W
14670 @pindex calc-maple-language
14671 @cindex Maple language
14672 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14673 conventions of Maple.
14674
14675 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14676 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14677 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14678 denote powers.
14679
14680 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14681 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14682 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14683 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14684 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14685 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14686
14687 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14688 notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
14689
14690 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14691 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14692 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14693 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14694
14695 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14696 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14697 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14698
14699 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14700 @subsection Compositions
14701
14702 @noindent
14703 @cindex Compositions
14704 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14705 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14706 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14707 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14708 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14709
14710 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14711 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14712 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14713 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14714 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14715 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14716 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14717 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14718
14719 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14720 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14721 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14722 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14723 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14724 the language modes.
14725
14726 @menu
14727 * Composition Basics::
14728 * Horizontal Compositions::
14729 * Vertical Compositions::
14730 * Other Compositions::
14731 * Information about Compositions::
14732 * User-Defined Compositions::
14733 @end menu
14734
14735 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14736 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14737
14738 @noindent
14739 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14740 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14741 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14742 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14743 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14744 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14745 For example, in the Big mode formula
14746
14747 @example
14748 @group
14749 2
14750 a + b
14751 17 + ------
14752 c
14753 @end group
14754 @end example
14755
14756 @noindent
14757 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14758 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14759 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14760
14761 @tex
14762 \bigskip
14763 @end tex
14764
14765 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14766 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14767 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14768 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14769 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14770
14771 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14772 following precedences:
14773
14774 @example
14775 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14776 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14777 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14778 mod 400
14779 +/- 300
14780 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14781 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14782 ^ 200
14783 - 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14784 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14785 / % \ 190
14786 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14787 | 170
14788 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14789 && 110
14790 || 100
14791 ? : 90
14792 !!! 85
14793 &&& 80
14794 ||| 75
14795 := 50
14796 :: 45
14797 => 40
14798 @end example
14799
14800 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14801 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14802 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14803 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14804 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14805 normally never get additional parentheses).
14806
14807 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14808 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14809 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14810 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14811 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14812 with one-higher precedence.
14813
14814 @ignore
14815 @starindex
14816 @end ignore
14817 @tindex cprec
14818 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14819 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14820 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14821 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14822 precedence than multiplication).
14823
14824 @tex
14825 \bigskip
14826 @end tex
14827
14828 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14829 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14830 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14831 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14832 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14833 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14834 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14835 view them.
14836
14837 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14838 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14839 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14840 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14841 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14842 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14843 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14844 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14845 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14846
14847 @example
14848 @group
14849 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14850 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14851 @end group
14852 @end example
14853
14854 @noindent
14855 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14856 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14857 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14858 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14859 itself been too large to fit.
14860
14861 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14862 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14863 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14864 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14865 end of the string.
14866
14867 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14868 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14869 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14870 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14871 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14872 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14873 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14874 object.
14875
14876 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14877 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14878
14879 @noindent
14880 @ignore
14881 @starindex
14882 @end ignore
14883 @tindex choriz
14884 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14885 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14886 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14887
14888 @example
14889 @group
14890 a b
14891 17---d
14892 c
14893 @end group
14894 @end example
14895
14896 @noindent
14897 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14898 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14899 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14900 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14901 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14902 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14903
14904 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14905 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14906 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14907 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14908 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14909 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14910
14911 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14912 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14913 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14914 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14915 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14916
14917 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14918 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14919
14920 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14921 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14922
14923 @noindent
14924 @ignore
14925 @starindex
14926 @end ignore
14927 @tindex cvert
14928 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14929 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14930 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14931 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14932 formats in Big mode as
14933
14934 @example
14935 @group
14936 f( a , 2 )
14937 bb a + 1
14938 ccc 2
14939 b
14940 @end group
14941 @end example
14942
14943 @ignore
14944 @starindex
14945 @end ignore
14946 @tindex cbase
14947 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14948 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14949 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14950 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14951 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14952 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14953
14954 @example
14955 @group
14956 2
14957 a + 1
14958 a 2
14959 f(bb , b )
14960 ccc
14961 @end group
14962 @end example
14963
14964 @ignore
14965 @starindex
14966 @end ignore
14967 @tindex ctbase
14968 @ignore
14969 @starindex
14970 @end ignore
14971 @tindex cbbase
14972 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14973 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14974 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14975 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14976 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14977
14978 @example
14979 @group
14980 a
14981 a -
14982 - + a + b
14983 b -
14984 b
14985 @end group
14986 @end example
14987
14988 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14989 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14990 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14991 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14992 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14993 item.
14994
14995 @ignore
14996 @starindex
14997 @end ignore
14998 @tindex crule
14999 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
15000 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
15001 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
15002 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
15003 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
15004 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
15005 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
15006
15007 @example
15008 @group
15009 a + 1
15010 =====
15011 2
15012 b
15013 @end group
15014 @end example
15015
15016 @ignore
15017 @starindex
15018 @end ignore
15019 @tindex clvert
15020 @ignore
15021 @starindex
15022 @end ignore
15023 @tindex crvert
15024 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
15025 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
15026 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
15027 gives:
15028
15029 @example
15030 @group
15031 a + a
15032 bb bb
15033 ccc ccc
15034 @end group
15035 @end example
15036
15037 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
15038 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
15039 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
15040
15041 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
15042 @subsubsection Other Compositions
15043
15044 @noindent
15045 @ignore
15046 @starindex
15047 @end ignore
15048 @tindex csup
15049 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
15050 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
15051 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
15052 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
15053 bottom line is one above the baseline.
15054
15055 @ignore
15056 @starindex
15057 @end ignore
15058 @tindex csub
15059 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
15060 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
15061 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
15062 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
15063 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
15064
15065 @ignore
15066 @starindex
15067 @end ignore
15068 @tindex cflat
15069 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
15070 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15071 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15072 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15073 to improve its readability.
15074
15075 @ignore
15076 @starindex
15077 @end ignore
15078 @tindex cspace
15079 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15080 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15081 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15082 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15083 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15084 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15085 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15086
15087 @example
15088 @group
15089 2 2 2 2
15090 a a a a
15091 @end group
15092 @end example
15093
15094 @noindent
15095 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15096
15097 @ignore
15098 @starindex
15099 @end ignore
15100 @tindex cvspace
15101 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15102 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15103 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15104 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15105 height if used in a vertical composition.
15106
15107 @ignore
15108 @starindex
15109 @end ignore
15110 @tindex ctspace
15111 @ignore
15112 @starindex
15113 @end ignore
15114 @tindex cbspace
15115 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15116 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15117 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15118 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15119 displays as:
15120
15121 @example
15122 @group
15123 a
15124 -
15125 a b
15126 - a a
15127 b + - + -
15128 a b b
15129 - a
15130 b -
15131 b
15132 @end group
15133 @end example
15134
15135 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15136 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
15137
15138 @noindent
15139 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15140 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15141 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15142
15143 @ignore
15144 @starindex
15145 @end ignore
15146 @tindex cwidth
15147 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15148 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15149 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15150 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15151 the composition functions described in this section.
15152
15153 @ignore
15154 @starindex
15155 @end ignore
15156 @tindex cheight
15157 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15158 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15159
15160 @ignore
15161 @starindex
15162 @end ignore
15163 @tindex cascent
15164 @ignore
15165 @starindex
15166 @end ignore
15167 @tindex cdescent
15168 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15169 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15170 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15171 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15172 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15173 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15174 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15175 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15176
15177 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15178 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15179
15180 @noindent
15181 @kindex Z C
15182 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15183 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15184 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15185 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15186 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15187 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15188 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15189 replaced.
15190
15191 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15192 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15193 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15194 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15195 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15196 affect the display at all.
15197
15198 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15199 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15200 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15201 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15202 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15203 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15204 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15205 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15206 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15207 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15208
15209 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15210 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15211 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15212
15213 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15214 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15215
15216 @example
15217 @group
15218 n
15219 ( )
15220 m
15221 @end group
15222 @end example
15223
15224 @noindent
15225 You might prefer the notation,
15226
15227 @example
15228 @group
15229 C
15230 n m
15231 @end group
15232 @end example
15233
15234 @noindent
15235 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15236 then put the formula
15237
15238 @smallexample
15239 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15240 @end smallexample
15241
15242 @noindent
15243 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15244 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15245 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15246 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15247 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15248 as an algebraic entry.
15249
15250 @example
15251 @group
15252 C + C
15253 a b 7 3
15254 @end group
15255 @end example
15256
15257 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15258 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15259 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15260 instead of parentheses.
15261
15262 @smallexample
15263 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15264 @end smallexample
15265
15266 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15267 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15268
15269 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15270 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15271 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15272 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15273 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15274 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15275 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15276 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15277 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15278 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15279 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15280 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15281
15282 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15283 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15284 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15285 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15286 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15287 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15288 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15289 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15290 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15291 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15292 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15293 symbolic form.
15294
15295 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15296 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15297 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15298 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15299 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15300 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15301 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15302 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15303 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15304
15305 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15306 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15307
15308 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15309 @subsection Syntax Tables
15310
15311 @noindent
15312 @cindex Syntax tables
15313 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15314 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15315 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15316 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15317
15318 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15319 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15320
15321 @kindex Z S
15322 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15323 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15324 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15325 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15326 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15327 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15328 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15329 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15330
15331 @menu
15332 * Syntax Table Basics::
15333 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15334 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15335 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15336 @end menu
15337
15338 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15339 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15340
15341 @noindent
15342 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15343 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15344 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15345 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15346 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15347 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15348 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15349 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15350 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15351 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15352
15353 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15354 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15355 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15356 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15357 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15358 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15359 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15360 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15361 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15362 completely different.)
15363
15364 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15365 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15366 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15367
15368 @example
15369 foo ( ) := 2+3
15370 @end example
15371
15372 @noindent
15373 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15374 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15375 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15376 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15377 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15378 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15379 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15380 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15381 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15382 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15383 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15384 calls would no longer recognize it!
15385
15386 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15387 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15388 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15389
15390 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15391 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15392 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15393 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15394 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15395 and postfix operator, respectively:
15396
15397 @example
15398 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15399 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15400 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15401 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15402 @end example
15403
15404 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15405 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15406
15407 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15408 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15409 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15410 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15411 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15412 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15413 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15414 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15415 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15416 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15417 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15418 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15419
15420 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15421 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15422 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15423 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15424 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15425 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15426 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15427 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15428
15429 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15430 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15431 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15432 rule,
15433
15434 @example
15435 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15436 @end example
15437
15438 @noindent
15439 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15440 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15441 define these operators quite easily:
15442
15443 @example
15444 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15445 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15446 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15447 @end example
15448
15449 @noindent
15450 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15451 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15452 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15453 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15454
15455 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15456 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15457
15458 @example
15459 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15460 @end example
15461
15462 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15463 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15464 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15465 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15466 backslashes in tokens.)
15467
15468 @example
15469 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15470 @end example
15471
15472 @noindent
15473 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15474
15475 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15476 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15477 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15478 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15479 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15480 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15481 respectively).
15482
15483 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15484 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15485
15486 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15487 @subsubsection Precedence
15488
15489 @noindent
15490 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15491 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15492
15493 @example
15494 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15495 @end example
15496
15497 @noindent
15498 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15499 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15500 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15501 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15502 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15503 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15504
15505 @example
15506 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15507 @end example
15508
15509 @noindent
15510 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15511 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15512 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15513 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15514 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15515 can create a right-associative operator.
15516
15517 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15518 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15519 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15520
15521 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15522 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15523
15524 @noindent
15525 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15526 write
15527
15528 @example
15529 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15530 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15531 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15532 @end example
15533
15534 @noindent
15535 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15536 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15537 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15538
15539 @example
15540 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15541 @end example
15542
15543 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15544 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15545 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15546 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15547 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15548 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15549 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15550 several expressions separated by commas.
15551
15552 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15553 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15554 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15555 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15556 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15557 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15558
15559 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15560 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15561 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15562 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15563 always be an empty vector.
15564
15565 @example
15566 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15567 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15568 @end example
15569
15570 @noindent
15571 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15572 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15573 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15574 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15575 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15576
15577 @example
15578 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15579 @end example
15580
15581 @noindent
15582 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15583 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15584
15585 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15586 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15587 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15588
15589 @example
15590 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15591 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15592 @end example
15593
15594 @noindent
15595 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15596 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15597 empty vector is produced.
15598
15599 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15600 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15601 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15602 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15603 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15604 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15605 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15606 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15607 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15608 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15609 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15610 as optional.
15611
15612 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15613 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15614
15615 @example
15616 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15617 @end example
15618
15619 @noindent
15620 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15621 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15622 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15623 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15624 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15625 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15626 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15627
15628 @example
15629 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15630 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15631 @end example
15632
15633 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15634 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15635 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15636 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15637 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15638 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15639 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15640
15641 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15642 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15643
15644 @noindent
15645 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15646 example, the rules
15647
15648 @example
15649 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15650 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15651 @end example
15652
15653 @noindent
15654 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15655 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15656 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15657 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15658 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15659 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15660
15661 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15662 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15663 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15664 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15665 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15666 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15667 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15668 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15669 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15670 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15671 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15672
15673 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15674 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15675 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15676 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15677 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15678 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15679
15680 @example
15681 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15682 @end example
15683
15684 @noindent
15685 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15686 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15687 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15688 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15689
15690 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15691 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15692 rules.
15693
15694 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15695 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15696 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15697 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15698 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15699 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15700
15701 @example
15702 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15703 @end example
15704
15705 @noindent
15706 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15707 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15708 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15709 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15710 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15711 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15712 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15713 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15714
15715 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15716 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15717
15718 @noindent
15719 @kindex m g
15720 @pindex calc-get-modes
15721 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15722 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15723 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15724 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15725 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15726 on the current mode settings.
15727
15728 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15729 @vindex Modes
15730 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15731 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15732 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15733 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15734 command will continue to work, however.)
15735
15736 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15737 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15738 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15739 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15740
15741 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15742
15743 @enumerate
15744 @item
15745 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15746
15747 @item
15748 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15749
15750 @item
15751 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15752 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15753
15754 @item
15755 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15756
15757 @item
15758 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15759 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15760 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15761 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15762 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15763 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15764 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15765 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15766 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15767 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15768
15769 @item
15770 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15771 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15772
15773 @item
15774 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15775
15776 @item
15777 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15778
15779 @item
15780 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15781 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15782
15783 @item
15784 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15785 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15786 or @var{N} for
15787 @texline @math{N\times N}
15788 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15789 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15790
15791 @item
15792 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15793 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15794 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15795
15796 @item
15797 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15798 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15799 @end enumerate
15800
15801 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15802 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15803 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15804 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15805 keyboard macro.)
15806
15807 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15808 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15809
15810 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15811 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15812 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15813 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15814 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15815 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15816
15817 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15818 @section The Calc Mode Line
15819
15820 @noindent
15821 @cindex Mode line indicators
15822 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15823 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15824 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15825
15826 The basic mode line format is:
15827
15828 @example
15829 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15830 @end example
15831
15832 The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
15833 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15834 as if it were text.
15835
15836 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15837 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15838 that are in effect.
15839
15840 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15841 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15842 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15843
15844 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15845 on the mode line:
15846
15847 @table @code
15848 @item Alg
15849 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15850
15851 @item Alg[(
15852 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15853
15854 @item Alg*
15855 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15856
15857 @item Symb
15858 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15859
15860 @item Matrix
15861 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15862
15863 @item Matrix@var{n}
15864 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15865
15866 @item SqMatrix
15867 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15868
15869 @item Scalar
15870 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15871
15872 @item Polar
15873 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15874
15875 @item Frac
15876 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15877
15878 @item Inf
15879 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15880
15881 @item +Inf
15882 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15883
15884 @item NoSimp
15885 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15886
15887 @item NumSimp
15888 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15889
15890 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15891 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15892
15893 @item AlgSimp
15894 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15895
15896 @item ExtSimp
15897 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15898
15899 @item UnitSimp
15900 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15901
15902 @item Bin
15903 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15904
15905 @item Oct
15906 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15907
15908 @item Hex
15909 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15910
15911 @item Radix@var{n}
15912 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15913
15914 @item Zero
15915 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15916
15917 @item Big
15918 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15919
15920 @item Flat
15921 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15922
15923 @item Unform
15924 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15925
15926 @item C
15927 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15928
15929 @item Pascal
15930 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15931
15932 @item Fortran
15933 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15934
15935 @item TeX
15936 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15937
15938 @item LaTeX
15939 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15940
15941 @item Eqn
15942 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15943
15944 @item Math
15945 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15946
15947 @item Maple
15948 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15949
15950 @item Norm@var{n}
15951 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15952
15953 @item Fix@var{n}
15954 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15955
15956 @item Sci
15957 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15958
15959 @item Sci@var{n}
15960 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15961
15962 @item Eng
15963 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15964
15965 @item Eng@var{n}
15966 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15967
15968 @item Left@var{n}
15969 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15970
15971 @item Right
15972 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15973
15974 @item Right@var{n}
15975 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15976
15977 @item Center
15978 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15979
15980 @item Center@var{n}
15981 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15982
15983 @item Wid@var{n}
15984 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15985
15986 @item Wide
15987 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15988
15989 @item Break
15990 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15991
15992 @item Save
15993 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15994
15995 @item Local
15996 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15997
15998 @item LocEdit
15999 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16000
16001 @item LocPerm
16002 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16003
16004 @item Global
16005 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16006
16007 @item Manual
16008 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
16009 Recomputation}).
16010
16011 @item Graph
16012 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
16013
16014 @item Sel
16015 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
16016
16017 @item Dirty
16018 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
16019
16020 @item Inv
16021 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
16022
16023 @item Hyp
16024 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
16025
16026 @item Keep
16027 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
16028
16029 @item Narrow
16030 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
16031 @end table
16032
16033 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
16034 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
16035
16036 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
16037 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
16038
16039 @noindent
16040 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
16041 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
16042 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
16043 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
16044 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
16045 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
16046 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
16047
16048 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
16049 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
16050 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
16051
16052 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
16053 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
16054 interpret a prefix argument.
16055
16056 @menu
16057 * Basic Arithmetic::
16058 * Integer Truncation::
16059 * Complex Number Functions::
16060 * Conversions::
16061 * Date Arithmetic::
16062 * Financial Functions::
16063 * Binary Functions::
16064 @end menu
16065
16066 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16067 @section Basic Arithmetic
16068
16069 @noindent
16070 @kindex +
16071 @pindex calc-plus
16072 @ignore
16073 @mindex @null
16074 @end ignore
16075 @tindex +
16076 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16077 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16078 onto the stack.
16079
16080 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16081 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16082 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16083 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16084 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16085 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16086 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16087 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16088 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16089 to every element of a vector.
16090
16091 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16092 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16093 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16094 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16095 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16096
16097 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16098 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16099 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16100 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16101 and then the two HMS forms are added.
16102
16103 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16104 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16105 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16106 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16107 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16108 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16109 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16110 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16111
16112 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16113 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16114 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16115 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16116 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16117 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16118 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16119 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16120
16121 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16122 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16123 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16124 the two values.
16125
16126 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16127 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16128 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16129 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16130
16131 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16132 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16133 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16134 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16135
16136 @kindex -
16137 @pindex calc-minus
16138 @ignore
16139 @mindex @null
16140 @end ignore
16141 @tindex -
16142 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16143 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16144 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16145 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16146
16147 @kindex *
16148 @pindex calc-times
16149 @ignore
16150 @mindex @null
16151 @end ignore
16152 @tindex *
16153 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16154 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16155 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16156 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16157 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16158 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16159 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16160 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16161 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16162
16163 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16164 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16165 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16166 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16167 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16168 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16169 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16170 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16171
16172 @kindex /
16173 @pindex calc-divide
16174 @ignore
16175 @mindex @null
16176 @end ignore
16177 @tindex /
16178 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16179
16180 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16181 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16182 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16183 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16184 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16185 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16186 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16187 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16188 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16189 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16190 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16191 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16192 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16193 @smallexample
16194 @group
16195 a b
16196 ---.
16197 c d
16198 @end group
16199 @end smallexample
16200
16201 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16202 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16203 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16204 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16205 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16206 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16207 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16208 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16209 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16210 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16211 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16212 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16213 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16214 transpose the result.
16215
16216 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16217 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16218 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16219 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16220 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16221 interval.
16222
16223 @kindex ^
16224 @pindex calc-power
16225 @ignore
16226 @mindex @null
16227 @end ignore
16228 @tindex ^
16229 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16230 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16231 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16232 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16233 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16234 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16235
16236 @kindex I ^
16237 @tindex nroot
16238 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16239 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16240 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16241
16242 @kindex \
16243 @pindex calc-idiv
16244 @tindex idiv
16245 @ignore
16246 @mindex @null
16247 @end ignore
16248 @tindex \
16249 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16250 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16251 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16252 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16253 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16254 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16255
16256 @kindex %
16257 @pindex calc-mod
16258 @ignore
16259 @mindex @null
16260 @end ignore
16261 @tindex %
16262 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16263 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16264 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16265 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16266 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16267 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16268 must be positive real number.
16269
16270 @kindex :
16271 @pindex calc-fdiv
16272 @tindex fdiv
16273 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16274 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16275 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16276 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16277 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16278 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16279 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16280 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16281
16282 @kindex n
16283 @pindex calc-change-sign
16284 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16285 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16286 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16287
16288 @kindex A
16289 @pindex calc-abs
16290 @tindex abs
16291 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16292 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16293 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16294 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16295 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16296 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16297 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16298 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16299 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16300
16301 @kindex f A
16302 @pindex calc-abssqr
16303 @tindex abssqr
16304 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16305 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16306
16307 @kindex f s
16308 @pindex calc-sign
16309 @tindex sign
16310 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16311 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16312 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16313 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16314 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16315
16316 @kindex &
16317 @pindex calc-inv
16318 @tindex inv
16319 @cindex Reciprocal
16320 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16321 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16322 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16323
16324 @kindex Q
16325 @pindex calc-sqrt
16326 @tindex sqrt
16327 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16328 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16329 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16330
16331 @kindex f h
16332 @pindex calc-hypot
16333 @tindex hypot
16334 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16335 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16336 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16337 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16338 magnitudes are used.
16339
16340 @kindex f Q
16341 @pindex calc-isqrt
16342 @tindex isqrt
16343 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16344 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16345 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16346 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16347 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16348 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16349 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16350
16351 @kindex f n
16352 @kindex f x
16353 @pindex calc-min
16354 @tindex min
16355 @pindex calc-max
16356 @tindex max
16357 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16358 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16359 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16360 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16361 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16362 all the arguments.)
16363
16364 @kindex f M
16365 @kindex f X
16366 @pindex calc-mant-part
16367 @tindex mant
16368 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16369 @tindex xpon
16370 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16371 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16372 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16373 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16374 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16375 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16376 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16377 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16378 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16379 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16380 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16381 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16382 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16383
16384 @kindex f S
16385 @pindex calc-scale-float
16386 @tindex scf
16387 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16388 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16389 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16390 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16391 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16392
16393 @kindex f [
16394 @kindex f ]
16395 @pindex calc-decrement
16396 @pindex calc-increment
16397 @tindex decr
16398 @tindex incr
16399 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16400 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16401 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16402 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16403 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16404 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16405 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16406 @samp{0.0} produces
16407 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16408 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16409 where @expr{p} is the current
16410 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16411 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16412
16413 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16414 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16415 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16416 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16417 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16418 way floating-point numbers work.
16419
16420 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16421 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16422
16423 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16424 @section Integer Truncation
16425
16426 @noindent
16427 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16428 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16429 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16430 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16431 to integer form.
16432
16433 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16434 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16435
16436 @cindex Integer part of a number
16437 @kindex F
16438 @pindex calc-floor
16439 @tindex floor
16440 @tindex ffloor
16441 @ignore
16442 @mindex @null
16443 @end ignore
16444 @kindex H F
16445 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16446 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16447 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16448 @mathit{-4}.
16449
16450 @kindex I F
16451 @pindex calc-ceiling
16452 @tindex ceil
16453 @tindex fceil
16454 @ignore
16455 @mindex @null
16456 @end ignore
16457 @kindex H I F
16458 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16459 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16460 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16461
16462 @kindex R
16463 @pindex calc-round
16464 @tindex round
16465 @tindex fround
16466 @ignore
16467 @mindex @null
16468 @end ignore
16469 @kindex H R
16470 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16471 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16472 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16473 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16474 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16475
16476 @kindex I R
16477 @pindex calc-trunc
16478 @tindex trunc
16479 @tindex ftrunc
16480 @ignore
16481 @mindex @null
16482 @end ignore
16483 @kindex H I R
16484 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16485 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16486 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16487 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16488
16489 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16490 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16491 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16492 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16493 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16494 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16495
16496 @ignore
16497 @starindex
16498 @end ignore
16499 @tindex rounde
16500 @ignore
16501 @starindex
16502 @end ignore
16503 @tindex roundu
16504 @ignore
16505 @starindex
16506 @end ignore
16507 @tindex frounde
16508 @ignore
16509 @starindex
16510 @end ignore
16511 @tindex froundu
16512 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16513 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16514 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16515 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16516 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16517 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16518 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16519 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16520 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16521 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16522 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16523 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16524 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16525 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16526 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16527
16528 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16529 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16530 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16531 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16532 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16533 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16534 no second argument at all.
16535
16536 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16537 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16538 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16539 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16540
16541 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16542 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16543 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16544 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16545
16546 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16547 @section Complex Number Functions
16548
16549 @noindent
16550 @kindex J
16551 @pindex calc-conj
16552 @tindex conj
16553 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16554 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16555 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16556 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16557 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16558
16559 @kindex G
16560 @pindex calc-argument
16561 @tindex arg
16562 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16563 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16564 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16565 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16566 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16567 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16568 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16569 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16570
16571 @pindex calc-imaginary
16572 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16573 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16574 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16575 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16576
16577 @kindex f r
16578 @pindex calc-re
16579 @tindex re
16580 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16581 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16582 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16583 the value part.)
16584
16585 @kindex f i
16586 @pindex calc-im
16587 @tindex im
16588 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16589 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16590 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16591
16592 @ignore
16593 @mindex v p
16594 @end ignore
16595 @kindex v p (complex)
16596 @kindex V p (complex)
16597 @pindex calc-pack
16598 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16599 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16600 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16601 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16602 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16603
16604 @ignore
16605 @mindex v u
16606 @end ignore
16607 @kindex v u (complex)
16608 @kindex V u (complex)
16609 @pindex calc-unpack
16610 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16611 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16612 into its separate components.
16613
16614 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16615 @section Conversions
16616
16617 @noindent
16618 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16619 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16620
16621 @kindex c f
16622 @pindex calc-float
16623 @tindex pfloat
16624 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16625 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16626 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16627 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16628 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16629 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16630 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16631 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16632 format may lose information.
16633
16634 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16635 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16636 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16637 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16638 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16639 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16640
16641 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16642 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16643 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16644 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16645
16646 @kindex H c f
16647 @tindex float
16648 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16649 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16650 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16651 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16652
16653 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16654 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16655 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16656 that appear right now.
16657
16658 @kindex c F
16659 @pindex calc-fraction
16660 @tindex pfrac
16661 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16662 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16663 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16664 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16665 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16666 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16667 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16668 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16669 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16670 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16671 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16672
16673 @kindex H c F
16674 @tindex frac
16675 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16676 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16677 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16678
16679 @kindex c d
16680 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16681 @tindex deg
16682 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16683 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16684 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16685 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16686
16687 @kindex c r
16688 @pindex calc-to-radians
16689 @tindex rad
16690 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16691 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16692
16693 @kindex c h
16694 @pindex calc-to-hms
16695 @tindex hms
16696 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16697 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16698 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16699 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16700 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16701
16702 @pindex calc-from-hms
16703 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16704 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16705
16706 @kindex c p
16707 @kindex I c p
16708 @pindex calc-polar
16709 @tindex polar
16710 @tindex rect
16711 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16712 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16713 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16714 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16715 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16716 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16717 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16718 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16719
16720 @kindex c c
16721 @pindex calc-clean
16722 @tindex pclean
16723 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16724 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16725 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16726 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16727 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16728 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16729 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16730 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16731 number (i.e., pervasively).
16732
16733 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16734 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16735 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16736 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16737
16738 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16739 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16740 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16741 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16742 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16743
16744 @kindex c 0-9
16745 @pindex calc-clean-num
16746 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16747 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16748 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16749 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16750
16751 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16752 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16753 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16754 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16755 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16756 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16757 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16758
16759 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16760 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16761 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16762 does not clip small numbers.)
16763
16764 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16765 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16766 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16767 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16768 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16769 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16770
16771 @kindex H c 0-9
16772 @kindex H c c
16773 @tindex clean
16774 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16775 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16776
16777 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16778 @section Date Arithmetic
16779
16780 @noindent
16781 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16782 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16783 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16784 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16785 letters.
16786
16787 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16788 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16789 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16790 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16791 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16792 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16793
16794 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16795 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16796 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16797
16798 @menu
16799 * Date Conversions::
16800 * Date Functions::
16801 * Time Zones::
16802 * Business Days::
16803 @end menu
16804
16805 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16806 @subsection Date Conversions
16807
16808 @noindent
16809 @kindex t D
16810 @pindex calc-date
16811 @tindex date
16812 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16813 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16814 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16815 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16816 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16817
16818 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16819 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16820 of the following ways:
16821
16822 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16823 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16824 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16825 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16826 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16827 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16828 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16829 month will be used.
16830
16831 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16832 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16833 real-time clock.
16834
16835 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16836 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16837
16838 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16839 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16840 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16841 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16842 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16843 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16844
16845 @kindex t J
16846 @pindex calc-julian
16847 @tindex julian
16848 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16849 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16850 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16851 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16852 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16853 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16854 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16855 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16856 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16857 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16858 are never time-zone adjusted.
16859
16860 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16861 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16862 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16863 current or specified time zone.
16864
16865 @kindex t U
16866 @pindex calc-unix-time
16867 @tindex unixtime
16868 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16869 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16870 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16871 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16872 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16873 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16874 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16875 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16876 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16877 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16878 suppress the adjustment if so.
16879
16880 @kindex t C
16881 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16882 @tindex tzconv
16883 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16884 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16885 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16886 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16887 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16888 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16889 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16890 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16891 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16892
16893 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16894 @subsection Date Functions
16895
16896 @noindent
16897 @kindex t N
16898 @pindex calc-now
16899 @tindex now
16900 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16901 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16902 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16903 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16904
16905 @kindex t P
16906 @pindex calc-date-part
16907 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16908 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16909 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16910 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16911
16912 @tindex year
16913 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16914 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16915 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16916 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16917 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16918 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16919
16920 @tindex month
16921 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16922 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16923
16924 @tindex day
16925 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16926 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16927
16928 @tindex hour
16929 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16930 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16931 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16932 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16933 HMS forms as input.
16934
16935 @tindex minute
16936 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16937 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16938
16939 @tindex second
16940 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16941 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16942 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16943 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16944
16945 @tindex weekday
16946 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16947 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16948 to 6 (Saturday).
16949
16950 @tindex yearday
16951 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16952 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16953 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16954
16955 @tindex time
16956 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16957 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16958 for a pure date form.
16959
16960 @kindex t M
16961 @pindex calc-new-month
16962 @tindex newmonth
16963 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16964 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16965 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16966 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16967 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16968 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16969 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16970 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16971
16972 @kindex t Y
16973 @pindex calc-new-year
16974 @tindex newyear
16975 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16976 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16977 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16978 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16979 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16980 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16981 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16982 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16983 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16984
16985 @kindex t W
16986 @pindex calc-new-week
16987 @tindex newweek
16988 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16989 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16990 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16991 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16992 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16993 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16994
16995 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16996 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16997 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16998 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16999 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
17000 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
17001 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
17002 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
17003 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
17004 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
17005 of the @code{weekday} function?).
17006
17007 @ignore
17008 @starindex
17009 @end ignore
17010 @tindex pwday
17011 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
17012 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
17013 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
17014 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
17015 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
17016 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
17017 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
17018 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
17019 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
17020 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
17021 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
17022
17023 @kindex t I
17024 @pindex calc-inc-month
17025 @tindex incmonth
17026 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
17027 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
17028 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
17029 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
17030 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
17031 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
17032 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
17033 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
17034 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
17035 in this case).
17036
17037 @ignore
17038 @starindex
17039 @end ignore
17040 @tindex incyear
17041 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
17042 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
17043 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
17044 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
17045 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
17046 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
17047 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
17048 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
17049
17050 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
17051 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
17052 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
17053
17054 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
17055 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
17056
17057 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
17058 @subsection Business Days
17059
17060 @noindent
17061 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
17062 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
17063 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
17064 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
17065 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
17066 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
17067
17068 @kindex t +
17069 @kindex t -
17070 @tindex badd
17071 @tindex bsub
17072 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
17073 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
17074 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17075 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17076 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17077 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17078 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17079 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17080 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17081 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17082 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17083 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17084 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17085 case the result is the number of business days between the two
17086 dates.
17087
17088 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17089 @vindex Holidays
17090 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17091 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17092 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17093 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17094 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17095 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17096 be any of the following kinds of objects:
17097
17098 @itemize @bullet
17099 @item
17100 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17101 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17102
17103 @item
17104 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17105 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17106
17107 @item
17108 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17109 considered to be a holiday.
17110
17111 @item
17112 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17113 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17114 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17115 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17116 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17117 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17118 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17119 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17120 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17121
17122 @item
17123 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17124 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17125
17126 @item
17127 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17128 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17129 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17130 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17131 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17132 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17133 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17134 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17135 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17136 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17137
17138 @item
17139 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17140 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17141 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17142 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17143 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17144 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17145 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17146 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17147 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17148 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17149 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17150 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17151 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17152 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17153 @end itemize
17154
17155 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17156 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17157 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17158
17159 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17160 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17161 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17162 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17163 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17164 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17165
17166 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17167 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17168 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17169 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17170 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17171 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17172 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17173 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17174
17175 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17176 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17177 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17178 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17179 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17180 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17181 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17182 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17183 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17184 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17185 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17186 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17187 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17188 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17189 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17190
17191 @ignore
17192 @starindex
17193 @end ignore
17194 @tindex holiday
17195 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17196 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17197 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17198 business day.
17199
17200 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17201 @subsection Time Zones
17202
17203 @noindent
17204 @cindex Time zones
17205 @cindex Daylight saving time
17206 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17207 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17208 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17209 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17210 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17211 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17212 can't determine the right correction to use.
17213
17214 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17215 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17216 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17217 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17218 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17219 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17220 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17221 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17222 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17223 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17224 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17225 April 7, 1991.
17226
17227 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17228 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17229 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17230 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17231
17232 @pindex calc-time-zone
17233 @ignore
17234 @starindex
17235 @end ignore
17236 @tindex tzone
17237 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17238 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17239 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17240 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17241 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17242 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17243 the normal difference.
17244
17245 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17246 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17247 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17248 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17249 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17250 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17251 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17252 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17253 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17254
17255 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17256 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17257 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17258 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17259
17260 @smallexample
17261 @group
17262 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17263 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17264
17265 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17266 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17267
17268 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17269 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17270 @end group
17271 @end smallexample
17272
17273 @vindex math-tzone-names
17274 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17275 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17276 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17277 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17278 Pacific Time look like this:
17279
17280 @smallexample
17281 @group
17282 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17283 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17284 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17285 @end group
17286 @end smallexample
17287
17288 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17289 @vindex TimeZone
17290 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17291 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17292 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17293 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17294 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17295 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17296 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17297 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17298 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17299 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17300 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17301 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17302 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17303 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17304 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17305 The special time zone name @code{local}
17306 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17307 from the calendar.
17308
17309 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17310 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17311 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17312 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17313
17314 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17315 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17316 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17317 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17318 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17319 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17320 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17321 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17322 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17323 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17324 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17325 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17326 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17327 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17328 the conversion functions.
17329
17330 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17331 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17332 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17333 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17334 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17335
17336 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17337 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17338 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17339 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17340 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17341 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17342 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17343
17344 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17345 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17346 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17347 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17348 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17349 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17350 and the weekday number (0-6).
17351
17352 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17353 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17354 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17355 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17356 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17357 daylight saving hook:
17358
17359 @smallexample
17360 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17361 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17362 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17363 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17364 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17365 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17366 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17367 (t -1))))
17368 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17369 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17370 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17371 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17372 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17373 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17374 (t 0))))
17375 (t 0))
17376 )
17377 @end smallexample
17378
17379 @noindent
17380 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17381 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17382 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17383 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17384 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17385
17386 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17387 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17388 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17389 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17390 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17391 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17392 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17393 later).
17394
17395 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17396 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17397
17398 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17399 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17400 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17401 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17402 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17403 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17404 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17405 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17406 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17407 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17408 is typically represented in.
17409
17410 @ignore
17411 @starindex
17412 @end ignore
17413 @tindex dsadj
17414 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17415 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17416 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17417 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17418 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17419 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17420 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17421
17422 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17423 @section Financial Functions
17424
17425 @noindent
17426 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17427 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17428 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17429
17430 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17431 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17432 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17433 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17434
17435 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17436 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17437 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17438 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17439
17440 @menu
17441 * Percentages::
17442 * Future Value::
17443 * Present Value::
17444 * Related Financial Functions::
17445 * Depreciation Functions::
17446 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17447 @end menu
17448
17449 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17450 @subsection Percentages
17451
17452 @kindex M-%
17453 @pindex calc-percent
17454 @tindex %
17455 @tindex percent
17456 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17457 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17458 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17459 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17460
17461 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17462 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17463 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17464 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17465 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17466 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17467 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17468 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17469
17470 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17471 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17472 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17473 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17474 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17475 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17476
17477 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17478 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17479 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17480 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17481
17482 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17483 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17484 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17485
17486 @kindex c %
17487 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17488 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17489 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17490 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17491 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17492 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17493 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17494 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17495
17496 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17497 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17498 @samp{25%}.
17499
17500 @kindex b %
17501 @pindex calc-percent-change
17502 @tindex relch
17503 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17504 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17505 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17506 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17507 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17508 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17509 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17510 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17511 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17512 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17513
17514 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17515 @subsection Future Value
17516
17517 @noindent
17518 @kindex b F
17519 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17520 @tindex fv
17521 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17522 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17523 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17524 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17525 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17526 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17527 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17528 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17529 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17530 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17531
17532 @kindex I b F
17533 @tindex fvb
17534 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17535 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17536 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17537 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17538 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17539 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17540 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17541 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17542 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17543
17544 @kindex H b F
17545 @tindex fvl
17546 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17547 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17548 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17549 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17550
17551 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17552 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17553 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17554 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17555 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17556
17557 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17558 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17559 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17560 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17561 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17562 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17563 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17564 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17565 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17566 by @code{fvb} directly.
17567
17568 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17569 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17570 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17571 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17572 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17573 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17574 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17575
17576 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17577 @subsection Present Value
17578
17579 @noindent
17580 @kindex b P
17581 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17582 @tindex pv
17583 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17584 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17585 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17586 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17587 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17588 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17589 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17590 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17591 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17592 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17593 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17594 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17595 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17596
17597 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17598 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17599 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17600 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17601 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17602 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17603 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17604 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17605 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17606
17607 @kindex I b P
17608 @tindex pvb
17609 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17610 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17611 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17612 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17613 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17614 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17615
17616 @kindex H b P
17617 @tindex pvl
17618 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17619 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17620 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17621 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17622 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17623 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17624 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17625
17626 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17627 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17628 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17629
17630 @kindex b N
17631 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17632 @tindex npv
17633 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17634 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17635 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17636 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17637 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17638 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17639 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17640
17641 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17642 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17643 not all the same!
17644
17645 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17646 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17647 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17648 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17649 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17650 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17651 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17652 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17653
17654 @kindex I b N
17655 @tindex npvb
17656 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17657 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17658 rather than at the end.
17659
17660 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17661 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17662
17663 @noindent
17664 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17665 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17666
17667 @kindex b M
17668 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17669 @tindex pmt
17670 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17671 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17672 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17673 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17674 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17675
17676 @kindex I b M
17677 @tindex pmtb
17678 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17679 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17680 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17681 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17682
17683 @kindex H b M
17684 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17685 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17686
17687 @kindex b #
17688 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17689 @tindex nper
17690 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17691 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17692 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17693 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17694 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17695 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17696 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17697
17698 @kindex I b #
17699 @tindex nperb
17700 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17701 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17702 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17703 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17704
17705 @kindex H b #
17706 @tindex nperl
17707 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17708 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17709 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17710 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17711 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17712
17713 @kindex b T
17714 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17715 @tindex rate
17716 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17717 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17718 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17719 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17720 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17721
17722 @kindex I b T
17723 @kindex H b T
17724 @tindex rateb
17725 @tindex ratel
17726 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17727 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17728 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17729 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17730 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17731 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17732 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17733
17734 @kindex b I
17735 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17736 @tindex irr
17737 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17738 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17739 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17740 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17741 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17742
17743 @kindex I b I
17744 @tindex irrb
17745 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17746 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17747
17748 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17749 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17750
17751 @noindent
17752 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17753 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17754 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17755 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17756 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17757 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17758
17759 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17760 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17761
17762 @kindex b S
17763 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17764 @tindex sln
17765 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17766 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17767 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17768 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17769 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17770 per year.
17771
17772 @kindex b Y
17773 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17774 @tindex syd
17775 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17776 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17777 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17778 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17779 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17780 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17781 return zero.
17782
17783 @kindex b D
17784 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17785 @tindex ddb
17786 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17787 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17788 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17789
17790 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17791 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17792 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17793
17794 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17795 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17796 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17797 the three depreciation methods:
17798
17799 @example
17800 @group
17801 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17802 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17803 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17804 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17805 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17806 @end group
17807 @end example
17808
17809 @noindent
17810 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17811 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17812 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17813 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17814
17815 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17816 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17817 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17818
17819 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17820 @subsection Definitions
17821
17822 @noindent
17823 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17824 Calc's financial functions.
17825
17826 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17827 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17828 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17829 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17830 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17831 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17832
17833 @ifnottex
17834 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17835 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17836 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17837
17838 @example
17839 n
17840 (1 + rate) - 1
17841 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17842 rate
17843
17844 n
17845 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17846 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17847 rate
17848
17849 n
17850 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17851
17852 -n
17853 1 - (1 + rate)
17854 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17855 rate
17856
17857 -n
17858 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17859 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17860 rate
17861
17862 -n
17863 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17864
17865 -1 -2 -3
17866 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17867
17868 -1 -2
17869 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17870
17871 -n
17872 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17873 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17874 -n
17875 1 - (1 + rate)
17876
17877 -n
17878 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17879 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17880 -n
17881 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17882
17883 amt * rate
17884 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17885 pmt
17886
17887 amt * rate
17888 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17889 pmt * (1 + rate)
17890
17891 amt
17892 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17893 pmt
17894
17895 1/n
17896 pmt
17897 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17898 1/n
17899 amt
17900
17901 cost - salv
17902 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17903 life
17904
17905 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17906 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17907 life * (life + 1) / 2
17908
17909 book * 2
17910 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17911 life
17912 @end example
17913 @end ifnottex
17914 @tex
17915 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17916 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17917 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17918 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17919 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17920 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17921 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17922 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17923 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17924 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17925 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17926 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17927 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17928 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17929 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17930 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17931 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17932 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17933 @end tex
17934
17935 @noindent
17936 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17937
17938 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17939 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17940 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17941 all sorts of inputs.
17942
17943 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17944 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17945 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17946
17947 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17948 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17949 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17950 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17951 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17952 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17953
17954 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17955 for @samp{rate}.
17956
17957 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17958 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17959 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17960
17961 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17962 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17963 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17964
17965 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17966 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17967 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17968 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17969 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17970 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17971 period.
17972
17973 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17974 @section Binary Number Functions
17975
17976 @noindent
17977 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17978 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17979
17980 @cindex Binary numbers
17981 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17982 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17983 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17984 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17985 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17986
17987 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17988 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17989 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17990 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17991 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17992 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17993
17994 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce twos-complement
17995 integers from
17996 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17997 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17998 to
17999 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
18000 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
18001 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
18002 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
18003
18004 @kindex b c
18005 @pindex calc-clip
18006 @tindex clip
18007 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
18008 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
18009 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
18010 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
18011 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
18012 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
18013 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
18014 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
18015 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
18016
18017 @kindex b w
18018 @pindex calc-word-size
18019 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
18020 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
18021 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
18022 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
18023 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
18024 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
18025 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
18026
18027 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
18028 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
18029 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
18030 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
18031 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
18032 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
18033 integer-valued floats.
18034
18035 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
18036 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
18037 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
18038 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
18039
18040 @kindex b a
18041 @pindex calc-and
18042 @tindex and
18043 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
18044 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
18045 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
18046 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
18047 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
18048
18049 @kindex b o
18050 @pindex calc-or
18051 @tindex or
18052 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
18053 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
18054 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
18055
18056 @kindex b x
18057 @pindex calc-xor
18058 @tindex xor
18059 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
18060 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
18061 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
18062
18063 @kindex b d
18064 @pindex calc-diff
18065 @tindex diff
18066 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
18067 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
18068 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
18069
18070 @kindex b n
18071 @pindex calc-not
18072 @tindex not
18073 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18074 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18075
18076 @kindex b l
18077 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
18078 @tindex lsh
18079 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18080 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18081 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18082 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18083 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18084 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18085
18086 @kindex H b l
18087 @kindex H b r
18088 @ignore
18089 @mindex @idots
18090 @end ignore
18091 @kindex H b L
18092 @ignore
18093 @mindex @null
18094 @end ignore
18095 @kindex H b R
18096 @ignore
18097 @mindex @null
18098 @end ignore
18099 @kindex H b t
18100 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18101 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18102 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18103 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18104 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18105
18106 @kindex b r
18107 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
18108 @tindex rsh
18109 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18110 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18111 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18112
18113 @kindex b L
18114 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
18115 @tindex ash
18116 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18117 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18118 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18119 is performed as described below.
18120
18121 @kindex b R
18122 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
18123 @tindex rash
18124 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18125 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18126 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18127 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18128 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18129 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18130 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18131 performs a standard left shift.
18132
18133 @kindex b t
18134 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
18135 @tindex rot
18136 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18137 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18138 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18139 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18140 or right.
18141
18142 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18143 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18144 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18145 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18146 bits in a binary integer.
18147
18148 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18149 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18150 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18151 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18152 into a binary integer.
18153
18154 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18155 @chapter Scientific Functions
18156
18157 @noindent
18158 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18159 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18160 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18161 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18162
18163 @kindex P
18164 @pindex calc-pi
18165 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18166 @vindex pi
18167 @kindex H P
18168 @cindex @code{e} variable
18169 @vindex e
18170 @kindex I P
18171 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18172 @vindex gamma
18173 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18174 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18175 @kindex H I P
18176 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18177 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18178 @cindex Golden ratio
18179 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18180 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18181 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18182 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18183 @texline @math{\gamma}
18184 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18185 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18186 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18187 @texline @math{\phi}
18188 @infoline @expr{phi}
18189 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18190 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18191 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18192 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18193 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18194
18195 @ignore
18196 @mindex Q
18197 @end ignore
18198 @ignore
18199 @mindex I Q
18200 @end ignore
18201 @kindex I Q
18202 @tindex sqr
18203 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18204 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18205 computes the square of the argument.
18206
18207 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18208 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18209 interpret a prefix argument.
18210
18211 @menu
18212 * Logarithmic Functions::
18213 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18214 * Advanced Math Functions::
18215 * Branch Cuts::
18216 * Random Numbers::
18217 * Combinatorial Functions::
18218 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18219 @end menu
18220
18221 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18222 @section Logarithmic Functions
18223
18224 @noindent
18225 @kindex L
18226 @pindex calc-ln
18227 @tindex ln
18228 @ignore
18229 @mindex @null
18230 @end ignore
18231 @kindex I E
18232 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18233 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18234 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18235 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18236
18237 @kindex E
18238 @pindex calc-exp
18239 @tindex exp
18240 @ignore
18241 @mindex @null
18242 @end ignore
18243 @kindex I L
18244 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18245 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18246 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18247 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18248
18249 @kindex H L
18250 @kindex H E
18251 @pindex calc-log10
18252 @tindex log10
18253 @tindex exp10
18254 @ignore
18255 @mindex @null
18256 @end ignore
18257 @kindex H I L
18258 @ignore
18259 @mindex @null
18260 @end ignore
18261 @kindex H I E
18262 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18263 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18264 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18265 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18266 by
18267 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18268 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18269
18270 @kindex B
18271 @kindex I B
18272 @pindex calc-log
18273 @tindex log
18274 @tindex alog
18275 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18276 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18277 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18278 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18279 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18280 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18281 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18282 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18283
18284 @kindex f I
18285 @pindex calc-ilog
18286 @tindex ilog
18287 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18288 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18289 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18290 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18291 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18292 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18293 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18294
18295 @kindex f E
18296 @pindex calc-expm1
18297 @tindex expm1
18298 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18299 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18300 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18301 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18302 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18303 @texline @math{e^x}
18304 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18305 is close to one.
18306
18307 @kindex f L
18308 @pindex calc-lnp1
18309 @tindex lnp1
18310 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18311 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18312 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18313 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18314
18315 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18316 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18317
18318 @noindent
18319 @kindex S
18320 @pindex calc-sin
18321 @tindex sin
18322 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18323 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18324 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18325 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18326 on complex numbers.
18327
18328 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18329 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18330 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18331 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18332 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18333
18334 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18335 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18336 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18337 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18338 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18339 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18340 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18341 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18342 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18343 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18344
18345 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18346 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18347 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18348 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18349
18350 @kindex I S
18351 @pindex calc-arcsin
18352 @tindex arcsin
18353 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18354 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18355 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18356 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18357
18358 @kindex H S
18359 @pindex calc-sinh
18360 @tindex sinh
18361 @kindex H I S
18362 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18363 @tindex arcsinh
18364 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18365 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18366 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18367 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18368
18369 @kindex C
18370 @pindex calc-cos
18371 @tindex cos
18372 @ignore
18373 @mindex @idots
18374 @end ignore
18375 @kindex I C
18376 @pindex calc-arccos
18377 @ignore
18378 @mindex @null
18379 @end ignore
18380 @tindex arccos
18381 @ignore
18382 @mindex @null
18383 @end ignore
18384 @kindex H C
18385 @pindex calc-cosh
18386 @ignore
18387 @mindex @null
18388 @end ignore
18389 @tindex cosh
18390 @ignore
18391 @mindex @null
18392 @end ignore
18393 @kindex H I C
18394 @pindex calc-arccosh
18395 @ignore
18396 @mindex @null
18397 @end ignore
18398 @tindex arccosh
18399 @ignore
18400 @mindex @null
18401 @end ignore
18402 @kindex T
18403 @pindex calc-tan
18404 @ignore
18405 @mindex @null
18406 @end ignore
18407 @tindex tan
18408 @ignore
18409 @mindex @null
18410 @end ignore
18411 @kindex I T
18412 @pindex calc-arctan
18413 @ignore
18414 @mindex @null
18415 @end ignore
18416 @tindex arctan
18417 @ignore
18418 @mindex @null
18419 @end ignore
18420 @kindex H T
18421 @pindex calc-tanh
18422 @ignore
18423 @mindex @null
18424 @end ignore
18425 @tindex tanh
18426 @ignore
18427 @mindex @null
18428 @end ignore
18429 @kindex H I T
18430 @pindex calc-arctanh
18431 @ignore
18432 @mindex @null
18433 @end ignore
18434 @tindex arctanh
18435 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18436 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18437 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18438 variants of these functions.
18439
18440 @kindex f T
18441 @pindex calc-arctan2
18442 @tindex arctan2
18443 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18444 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18445 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18446 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18447 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18448 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18449 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18450 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18451 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18452 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18453
18454 @pindex calc-sincos
18455 @ignore
18456 @starindex
18457 @end ignore
18458 @tindex sincos
18459 @ignore
18460 @starindex
18461 @end ignore
18462 @ignore
18463 @mindex arc@idots
18464 @end ignore
18465 @tindex arcsincos
18466 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18467 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18468 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18469 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18470 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18471 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18472
18473 @pindex calc-sec
18474 @tindex sec
18475 @pindex calc-csc
18476 @tindex csc
18477 @pindex calc-cot
18478 @tindex cot
18479 @pindex calc-sech
18480 @tindex sech
18481 @pindex calc-csch
18482 @tindex csch
18483 @pindex calc-coth
18484 @tindex coth
18485 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18486 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
18487 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18488 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18489 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
18490 [@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18491
18492 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18493 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18494
18495 @noindent
18496 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18497 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18498 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18499 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18500 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18501
18502 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18503 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18504 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18505 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18506 slow for some values of the arguments.
18507
18508 @kindex f g
18509 @pindex calc-gamma
18510 @tindex gamma
18511 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18512 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18513 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18514 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18515 integral:
18516 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18517 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18518 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18519
18520 @kindex f G
18521 @tindex gammaP
18522 @ignore
18523 @mindex @idots
18524 @end ignore
18525 @kindex I f G
18526 @ignore
18527 @mindex @null
18528 @end ignore
18529 @kindex H f G
18530 @ignore
18531 @mindex @null
18532 @end ignore
18533 @kindex H I f G
18534 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18535 @ignore
18536 @mindex @null
18537 @end ignore
18538 @tindex gammaQ
18539 @ignore
18540 @mindex @null
18541 @end ignore
18542 @tindex gammag
18543 @ignore
18544 @mindex @null
18545 @end ignore
18546 @tindex gammaG
18547 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18548 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18549 the integral,
18550 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18551 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18552 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18553 definition of the normal gamma function).
18554
18555 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18556 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18557 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18558 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18559 @expr{x} to infinity.
18560
18561 @ifnottex
18562 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18563 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18564 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18565 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18566 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18567 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18568 @end ifnottex
18569 @tex
18570 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18571 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18572 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18573 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18574 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18575 @end tex
18576
18577 @kindex f b
18578 @pindex calc-beta
18579 @tindex beta
18580 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18581 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18582 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18583 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18584 or by
18585 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18586 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18587
18588 @kindex f B
18589 @kindex H f B
18590 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18591 @tindex betaI
18592 @tindex betaB
18593 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18594 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18595 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18596 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18597 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18598 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18599
18600 @kindex f e
18601 @kindex I f e
18602 @pindex calc-erf
18603 @tindex erf
18604 @tindex erfc
18605 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18606 error function
18607 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18608 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18609 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18610 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18611 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18612 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18613
18614 @kindex f j
18615 @kindex f y
18616 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18617 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18618 @tindex besJ
18619 @tindex besY
18620 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18621 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18622 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18623 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18624 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18625 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18626 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18627 Use with care!
18628
18629 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18630 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18631
18632 @noindent
18633 @cindex Branch cuts
18634 @cindex Principal values
18635 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18636 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18637 This section describes the values
18638 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18639 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18640 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18641 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18642 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18643
18644 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18645 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18646 versions of Calc follow the second edition.
18647
18648 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18649 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18650 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18651 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18652 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18653 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18654
18655 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18656 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18657 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18658 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18659
18660 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18661 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18662 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18663 in the right half of the complex plane.
18664
18665 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18666 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18667 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18668 negative real axis.
18669
18670 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18671 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18672 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18673 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18674 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18675
18676 @smallexample
18677 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18678 ----------------------------------------
18679 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18680 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18681 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18682 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18683 @end smallexample
18684
18685 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18686 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18687 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18688 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18689 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18690 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18691
18692 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18693 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18694
18695 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18696 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18697 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18698
18699 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18700 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18701 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18702
18703 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18704 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18705 above @expr{i}.
18706
18707 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18708 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18709 real axis less than 1.
18710
18711 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18712 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18713
18714 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18715 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18716 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18717
18718 @smallexample
18719 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18720 -------------------------------------------------------
18721 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18722 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18723 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18724 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18725 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18726 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18727 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18728 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18729 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18730 @end smallexample
18731
18732 @smallexample
18733 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18734 -----------------------------------------------------
18735 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18736 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18737 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18738 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18739 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18740 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18741 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18742 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18743 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18744 @end smallexample
18745
18746 @smallexample
18747 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18748 -----------------------------------------------------
18749 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18750 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18751 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18752 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18753 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18754 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18755 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18756 @end smallexample
18757
18758 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18759 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18760 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18761
18762 @smallexample
18763 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18764 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18765 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18766 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18767 @end smallexample
18768
18769 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18770 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18771 are not rigorously specified at present.
18772
18773 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18774 @section Random Numbers
18775
18776 @noindent
18777 @kindex k r
18778 @pindex calc-random
18779 @tindex random
18780 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18781 random numbers of various sorts.
18782
18783 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18784 integer @expr{N} in the range
18785 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18786 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18787 Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
18788
18789 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18790 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18791 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18792 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18793 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18794 the result is a random integer in the range
18795 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18796 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18797
18798 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18799 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18800 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18801 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18802 or
18803 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18804 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18805 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18806
18807 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18808 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18809 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18810 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18811
18812 If @expr{M} is an error form
18813 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18814 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18815 where @var{m} and
18816 @texline @math{\sigma}
18817 @infoline @var{s}
18818 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18819 @var{m} and standard deviation
18820 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18821 @infoline @var{s}.
18822
18823 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18824 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18825 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18826 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18827 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18828 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18829 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18830 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18831 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18832 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18833 extremely small.)
18834
18835 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18836 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18837
18838 @vindex RandSeed
18839 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18840 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18841 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18842 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18843 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18844 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18845 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18846 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18847 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18848 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18849 of random numbers as before.
18850
18851 @pindex calc-rrandom
18852 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18853 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18854
18855 @kindex k a
18856 @pindex calc-random-again
18857 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18858 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18859 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18860 that value of @expr{M}.
18861
18862 @kindex k h
18863 @pindex calc-shuffle
18864 @tindex shuffle
18865 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18866 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18867 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18868 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18869 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18870 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18871 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18872
18873 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18874 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18875 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18876 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18877 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18878 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18879 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18880 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18881 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18882 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18883 each make it into the result vector.)
18884
18885 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18886 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18887 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18888 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18889 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18890 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18891 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18892
18893 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18894 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18895 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18896 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18897 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18898
18899 @menu
18900 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18901 @end menu
18902
18903 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18904 @subsection Random Number Generator
18905
18906 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18907 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18908 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18909 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18910 characterization.
18911
18912 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18913 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18914 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18915 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18916
18917 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18918 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18919 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18920
18921 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18922 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18923 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18924 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18925 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18926 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18927 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18928 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18929
18930 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18931 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18932 computing
18933 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18934 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18935 This method expands the seed
18936 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18937 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18938 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18939 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18940 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18941 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18942 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18943 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18944 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18945 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18946 to reseed the generator with that number.
18947
18948 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18949 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18950 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18951 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18952 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18953 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18954 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18955 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18956 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18957 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18958 damage its randomness.
18959
18960 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18961 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18962 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18963 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18964 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18965 value.
18966
18967 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18968 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18969 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18970 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18971 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18972 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18973 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18974 numbers on the order of
18975 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18976 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18977 or
18978 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18979 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18980 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18981 correspond to small integers times
18982 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18983 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18984
18985 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18986 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18987 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18988 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18989 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18990 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18991 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18992 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18993 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18994 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18995
18996 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18997 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18998 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18999 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
19000
19001 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
19002 @section Combinatorial Functions
19003
19004 @noindent
19005 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
19006 @kbd{k} key prefix.
19007
19008 @kindex k g
19009 @pindex calc-gcd
19010 @tindex gcd
19011 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
19012 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
19013 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
19014 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
19015 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
19016 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
19017 the operation is left in symbolic form.
19018
19019 @kindex k l
19020 @pindex calc-lcm
19021 @tindex lcm
19022 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
19023 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
19024 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
19025 numbers.
19026
19027 @kindex k E
19028 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
19029 @tindex egcd
19030 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
19031 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
19032 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
19033 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19034 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19035
19036 @kindex !
19037 @pindex calc-factorial
19038 @tindex fact
19039 @ignore
19040 @mindex @null
19041 @end ignore
19042 @tindex !
19043 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
19044 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
19045 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
19046 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
19047 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
19048 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
19049 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
19050 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
19051 the commands in this section.
19052
19053 @kindex k d
19054 @pindex calc-double-factorial
19055 @tindex dfact
19056 @ignore
19057 @mindex @null
19058 @end ignore
19059 @tindex !!
19060 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
19061 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
19062 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
19063 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
19064 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
19065 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
19066 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
19067
19068 @kindex k c
19069 @pindex calc-choose
19070 @tindex choose
19071 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19072 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19073 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19074 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19075 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19076 real numbers by
19077 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19078 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19079
19080 @kindex H k c
19081 @pindex calc-perm
19082 @tindex perm
19083 @ifnottex
19084 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19085 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19086 @end ifnottex
19087 @tex
19088 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19089 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19090 @end tex
19091
19092 @kindex k b
19093 @kindex H k b
19094 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19095 @tindex bern
19096 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19097 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19098 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19099 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19100 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19101 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19102 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19103
19104 @kindex k e
19105 @kindex H k e
19106 @pindex calc-euler-number
19107 @tindex euler
19108 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19109 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19110 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19111 functions.
19112
19113 @kindex k s
19114 @kindex H k s
19115 @pindex calc-stirling-number
19116 @tindex stir1
19117 @tindex stir2
19118 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19119 computes a Stirling number of the first
19120 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19121 @infoline kind,
19122 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19123 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19124 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19125 @infoline kind.
19126 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19127 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19128 non-empty sets, respectively.
19129
19130 @kindex k p
19131 @pindex calc-prime-test
19132 @cindex Primes
19133 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19134 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19135 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19136 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19137 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19138 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19139 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19140 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19141 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19142 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19143 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19144 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19145 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19146
19147 @ignore
19148 @starindex
19149 @end ignore
19150 @tindex prime
19151 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19152 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19153 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19154 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19155 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19156 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19157
19158 @kindex k f
19159 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19160 @tindex prfac
19161 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19162 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19163 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19164 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19165 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19166 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19167 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19168 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19169 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19170
19171 @kindex k n
19172 @pindex calc-next-prime
19173 @ignore
19174 @mindex nextpr@idots
19175 @end ignore
19176 @tindex nextprime
19177 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19178 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19179 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19180 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19181 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19182 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19183 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19184 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19185 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19186 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19187 prime.
19188
19189 @kindex I k n
19190 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19191 @ignore
19192 @mindex prevpr@idots
19193 @end ignore
19194 @tindex prevprime
19195 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19196 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19197
19198 @kindex k t
19199 @pindex calc-totient
19200 @tindex totient
19201 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19202 Euler ``totient''
19203 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19204 @infoline function,
19205 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19206 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19207
19208 @kindex k m
19209 @pindex calc-moebius
19210 @tindex moebius
19211 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19212 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19213 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19214 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19215 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19216 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19217 the result is zero.
19218
19219 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19220 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19221
19222 @noindent
19223 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19224 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19225 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19226 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19227 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19228 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19229 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19230 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19231
19232 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19233 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19234 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19235 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19236 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19237 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19238
19239 @kindex k B
19240 @kindex I k B
19241 @pindex calc-utpb
19242 @tindex utpb
19243 @tindex ltpb
19244 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19245 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19246 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19247 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19248 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19249 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19250 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19251
19252 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19253 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19254 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19255 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19256 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19257 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19258 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19259 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19260 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19261 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19262 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19263
19264 @kindex k C
19265 @pindex calc-utpc
19266 @tindex utpc
19267 @ignore
19268 @mindex @idots
19269 @end ignore
19270 @kindex I k C
19271 @ignore
19272 @mindex @null
19273 @end ignore
19274 @tindex ltpc
19275 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19276 @texline @math{\nu}
19277 @infoline @expr{v}
19278 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19279 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19280
19281 @kindex k F
19282 @pindex calc-utpf
19283 @tindex utpf
19284 @ignore
19285 @mindex @idots
19286 @end ignore
19287 @kindex I k F
19288 @ignore
19289 @mindex @null
19290 @end ignore
19291 @tindex ltpf
19292 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19293 various statistical tests. The parameters
19294 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19295 @infoline @expr{v1}
19296 and
19297 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19298 @infoline @expr{v2}
19299 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19300 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19301
19302 @kindex k N
19303 @pindex calc-utpn
19304 @tindex utpn
19305 @ignore
19306 @mindex @idots
19307 @end ignore
19308 @kindex I k N
19309 @ignore
19310 @mindex @null
19311 @end ignore
19312 @tindex ltpn
19313 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19314 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19315 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19316 @infoline @expr{s}.
19317 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19318 would exceed @expr{x}.
19319
19320 @kindex k P
19321 @pindex calc-utpp
19322 @tindex utpp
19323 @ignore
19324 @mindex @idots
19325 @end ignore
19326 @kindex I k P
19327 @ignore
19328 @mindex @null
19329 @end ignore
19330 @tindex ltpp
19331 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19332 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19333 Poisson random events will occur.
19334
19335 @kindex k T
19336 @pindex calc-ltpt
19337 @tindex utpt
19338 @ignore
19339 @mindex @idots
19340 @end ignore
19341 @kindex I k T
19342 @ignore
19343 @mindex @null
19344 @end ignore
19345 @tindex ltpt
19346 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19347 with
19348 @texline @math{\nu}
19349 @infoline @expr{v}
19350 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19351 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19352 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19353 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19354 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19355 where
19356 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19357 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19358 and
19359 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19360 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19361 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19362 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19363
19364 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19365 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19366 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19367 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19368 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19369
19370 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19371 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19372
19373 @noindent
19374 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19375 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19376 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19377 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19378 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19379
19380 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19381 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19382 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19383 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19384 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19385
19386 @menu
19387 * Packing and Unpacking::
19388 * Building Vectors::
19389 * Extracting Elements::
19390 * Manipulating Vectors::
19391 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19392 * Set Operations::
19393 * Statistical Operations::
19394 * Reducing and Mapping::
19395 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19396 @end menu
19397
19398 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19399 @section Packing and Unpacking
19400
19401 @noindent
19402 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19403 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19404 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19405 vectors.
19406
19407 @kindex v p
19408 @kindex V p
19409 @pindex calc-pack
19410 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19411 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19412 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19413 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19414 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19415 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19416 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19417 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19418
19419 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19420 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19421 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19422 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19423
19424 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19425
19426 @table @cite
19427 @item -1
19428 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19429 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19430 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19431 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19432 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19433 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19434 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19435 components are not suitable.)
19436
19437 @item -2
19438 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19439 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19440 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19441 mode.
19442
19443 @item -3
19444 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19445 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19446 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19447 number.
19448
19449 @item -4
19450 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19451 may be real numbers or formulas.
19452
19453 @item -5
19454 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19455 must be real numbers.
19456
19457 @item -6
19458 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19459 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19460
19461 @item -7
19462 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19463
19464 @item -8
19465 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19466
19467 @item -9
19468 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19469
19470 @item -10
19471 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19472
19473 @item -11
19474 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19475 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19476 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19477 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19478
19479 @item -12
19480 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19481 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19482 is desired.
19483
19484 @item -13
19485 A real number is converted into a date form.
19486
19487 @item -14
19488 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19489
19490 @item -15
19491 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19492 @end table
19493
19494 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19495 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19496 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19497 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19498 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19499 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19500 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19501 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19502 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19503 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19504
19505 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19506 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19507 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19508 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19509 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19510
19511 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19512 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19513 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19514 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19515 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19516
19517 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19518 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19519 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19520 @texline @math{2\times3}
19521 @infoline 2x3
19522 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19523 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19524 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19525
19526 @ignore
19527 @starindex
19528 @end ignore
19529 @tindex pack
19530 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19531 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19532 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19533 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19534 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19535 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19536 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19537 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19538 by the mode.
19539
19540 @kindex v u
19541 @kindex V u
19542 @pindex calc-unpack
19543 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19544 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19545 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19546 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19547 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19548 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19549
19550 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19551 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19552 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19553 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19554 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19555 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19556 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19557
19558 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19559 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19560 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19561 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19562 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19563 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19564 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19565 is not a composite object.
19566
19567 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19568 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19569 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19570 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19571 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19572 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19573 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19574 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19575
19576 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19577 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19578 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19579 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19580 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19581 original object.
19582
19583 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19584 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19585 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19586 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19587
19588 @ignore
19589 @starindex
19590 @end ignore
19591 @tindex unpack
19592 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19593 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19594 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19595 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19596 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19597 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19598
19599 @ignore
19600 @starindex
19601 @end ignore
19602 @tindex unpackt
19603 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19604 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19605 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19606 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19607 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19608 The identity for re-building the original object is
19609 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19610 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19611 name and a vector of arguments.)
19612
19613 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19614 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19615 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19616 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19617
19618 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19619 @section Building Vectors
19620
19621 @noindent
19622 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19623 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19624
19625 @kindex |
19626 @pindex calc-concat
19627 @ignore
19628 @mindex @null
19629 @end ignore
19630 @tindex |
19631 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19632 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19633 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19634 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19635 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19636 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19637
19638 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19639 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19640 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19641 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19642 one-row matrix.
19643
19644 @kindex H |
19645 @tindex append
19646 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19647 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19648 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19649 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19650 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19651
19652 @kindex I |
19653 @kindex H I |
19654 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19655 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19656 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19657
19658 @kindex v d
19659 @kindex V d
19660 @pindex calc-diag
19661 @tindex diag
19662 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19663 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19664 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19665 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19666 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19667 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19668 the prefix argument is required.
19669
19670 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19671 @texline @math{3\times3}
19672 @infoline 3x3
19673 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19674 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19675 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19676
19677 @kindex v i
19678 @kindex V i
19679 @pindex calc-ident
19680 @tindex idn
19681 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19682 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19683 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19684 this command prompts for one.
19685
19686 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19687 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19688 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19689 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19690 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19691 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19692 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19693 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19694 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19695 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19696 dimensions.
19697
19698 @kindex v x
19699 @kindex V x
19700 @pindex calc-index
19701 @tindex index
19702 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19703 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19704 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19705 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19706 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19707
19708 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19709 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19710 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19711 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19712 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19713 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19714 of numbers or formulas.
19715
19716 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19717 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19718 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19719 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19720 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19721 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19722
19723 @kindex v b
19724 @kindex V b
19725 @pindex calc-build-vector
19726 @tindex cvec
19727 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19728 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19729 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19730 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19731 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19732 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19733
19734 @kindex v h
19735 @kindex V h
19736 @kindex I v h
19737 @kindex I V h
19738 @pindex calc-head
19739 @pindex calc-tail
19740 @tindex head
19741 @tindex tail
19742 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19743 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19744 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19745 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19746
19747 @kindex v k
19748 @kindex V k
19749 @pindex calc-cons
19750 @tindex cons
19751 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19752 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19753 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19754 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19755 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19756
19757 @kindex H v h
19758 @kindex H V h
19759 @tindex rhead
19760 @ignore
19761 @mindex @idots
19762 @end ignore
19763 @kindex H I v h
19764 @kindex H I V h
19765 @ignore
19766 @mindex @null
19767 @end ignore
19768 @kindex H v k
19769 @kindex H V k
19770 @ignore
19771 @mindex @null
19772 @end ignore
19773 @tindex rtail
19774 @ignore
19775 @mindex @null
19776 @end ignore
19777 @tindex rcons
19778 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19779 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19780 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19781 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19782 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19783 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19784 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19785
19786 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19787 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19788
19789 @noindent
19790 @kindex v r
19791 @kindex V r
19792 @pindex calc-mrow
19793 @tindex mrow
19794 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19795 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19796 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19797 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19798 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19799 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19800
19801 @cindex Permutations, applying
19802 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19803 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19804 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19805 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19806 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19807 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19808
19809 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19810 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19811 submatrix is returned.
19812
19813 @cindex Subscript notation
19814 @kindex a _
19815 @pindex calc-subscript
19816 @tindex subscr
19817 @tindex _
19818 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19819 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19820 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19821 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19822 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19823 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19824 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19825 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19826 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19827 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19828
19829 @tindex mrrow
19830 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19831 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19832 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19833 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19834 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19835
19836 @tindex getdiag
19837 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19838 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19839 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19840
19841 @kindex v c
19842 @kindex V c
19843 @pindex calc-mcol
19844 @tindex mcol
19845 @tindex mrcol
19846 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19847 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19848 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19849 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19850 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19851 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19852
19853 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19854 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19855 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19856 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19857 of matrix @expr{m}.
19858
19859 @kindex v s
19860 @kindex V s
19861 @pindex calc-subvector
19862 @tindex subvec
19863 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19864 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19865 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19866 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19867 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19868 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19869 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19870 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19871
19872 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19873 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19874 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19875 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19876 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19877 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19878 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19879
19880 @kindex I v s
19881 @kindex I V s
19882 @tindex rsubvec
19883 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19884 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19885 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19886 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19887 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19888
19889 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19890 vectors one element at a time.
19891
19892 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19893 @section Manipulating Vectors
19894
19895 @noindent
19896 @kindex v l
19897 @kindex V l
19898 @pindex calc-vlength
19899 @tindex vlen
19900 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19901 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19902 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19903 command.
19904
19905 @kindex H v l
19906 @kindex H V l
19907 @tindex mdims
19908 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19909 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19910 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19911 its argument is a
19912 @texline @math{2\times3}
19913 @infoline 2x3
19914 matrix.
19915
19916 @kindex v f
19917 @kindex V f
19918 @pindex calc-vector-find
19919 @tindex find
19920 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19921 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19922 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19923 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19924 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19925 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19926
19927 @kindex v a
19928 @kindex V a
19929 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19930 @tindex arrange
19931 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19932 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19933 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19934 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19935 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19936 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19937 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19938 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19939 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19940 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19941 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19942 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19943 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19944 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19945 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19946 @texline @math{1\times4}
19947 @infoline 1x4
19948 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19949 @texline @math{4\times1}
19950 @infoline 4x1
19951 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19952 @texline @math{2\times2}
19953 @infoline 2x2
19954 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19955 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19956 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19957
19958 @cindex Sorting data
19959 @kindex v S
19960 @kindex V S
19961 @kindex I v S
19962 @kindex I V S
19963 @pindex calc-sort
19964 @tindex sort
19965 @tindex rsort
19966 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19967 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19968 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19969 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19970 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19971 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19972 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19973 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19974 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19975 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19976 alphabetical order by this command.
19977
19978 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19979
19980 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19981 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19982 @cindex Index tables
19983 @cindex Rank tables
19984 @kindex v G
19985 @kindex V G
19986 @kindex I v G
19987 @kindex I V G
19988 @pindex calc-grade
19989 @tindex grade
19990 @tindex rgrade
19991 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19992 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19993 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19994 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19995 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19996 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19997 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19998 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19999 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
20000 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
20001 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
20002 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
20003 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
20004
20005 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
20006 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
20007 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
20008 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
20009 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
20010 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
20011 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
20012 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
20013 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
20014 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
20015 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
20016
20017 @cindex Histograms
20018 @kindex v H
20019 @kindex V H
20020 @pindex calc-histogram
20021 @ignore
20022 @mindex histo@idots
20023 @end ignore
20024 @tindex histogram
20025 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
20026 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
20027 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
20028 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
20029 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
20030 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
20031 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
20032 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
20033 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
20034 input vector.)
20035
20036 If no prefix is given, then you will be prompted for a vector which
20037 will be used to determine the bins. (If a positive integer is given at
20038 this prompt, it will be still treated as if it were given as a
20039 prefix.) Each bin will consist of the interval of numbers closest to
20040 the corresponding number of this new vector; if the vector
20041 @expr{[a, b, c, ...]} is entered at the prompt, the bins will be
20042 @expr{(-inf, (a+b)/2]}, @expr{((a+b)/2, (b+c)/2]}, etc. The result of
20043 this command will be a vector counting how many elements of the
20044 original vector are in each bin.
20045
20046 The result will then be a vector with the same length as this new vector;
20047 each element of the new vector will be replaced by the number of
20048 elements of the original vector which are closest to it.
20049
20050 @kindex H v H
20051 @kindex H V H
20052 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
20053 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
20054 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
20055 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
20056 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
20057 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
20058
20059 @kindex v t
20060 @kindex V t
20061 @pindex calc-transpose
20062 @tindex trn
20063 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
20064 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
20065 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
20066 a one-column matrix.
20067
20068 @kindex v v
20069 @kindex V v
20070 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
20071 @tindex rev
20072 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
20073 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
20074 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
20075 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
20076 a matrix.)
20077
20078 @kindex v m
20079 @kindex V m
20080 @pindex calc-mask-vector
20081 @tindex vmask
20082 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
20083 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
20084 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
20085 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
20086 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
20087 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
20088 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
20089 @xref{Logical Operations}.
20090
20091 @kindex v e
20092 @kindex V e
20093 @pindex calc-expand-vector
20094 @tindex vexp
20095 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
20096 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
20097 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
20098 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
20099 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
20100 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
20101 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
20102 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
20103 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
20104
20105 @kindex H v e
20106 @kindex H V e
20107 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
20108 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
20109 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
20110 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
20111 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
20112 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
20113 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
20114 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
20115 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20116
20117 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20118 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20119 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20120 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20121 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20122 masking using vectors.
20123
20124 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20125 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20126
20127 @noindent
20128 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20129 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20130 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20131 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20132 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20133
20134 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20135 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20136 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20137 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20138
20139 @kindex v J
20140 @kindex V J
20141 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
20142 @tindex ctrn
20143 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20144 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20145
20146 @ignore
20147 @mindex A
20148 @end ignore
20149 @kindex A (vectors)
20150 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20151 @ignore
20152 @mindex abs
20153 @end ignore
20154 @tindex abs (vectors)
20155 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20156 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20157 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20158 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20159 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20160 from that point to the origin.
20161
20162 @kindex v n
20163 @kindex V n
20164 @pindex calc-rnorm
20165 @tindex rnorm
20166 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20167 infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20168 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20169 a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20170 the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
20171
20172 @kindex v N
20173 @kindex V N
20174 @pindex calc-cnorm
20175 @tindex cnorm
20176 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
20177 the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
20178 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20179 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20180 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
20181 not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20182 vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
20183
20184 @kindex v C
20185 @kindex V C
20186 @pindex calc-cross
20187 @tindex cross
20188 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20189 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20190 exactly three elements.
20191
20192 @ignore
20193 @mindex &
20194 @end ignore
20195 @kindex & (matrices)
20196 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20197 @ignore
20198 @mindex inv
20199 @end ignore
20200 @tindex inv (matrices)
20201 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20202 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20203 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20204 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20205 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20206 quickly in the future.
20207
20208 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20209 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20210 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20211 by a matrix.
20212
20213 @kindex v D
20214 @kindex V D
20215 @pindex calc-mdet
20216 @tindex det
20217 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20218 determinant of a square matrix.
20219
20220 @kindex v L
20221 @kindex V L
20222 @pindex calc-mlud
20223 @tindex lud
20224 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20225 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20226 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20227 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20228 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20229 and the third is upper-triangular.
20230
20231 @kindex v T
20232 @kindex V T
20233 @pindex calc-mtrace
20234 @tindex tr
20235 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20236 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20237 elements of the matrix.
20238
20239 @kindex v K
20240 @kindex V K
20241 @pindex calc-kron
20242 @tindex kron
20243 The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20244 the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20245
20246 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20247 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20248
20249 @noindent
20250 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20251 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20252 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20253 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20254 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20255 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20256 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20257 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20258 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20259 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20260 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20261 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20262 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20263
20264 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20265 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20266 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20267 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20268 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20269 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20270
20271 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20272 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20273 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20274 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20275
20276 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20277 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20278 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20279
20280 @kindex v +
20281 @kindex V +
20282 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20283 @tindex rdup
20284 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20285 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20286 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20287 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20288 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20289 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20290 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20291 them.
20292
20293 @kindex v V
20294 @kindex V V
20295 @pindex calc-set-union
20296 @tindex vunion
20297 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20298 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20299 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20300 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20301 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20302
20303 @kindex v ^
20304 @kindex V ^
20305 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20306 @tindex vint
20307 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20308 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20309 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20310 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20311 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20312 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20313 notation for set
20314 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20315 @infoline union
20316 and
20317 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20318 @infoline intersection.
20319
20320 @kindex v -
20321 @kindex V -
20322 @pindex calc-set-difference
20323 @tindex vdiff
20324 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20325 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20326 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20327 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20328 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20329 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20330 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20331 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20332 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20333 enough to express in a few intervals).
20334
20335 @kindex v X
20336 @kindex V X
20337 @pindex calc-set-xor
20338 @tindex vxor
20339 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20340 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20341 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20342 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20343 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20344
20345 @kindex v ~
20346 @kindex V ~
20347 @pindex calc-set-complement
20348 @tindex vcompl
20349 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20350 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20351 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20352 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20353 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20354
20355 @kindex v F
20356 @kindex V F
20357 @pindex calc-set-floor
20358 @tindex vfloor
20359 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20360 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20361 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20362 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20363 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20364 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20365 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20366 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20367
20368 @kindex v E
20369 @kindex V E
20370 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20371 @tindex venum
20372 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20373 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20374 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20375 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20376 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20377
20378 @kindex v :
20379 @kindex V :
20380 @pindex calc-set-span
20381 @tindex vspan
20382 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20383 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20384 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20385 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20386 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20387
20388 @kindex v #
20389 @kindex V #
20390 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20391 @tindex vcard
20392 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20393 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20394 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20395 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20396
20397 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20398 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20399 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20400 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20401 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20402 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20403 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20404 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20405 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20406 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20407 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20408 convenient to you.
20409
20410 @kindex b p
20411 @kindex b u
20412 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20413 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20414 @tindex vpack
20415 @tindex vunpack
20416 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20417 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20418 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20419 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20420 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20421 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20422 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20423 (binary) prefix key.
20424
20425 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20426 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20427 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20428 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20429 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20430 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20431 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20432 representation
20433 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20434 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20435
20436 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20437 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20438
20439 @noindent
20440 @cindex Statistical functions
20441 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20442 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20443 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20444 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20445 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20446 Vetterling.
20447
20448 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20449 a shifted letter or other character.
20450
20451 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20452 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20453
20454 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20455 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20456
20457 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20458 probability distribution functions.
20459
20460 @menu
20461 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20462 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20463 @end menu
20464
20465 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20466 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20467
20468 @noindent
20469 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20470 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20471 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20472 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20473 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20474 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20475 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20476
20477 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20478 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20479 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20480 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20481
20482 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20483 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20484 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20485 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20486 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20487 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20488 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20489
20490 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20491 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20492 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20493 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20494 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20495 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20496 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20497 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20498 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20499 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20500
20501 @kindex u #
20502 @pindex calc-vector-count
20503 @tindex vcount
20504 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20505 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20506 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20507 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20508 simply computes the length of the vector.
20509
20510 @kindex u +
20511 @kindex u *
20512 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20513 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20514 @tindex vsum
20515 @tindex vprod
20516 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20517 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20518 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20519 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20520 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20521 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20522 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20523
20524 @kindex u X
20525 @kindex u N
20526 @pindex calc-vector-max
20527 @pindex calc-vector-min
20528 @tindex vmax
20529 @tindex vmin
20530 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20531 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20532 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20533 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20534 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20535 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20536 plus or minus infinity.
20537
20538 @kindex u M
20539 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20540 @tindex vmean
20541 @cindex Mean of data values
20542 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20543 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20544 If the inputs are error forms
20545 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20546 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20547 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20548 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20549 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20550 @tex
20551 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20552 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20553 @end tex
20554 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20555 values divided by the count of the values.
20556
20557 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20558 error
20559 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20560 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20561 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20562 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20563 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20564 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20565 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20566 weight is completely negligible.)
20567
20568 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20569 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20570 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20571 and maximum values of the interval.
20572
20573 @kindex I u M
20574 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20575 @tindex vmeane
20576 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20577 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20578 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20579 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20580 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20581 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20582 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20583 @tex
20584 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20585 @end tex
20586 If the inputs are plain
20587 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20588 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20589 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20590 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20591 deviation.)
20592 @tex
20593 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20594 @end tex
20595
20596 @kindex H u M
20597 @pindex calc-vector-median
20598 @tindex vmedian
20599 @cindex Median of data values
20600 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20601 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20602 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20603 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20604 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20605 The median function is different from the other functions in
20606 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20607 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20608 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20609 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20610 ignored.
20611
20612 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20613 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20614 the same as the mean.
20615
20616 @kindex H I u M
20617 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20618 @tindex vhmean
20619 @cindex Harmonic mean
20620 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20621 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20622 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20623 of the values.
20624 @tex
20625 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20626 @end tex
20627
20628 @kindex u G
20629 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20630 @tindex vgmean
20631 @cindex Geometric mean
20632 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20633 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20634 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20635 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20636 of the data values.
20637 @tex
20638 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20639 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20640 @end tex
20641
20642 @kindex H u G
20643 @tindex agmean
20644 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20645 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20646 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20647 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20648 @tex
20649 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20650 @end tex
20651
20652 @cindex Root-mean-square
20653 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20654 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20655
20656 @kindex u S
20657 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20658 @tindex vsdev
20659 @cindex Standard deviation
20660 @cindex Sample statistics
20661 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20662 computes the standard
20663 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20664 @infoline deviation
20665 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20666 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20667 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20668 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20669 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20670 @tex
20671 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20672 @end tex
20673
20674 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20675 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20676 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20677 limits, divided by
20678 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20679 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20680 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20681 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20682
20683 @kindex I u S
20684 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20685 @tindex vpsdev
20686 @cindex Population statistics
20687 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20688 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20689 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20690 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20691 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20692 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20693 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20694 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20695 only an estimate of the true mean.
20696 @tex
20697 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20698 @end tex
20699
20700 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20701 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20702 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20703
20704 @kindex H u S
20705 @kindex H I u S
20706 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20707 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20708 @tindex vvar
20709 @tindex vpvar
20710 @cindex Variance of data values
20711 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20712 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20713 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20714 is the
20715 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20716 @infoline square
20717 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20718 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20719 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20720
20721 @ignore
20722 @starindex
20723 @end ignore
20724 @tindex vflat
20725 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20726 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20727 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20728 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20729
20730 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20731 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20732
20733 @noindent
20734 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20735 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20736 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20737 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20738 the stack, which must be an
20739 @texline @math{N\times2}
20740 @infoline Nx2
20741 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20742 of actual vectors and matrices.
20743
20744 @kindex u C
20745 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20746 @tindex vcov
20747 @cindex Covariance
20748 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20749 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20750 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20751 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20752 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20753 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20754 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20755 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20756 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20757 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20758 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20759 input errors.
20760 @tex
20761 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20762 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20763 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20764 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20765 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20766 $$
20767 @end tex
20768
20769 @kindex I u C
20770 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20771 @tindex vpcov
20772 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20773 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20774 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20775 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20776
20777 @kindex H u C
20778 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20779 @tindex vcorr
20780 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20781 @cindex Linear correlation
20782 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20783 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20784 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20785 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20786 between sample or population statistics here.)
20787 @tex
20788 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20789 @end tex
20790
20791 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20792 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20793
20794 @noindent
20795 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20796 elements of vectors.
20797
20798 @kindex v A
20799 @kindex V A
20800 @pindex calc-apply
20801 @tindex apply
20802 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20803 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20804 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20805 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20806 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20807 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20808 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20809
20810 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20811 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20812
20813 @menu
20814 * Specifying Operators::
20815 * Mapping::
20816 * Reducing::
20817 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20818 * Generalized Products::
20819 @end menu
20820
20821 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20822 @subsection Specifying Operators
20823
20824 @noindent
20825 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20826 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20827 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20828 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20829 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20830 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20831 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20832 element as its argument.)
20833
20834 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20835 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20836 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20837 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20838 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20839 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20840 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20841 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20842 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20843 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20844 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20845 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20846 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20847 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20848 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20849
20850 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20851 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20852 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20853 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20854 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20855 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20856 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20857 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20858 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20859 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20860
20861 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20862 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20863 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20864 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20865 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20866 entry interacts with the stack.)
20867
20868 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20869 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20870 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20871 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20872 prompted for an argument list.
20873
20874 @cindex Nameless functions
20875 @cindex Generic functions
20876 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20877 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20878 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20879 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20880 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20881 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20882 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20883 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20884 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20885 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20886 can get it back later if you wish.
20887
20888 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20889 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20890 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20891 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20892 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20893
20894 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20895 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20896 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20897 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20898 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20899 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20900 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20901
20902 @cindex Lambda expressions
20903 @ignore
20904 @starindex
20905 @end ignore
20906 @tindex lambda
20907 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20908 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20909 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20910 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20911 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20912 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20913 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20914
20915 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20916 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20917 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20918 called.)
20919
20920 @tindex add
20921 @tindex sub
20922 @ignore
20923 @mindex @idots
20924 @end ignore
20925 @tindex mul
20926 @ignore
20927 @mindex @null
20928 @end ignore
20929 @tindex div
20930 @ignore
20931 @mindex @null
20932 @end ignore
20933 @tindex pow
20934 @ignore
20935 @mindex @null
20936 @end ignore
20937 @tindex neg
20938 @ignore
20939 @mindex @null
20940 @end ignore
20941 @tindex mod
20942 @ignore
20943 @mindex @null
20944 @end ignore
20945 @tindex vconcat
20946 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20947 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20948 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20949 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20950 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20951 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20952 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20953 @code{vconcat}.
20954
20955 @ignore
20956 @starindex
20957 @end ignore
20958 @tindex call
20959 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20960 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20961 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20962 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20963 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20964 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20965
20966 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20967 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20968 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20969 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20970 about it.)
20971
20972 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20973 @subsection Mapping
20974
20975 @noindent
20976 @kindex v M
20977 @kindex V M
20978 @pindex calc-map
20979 @tindex map
20980 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20981 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20982 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20983 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20984 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20985 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20986 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20987 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20988 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20989 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20990 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20991 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20992
20993 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20994 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20995 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20996 produce another
20997 @texline @math{3\times2}
20998 @infoline 3x2
20999 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
21000
21001 @tindex mapr
21002 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
21003 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
21004 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
21005 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
21006 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
21007 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
21008 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
21009 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
21010 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
21011
21012 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
21013 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
21014 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
21015 their individual elements.
21016
21017 @tindex mapc
21018 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
21019 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
21020 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
21021 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
21022 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
21023 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
21024
21025 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
21026 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
21027 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
21028 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
21029
21030 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
21031 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
21032 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
21033 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
21034 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
21035 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
21036
21037 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
21038 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
21039 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
21040 column.
21041
21042 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
21043 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
21044 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
21045 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
21046 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
21047 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
21048 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
21049 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
21050 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
21051 mapped over the elements of each row.)
21052
21053 @tindex mapa
21054 @tindex mapd
21055 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
21056 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
21057 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
21058 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
21059 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
21060 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
21061 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
21062 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
21063
21064 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
21065 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
21066 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
21067 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
21068
21069 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
21070 @subsection Reducing
21071
21072 @noindent
21073 @kindex v R
21074 @kindex V R
21075 @pindex calc-reduce
21076 @tindex reduce
21077 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
21078 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
21079 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
21080 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
21081 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
21082 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
21083 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
21084 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
21085
21086 @kindex I v R
21087 @kindex I V R
21088 @tindex rreduce
21089 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
21090 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
21091 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
21092 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
21093 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
21094 in power series expansions.
21095
21096 @kindex v U
21097 @kindex V U
21098 @tindex accum
21099 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
21100 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
21101 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
21102 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
21103 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
21104 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
21105
21106 @kindex I v U
21107 @kindex I V U
21108 @tindex raccum
21109 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
21110 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
21111 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
21112
21113 @tindex reducea
21114 @tindex rreducea
21115 @tindex reduced
21116 @tindex rreduced
21117 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
21118 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
21119 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
21120 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
21121 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
21122 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
21123 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
21124 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
21125 b + e, c + f]}.
21126
21127 @tindex reducer
21128 @tindex rreducer
21129 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21130 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21131 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21132 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21133 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21134 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21135 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21136
21137 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21138 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21139
21140 @tindex reducec
21141 @tindex rreducec
21142 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21143 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21144
21145 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21146 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21147 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21148 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21149
21150 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21151 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21152
21153 @noindent
21154 @kindex H v R
21155 @kindex H V R
21156 @tindex nest
21157 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21158 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21159 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21160 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21161 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21162 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21163 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21164
21165 @kindex H v U
21166 @kindex H V U
21167 @tindex anest
21168 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21169 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21170 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21171 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21172 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21173
21174 @kindex H I v R
21175 @kindex H I V R
21176 @tindex fixp
21177 @cindex Fixed points
21178 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21179 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21180 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21181 no longer changes.
21182
21183 @kindex H I v U
21184 @kindex H I V U
21185 @tindex afixp
21186 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21187 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21188 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21189 by @code{fixp}.
21190
21191 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21192 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
21193 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21194 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
21195 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21196 to converge to 0.739085.)
21197
21198 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21199 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21200 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21201 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21202 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
21203 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21204 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21205
21206 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21207 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21208 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21209 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21210 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21211 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21212 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21213 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21214
21215 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21216 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21217 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21218 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21219 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21220 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21221 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21222 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21223 exactly equal.)
21224
21225 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21226 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21227 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21228 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21229
21230 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21231 @subsection Generalized Products
21232
21233 @kindex v O
21234 @kindex V O
21235 @pindex calc-outer-product
21236 @tindex outer
21237 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21238 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21239 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21240 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21241 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21242 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21243 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21244
21245 @kindex v I
21246 @kindex V I
21247 @pindex calc-inner-product
21248 @tindex inner
21249 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21250 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21251 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21252 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21253 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21254 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21255 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21256 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21257 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21258 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21259 generalized dot product.
21260
21261 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21262 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21263 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21264 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21265 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21266
21267 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21268 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21269
21270 @noindent
21271 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21272 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21273 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21274 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21275 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21276 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21277
21278 @kindex v <
21279 @kindex V <
21280 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21281 @kindex v =
21282 @kindex V =
21283 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21284 @kindex v >
21285 @kindex V >
21286 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21287 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21288 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21289 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21290 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21291
21292 @kindex v [
21293 @kindex V [
21294 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21295 @kindex v @{
21296 @kindex V @{
21297 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21298 @kindex v (
21299 @kindex V (
21300 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21301 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21302 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21303 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21304 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21305 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21306 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21307 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21308 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21309 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21310 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21311
21312 @kindex V ]
21313 @kindex v ]
21314 @kindex V )
21315 @kindex v )
21316 @kindex V @}
21317 @kindex v @}
21318 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21319 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21320 ``big'' style display of matrices, for matrices which have more than
21321 one row. It prompts for a string of code letters; currently
21322 implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables brackets on each row
21323 of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer brackets in opposite
21324 corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which enables commas or
21325 semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last. The default format
21326 is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format was fixed at @samp{ROC}.)
21327 Here are some example matrices:
21328
21329 @example
21330 @group
21331 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21332 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21333 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21334
21335 RO ROC
21336
21337 @end group
21338 @end example
21339 @noindent
21340 @example
21341 @group
21342 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21343 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21344 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21345
21346 O OC
21347
21348 @end group
21349 @end example
21350 @noindent
21351 @example
21352 @group
21353 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21354 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21355 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21356
21357 R @r{blank}
21358 @end group
21359 @end example
21360
21361 @noindent
21362 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21363 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21364 the others are useful for display only.
21365
21366 @kindex v ,
21367 @kindex V ,
21368 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21369 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21370 off in vector and matrix display.
21371
21372 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21373 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21374 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21375 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21376 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21377 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21378 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21379 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21380 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21381
21382 @kindex v .
21383 @kindex V .
21384 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21385 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21386 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21387 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21388 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21389 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21390 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21391 improve Calc's display speed.
21392
21393 @kindex t .
21394 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21395 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21396 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21397 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21398 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21399 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21400 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21401 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21402 that involve the trail.
21403
21404 @kindex v /
21405 @kindex V /
21406 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21407 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21408 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21409 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21410 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21411 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21412 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21413
21414 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21415 @chapter Algebra
21416
21417 @noindent
21418 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21419 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21420 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21421 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21422 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21423 is discussed.
21424
21425 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21426 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21427 for anything else'') prefix.
21428
21429 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21430 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21431
21432 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21433 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21434 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21435 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21436 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21437 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21438 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21439
21440 @menu
21441 * Selecting Subformulas::
21442 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21443 * Simplifying Formulas::
21444 * Polynomials::
21445 * Calculus::
21446 * Solving Equations::
21447 * Numerical Solutions::
21448 * Curve Fitting::
21449 * Summations::
21450 * Logical Operations::
21451 * Rewrite Rules::
21452 @end menu
21453
21454 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21455 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21456
21457 @noindent
21458 @cindex Selections
21459 @cindex Sub-formulas
21460 @cindex Parts of formulas
21461 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21462 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21463 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21464 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21465 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21466 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21467
21468 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21469 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21470 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21471
21472 @menu
21473 * Making Selections::
21474 * Changing Selections::
21475 * Displaying Selections::
21476 * Operating on Selections::
21477 * Rearranging with Selections::
21478 @end menu
21479
21480 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21481 @subsection Making Selections
21482
21483 @noindent
21484 @kindex j s
21485 @pindex calc-select-here
21486 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21487 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21488 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21489 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21490 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21491 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21492 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21493
21494 @smallexample
21495 @group
21496 3 ___
21497 (a + b) + V c
21498 1: ---------------
21499 2 x + 1
21500 @end group
21501 @end smallexample
21502
21503 @noindent
21504 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21505 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21506 to
21507
21508 @smallexample
21509 @group
21510 . ...
21511 .. . b. . . .
21512 1* ...............
21513 . . . .
21514 @end group
21515 @end smallexample
21516
21517 @noindent
21518 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21519 to a dot. (If the customizable variable
21520 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the characters
21521 not part of the sub-formula are de-emphasized by using a less
21522 noticeable face instead of using dots. @pxref{Displaying Selections}.)
21523 The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21524 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21525 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21526 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21527 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21528
21529 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21530 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21531
21532 @smallexample
21533 @group
21534 . ...
21535 (a + b) . . .
21536 1* ...............
21537 . . . .
21538 @end group
21539 @end smallexample
21540
21541 @noindent
21542 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21543 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21544 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21545 would have had the same effect.
21546
21547 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21548 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21549 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21550 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21551
21552 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21553 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21554 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21555 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21556 and so on.
21557
21558 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21559 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21560
21561 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21562 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21563 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21564 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21565 cursor on any stack entry.
21566
21567 @kindex j a
21568 @pindex calc-select-additional
21569 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21570 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21571 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21572 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21573 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21574 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21575
21576 @kindex j o
21577 @pindex calc-select-once
21578 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21579 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21580 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21581 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21582 by the cursor.
21583
21584 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21585 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21586 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21587 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21588
21589 @kindex j S
21590 @kindex j O
21591 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21592 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21593 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21594 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21595 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21596 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21597 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21598 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21599 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21600 commands.
21601
21602 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21603 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21604 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21605 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21606 entire four-term sum.
21607
21608 @kindex j b
21609 @pindex calc-break-selections
21610 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21611 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21612 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21613 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21614 obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21615 right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21616 with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21617 c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21618 considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21619 although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21620 as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21621 U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21622 (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21623
21624 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21625 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21626 you get.
21627
21628 @kindex j u
21629 @pindex calc-unselect
21630 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21631 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21632 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21633 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21634 position.
21635
21636 @kindex j c
21637 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21638 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21639 stack elements.
21640
21641 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21642 @subsection Changing Selections
21643
21644 @noindent
21645 @kindex j m
21646 @pindex calc-select-more
21647 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21648 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21649 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21650
21651 @smallexample
21652 @group
21653 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21654 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21655 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21656 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21657 @end group
21658 @end smallexample
21659
21660 @noindent
21661 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21662 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21663 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21664
21665 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21666 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21667 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21668 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21669 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21670
21671 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21672 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21673 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21674 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21675
21676 @kindex j l
21677 @pindex calc-select-less
21678 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21679 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21680 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21681 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21682 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21683
21684 @kindex j 1-9
21685 @pindex calc-select-part
21686 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21687 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21688 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21689 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21690 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21691 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21692 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21693 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21694
21695 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21696 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21697 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21698 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21699 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21700
21701 @kindex j n
21702 @kindex j p
21703 @pindex calc-select-next
21704 @pindex calc-select-previous
21705 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21706 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21707 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21708 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21709 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21710 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21711 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21712 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21713 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21714 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21715
21716 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21717 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21718 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21719
21720 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21721 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21722 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21723 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21724 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21725 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21726 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21727 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21728 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21729
21730 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21731 @subsection Displaying Selections
21732
21733 @noindent
21734 @kindex j d
21735 @pindex calc-show-selections
21736 @vindex calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
21737 @vindex calc-selected-face
21738 @vindex calc-nonselected-face
21739 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21740 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21741 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21742 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21743 by @samp{#} signs:
21744
21745 @smallexample
21746 @group
21747 3 ... # ___
21748 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21749 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21750 . . . . 2 x + 1
21751 @end group
21752 @end smallexample
21753 If the customizable variable
21754 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the
21755 non-selected portion of the formula will be de-emphasized by using a
21756 less noticeable face (@code{calc-nonselected-face}) instead of dots
21757 and the selected sub-formula will be highlighted by using a more
21758 noticeable face (@code{calc-selected-face}) instead of @samp{#}
21759 signs. (@pxref{Customizing Calc}.)
21760
21761 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21762 @subsection Operating on Selections
21763
21764 @noindent
21765 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21766 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21767 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21768 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21769 given stack element.)
21770
21771 @kindex j e
21772 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21773 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21774 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21775 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21776 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21777 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21778 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21779
21780 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21781 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21782 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21783 element.
21784
21785 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21786 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21787 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21788 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21789 portion to the top of the stack.
21790
21791 @smallexample
21792 @group
21793 3 ... ... ___
21794 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21795 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21796 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21797
21798 3 3
21799 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21800 @end group
21801 @end smallexample
21802
21803 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21804 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21805 the complete, edited formula.
21806
21807 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21808 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21809
21810 @kindex j '
21811 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21812 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21813 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21814 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21815 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21816 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21817 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21818 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21819 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21820 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21821
21822 @kindex j `
21823 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21824 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21825 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21826 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21827 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21828
21829 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21830 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21831 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21832 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21833
21834 @smallexample
21835 @group
21836 ###
21837 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21838 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21839 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21840 @end group
21841 @end smallexample
21842
21843 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21844 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21845 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21846 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21847 and resimplifies.
21848
21849 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21850 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21851 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21852
21853 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21854 @pindex calc-del-selection
21855 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21856 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21857 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21858 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21859 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21860
21861 @kindex j @key{RET}
21862 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21863 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21864 command.)
21865
21866 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21867 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21868 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21869 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21870
21871 @smallexample
21872 @group
21873 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21874 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21875 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21876 V 4 - 2 x
21877 @end group
21878 @end smallexample
21879
21880 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21881 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21882 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21883 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21884 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21885 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21886 the command will abort with an error message.
21887
21888 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21889 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21890 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21891 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21892
21893 @smallexample
21894 @group
21895 .. . .. .
21896 1* .......... 1* ...........
21897 ......... ..........
21898 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21899 @end group
21900 @end smallexample
21901
21902 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21903 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21904 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21905 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21906 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21907 to be simplified.
21908
21909 @smallexample
21910 @group
21911 17 y 17 y
21912 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21913 __________ _________
21914 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21915 @end group
21916 @end smallexample
21917
21918 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21919 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21920
21921 @noindent
21922 @kindex j R
21923 @pindex calc-commute-right
21924 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21925 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21926 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21927 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21928
21929 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21930 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21931 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21932 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21933
21934 @smallexample
21935 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21936 @end smallexample
21937
21938 @noindent
21939 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21940 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21941 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21942 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21943
21944 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21945 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21946 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21947 course be drastically changed.
21948
21949 @smallexample
21950 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21951
21952 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21953 @end smallexample
21954
21955 @kindex j L
21956 @pindex calc-commute-left
21957 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21958 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21959
21960 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21961 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21962 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21963 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21964 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21965
21966 @kindex j D
21967 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21968 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21969 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21970 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21971 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21972 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21973 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21974 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21975 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21976
21977 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21978 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21979 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21980 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21981 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21982 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21983
21984 @vindex DistribRules
21985 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21986 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21987 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21988 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21989 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21990 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21991 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21992
21993 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21994 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21995 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21996 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21997
21998 @kindex j M
21999 @pindex calc-sel-merge
22000 @vindex MergeRules
22001 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
22002 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
22003 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
22004 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
22005 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
22006 the relevant rules.
22007
22008 @kindex j C
22009 @pindex calc-sel-commute
22010 @vindex CommuteRules
22011 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
22012 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
22013 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
22014 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
22015 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
22016 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
22017 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
22018 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
22019 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
22020
22021 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
22022 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
22023 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
22024 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
22025 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
22026 manipulations described in this section.
22027
22028 @kindex j N
22029 @pindex calc-sel-negate
22030 @vindex NegateRules
22031 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
22032 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
22033 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
22034 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
22035 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
22036 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
22037 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
22038 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
22039
22040 @kindex j &
22041 @pindex calc-sel-invert
22042 @vindex InvertRules
22043 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
22044 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
22045 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
22046 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
22047
22048 @kindex j E
22049 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
22050 @vindex JumpRules
22051 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
22052 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
22053 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
22054 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
22055 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
22056 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
22057
22058 @kindex j I
22059 @kindex H j I
22060 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
22061 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
22062 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
22063 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
22064 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
22065 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
22066 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
22067 as well as equations.
22068
22069 @kindex j *
22070 @kindex j /
22071 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
22072 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
22073 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
22074 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
22075 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
22076 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
22077 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
22078 providing a prefix argument: @kbd{C-u j *}. There is also a @kbd{j /}
22079 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
22080 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
22081
22082 If the selection is a quotient with numerator 1, then Calc's default
22083 simplifications would normally cancel the new factors. To prevent
22084 this, when the @kbd{j *} command is used on a selection whose numerator is
22085 1 or -1, the denominator is expanded at the top level using the
22086 distributive law (as if using the @kbd{C-u 1 a x} command). Suppose the
22087 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (a + 1)} and you wish to multiplying the
22088 top and bottom by @samp{a - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
22089 normally change the result @samp{(a - 1) /(a + 1) (a - 1)} back
22090 to the original form by cancellation; when @kbd{j *} is used, Calc
22091 expands the denominator to @samp{a (a - 1) + a - 1} to prevent this.
22092
22093 If you wish the @kbd{j *} command to completely expand the denominator
22094 of a quotient you can call it with a zero prefix: @kbd{C-u 0 j *}. For
22095 example, if the formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, you may
22096 wish to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying
22097 the top and bottom by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. If you did this simply by using
22098 a simple @kbd{j *} command, you would get
22099 @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/ (sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1)}. Instead,
22100 you would probably want to use @kbd{C-u 0 j *}, which would expand the
22101 bottom and give you the desired result @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/(a-1)}. More
22102 generally, if @kbd{j *} is called with an argument of a positive
22103 integer @var{n}, then the denominator of the expression will be
22104 expanded @var{n} times (as if with the @kbd{C-u @var{n} a x} command).
22105
22106 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
22107 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
22108 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
22109 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
22110 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
22111 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
22112 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
22113 message.
22114
22115 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
22116 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
22117 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
22118 back by the formula.
22119
22120 @kindex j +
22121 @kindex j -
22122 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
22123 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
22124 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
22125 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
22126 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
22127 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
22128 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
22129 results.
22130
22131 @kindex j U
22132 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
22133 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
22134 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
22135 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
22136 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
22137 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
22138 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
22139
22140 @kindex j v
22141 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
22142 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
22143 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
22144 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
22145 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
22146 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
22147 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
22148 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
22149
22150 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
22151 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
22152 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
22153 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
22154 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
22155 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
22156 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
22157 sub-formula.
22158
22159 @kindex j "
22160 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
22161 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
22162 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
22163
22164 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
22165 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22166
22167 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
22168 @section Algebraic Manipulation
22169
22170 @noindent
22171 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
22172 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
22173 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22174 formula).
22175
22176 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22177 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22178 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22179 from the second-to-top stack level.
22180
22181 @kindex a v
22182 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22183 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22184 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22185 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22186 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22187 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22188 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22189
22190 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22191 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22192 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22193
22194 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22195 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22196 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22197 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22198
22199 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22200 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22201 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22202 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22203 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22204 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22205 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
22206 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22207 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22208
22209 @tindex evalv
22210 @tindex evalvn
22211 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22212 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22213 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22214 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22215 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22216 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22217 it as a temporary different working precision.)
22218
22219 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22220 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22221 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22222 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22223 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22224 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22225 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22226 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22227 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22228 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22229 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22230 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22231
22232 @kindex a "
22233 @pindex calc-expand-formula
22234 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22235 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22236 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22237 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22238 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22239 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22240 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22241 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22242 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22243 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22244 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22245 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22246 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22247 top-level function call.
22248
22249 @kindex a M
22250 @pindex calc-map-equation
22251 @tindex mapeq
22252 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22253 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22254 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22255 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22256 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22257 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22258 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22259 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22260 respective sides of a new equation.
22261
22262 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22263 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22264 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22265 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22266 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22267 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22268 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22269 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22270 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22271 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22272
22273 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22274 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22275 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22276 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22277 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22278
22279 @kindex H a M
22280 @tindex mapeqp
22281 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22282 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22283 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22284 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22285 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22286
22287 @kindex I a M
22288 @tindex mapeqr
22289 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22290 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22291 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22292 working with small positive angles.
22293
22294 @kindex a b
22295 @pindex calc-substitute
22296 @tindex subst
22297 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22298 all occurrences
22299 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22300 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22301 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22302 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22303 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22304 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22305 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22306 doing substitutions.
22307
22308 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22309 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22310 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22311 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22312 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22313 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22314 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22315
22316 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22317 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22318 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22319 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22320 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22321 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22322 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22323 these limitations.
22324
22325 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22326 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22327 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22328 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22329 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22330
22331 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22332 @section Simplifying Formulas
22333
22334 @noindent
22335 @kindex a s
22336 @kindex I a s
22337 @kindex H a s
22338 @pindex calc-simplify
22339 @tindex simplify
22340 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22341 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22342 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22343 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22344 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22345 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22346 simplified to @samp{x}.
22347
22348 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22349 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22350 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22351 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22352 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22353 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22354 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22355 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22356
22357 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22358 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22359 simplifications'' occur.
22360
22361 There are some simplifications that, while sometimes useful, are never
22362 done automatically. For example, the @kbd{I} prefix can be given to
22363 @kbd{a s}; the @kbd{I a s} command will change any trigonometric
22364 function to the appropriate combination of @samp{sin}s and @samp{cos}s
22365 before simplifying. This can be useful in simplifying even mildly
22366 complicated trigonometric expressions. For example, while @kbd{a s}
22367 can reduce @samp{sin(x) csc(x)} to @samp{1}, it will not simplify
22368 @samp{sin(x)^2 csc(x)}. The command @kbd{I a s} can be used to
22369 simplify this latter expression; it will transform @samp{sin(x)^2
22370 csc(x)} into @samp{sin(x)}. However, @kbd{I a s} will also perform
22371 some ``simplifications'' which may not be desired; for example, it
22372 will transform @samp{tan(x)^2} into @samp{sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2}. The
22373 Hyperbolic prefix @kbd{H} can be used similarly; the @kbd{H a s} will
22374 replace any hyperbolic functions in the formula with the appropriate
22375 combinations of @samp{sinh}s and @samp{cosh}s before simplifying.
22376
22377
22378 @menu
22379 * Default Simplifications::
22380 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22381 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22382 * Simplification of Units::
22383 @end menu
22384
22385 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22386 @subsection Default Simplifications
22387
22388 @noindent
22389 @cindex Default simplifications
22390 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22391 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22392 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22393 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22394
22395 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22396 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22397 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22398 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22399 back on.
22400
22401 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22402 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22403 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22404 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22405 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22406 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22407 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22408 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22409
22410 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22411 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22412 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22413 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22414 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22415 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22416 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22417 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22418
22419 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22420 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22421 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22422 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22423 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22424 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22425 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22426
22427 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22428 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22429 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22430 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22431 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22432
22433 @tex
22434 \bigskip
22435 @end tex
22436
22437 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22438 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22439 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22440 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22441
22442 @tex
22443 \bigskip
22444 @end tex
22445
22446 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22447
22448 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22449 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22450 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22451 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22452 (by default) a right-associative form for products,
22453 @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22454 rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22455 Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22456 and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22457 associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22458 below.
22459
22460 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22461 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22462 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22463 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22464 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22465 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22466 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22467 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22468 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22469 Simplifications}.
22470
22471 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22472 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22473 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22474 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22475 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22476 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22477 negative-looking.
22478
22479 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22480 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22481 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22482 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22483 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22484 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22485 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22486 simplifications.)
22487
22488 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22489 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22490 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22491 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22492 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22493 using the distributive law.
22494
22495 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22496 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22497 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22498 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22499 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22500 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22501 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22502 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22503
22504 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22505 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22506 to @expr{-a}.
22507
22508 @tex
22509 \bigskip
22510 @end tex
22511
22512 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22513 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22514 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22515 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22516 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22517 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22518
22519 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22520 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22521 numbers.
22522
22523 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22524 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22525
22526 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22527 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22528 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22529 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22530 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22531
22532 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22533 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22534 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22535 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22536 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22537 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22538 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22539 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22540 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22541 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22542
22543 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22544 power is changed to use division:
22545 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22546 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22547 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22548 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22549 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22550
22551 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22552 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22553
22554 @tex
22555 \bigskip
22556 @end tex
22557
22558 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22559 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22560 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22561 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22562 respectively.
22563
22564 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22565 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22566 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22567
22568 The expression
22569 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22570 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22571 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22572 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22573 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22574 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22575 for any power @expr{c}.
22576
22577 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22578 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22579 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22580 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22581 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22582
22583 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22584 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22585 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22586 described for multiplication.
22587
22588 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22589 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22590 is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22591 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22592 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22593
22594 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22595 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22596 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22597
22598 @tex
22599 \bigskip
22600 @end tex
22601
22602 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22603 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22604 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22605 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22606 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22607 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22608
22609 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22610 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22611 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22612 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22613 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22614 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22615 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22616 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22617 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22618 (In other words,
22619 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22620 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22621 is safe to simplify, but
22622 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22623 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22624 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22625 variables satisfy these requirements.
22626
22627 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22628 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22629 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22630 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22631
22632 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22633 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22634 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22635
22636 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22637 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22638 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22639
22640 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22641 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22642 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22643 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22644
22645 Also, note that
22646 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22647 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22648 is changed to
22649 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22650 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22651 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22652
22653 @tex
22654 \bigskip
22655 @end tex
22656
22657 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22658 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22659 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22660 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22661 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22662 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22663 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22664 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22665 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22666 @expr{n} is an integer.
22667
22668 @tex
22669 \bigskip
22670 @end tex
22671
22672 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22673 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22674 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22675 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22676 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22677 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22678
22679 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22680 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22681 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22682 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22683 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22684
22685 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22686 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22687 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22688
22689 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22690 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22691 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22692 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22693 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22694 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22695 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22696
22697 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22698 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22699 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22700 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22701 these functions, though.
22702
22703 One important simplification that does occur is that
22704 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22705 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22706 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22707 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22708
22709 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22710 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22711 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22712 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22713 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22714 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22715
22716 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22717 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22718 suitable numbers.
22719
22720 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22721 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22722
22723 @noindent
22724 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22725 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22726 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22727 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22728 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22729
22730 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22731 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22732 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22733 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22734 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22735
22736 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22737 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22738 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22739 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22740 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22741 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22742 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22743 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22744 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22745
22746 @tex
22747 \bigskip
22748 @end tex
22749
22750 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22751 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22752 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22753 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22754 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22755
22756 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22757 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22758 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22759 non-adjacent ones.
22760
22761 @tex
22762 \bigskip
22763 @end tex
22764
22765 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22766 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22767 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22768 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22769 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22770 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22771 of identical terms.
22772
22773 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22774 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22775 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22776 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22777
22778 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22779 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22780 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22781
22782 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22783 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22784 use for adjacent terms of products.
22785
22786 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22787 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22788 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22789 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22790 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22791 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22792 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22793
22794 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22795 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22796 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22797 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22798 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22799
22800 @tex
22801 \bigskip
22802 @end tex
22803
22804 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22805 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22806 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22807 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22808 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22809 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22810 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22811 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22812
22813 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22814 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22815 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22816 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22817
22818 @tex
22819 \bigskip
22820 @end tex
22821
22822 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22823 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22824 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22825 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22826 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22827 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22828 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22829 user might not have been thinking of.
22830
22831 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22832 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22833 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22834 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22835 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22836 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22837 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22838 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22839 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22840
22841 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22842 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22843 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22844 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22845
22846 @tex
22847 \bigskip
22848 @end tex
22849
22850 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22851 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22852 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22853 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22854 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22855
22856 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22857 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22858 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22859 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22860 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22861 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22862 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22863
22864 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22865 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22866 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22867 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22868 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22869 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22870 declared to be an integer.
22871
22872 @tex
22873 \bigskip
22874 @end tex
22875
22876 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22877 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22878 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22879 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22880 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22881 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22882 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22883 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22884
22885 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22886 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22887 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22888 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22889 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22890 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22891
22892 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22893 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22894 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22895 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22896
22897 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22898 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22899 hyperbolic functions.
22900
22901 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22902 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22903 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22904 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22905 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22906 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22907 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22908 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22909 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22910
22911 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22912 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22913 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22914 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22915 and
22916 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22917 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22918 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22919 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22920 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22921 is a suitable multiple of
22922 @texline @math{\pi i}
22923 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22924 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22925 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22926 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22927 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22928 negative imaginary.
22929
22930 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22931 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22932 function.
22933
22934 @tex
22935 \bigskip
22936 @end tex
22937
22938 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22939 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22940 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22941 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22942 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22943 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22944 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22945 sign is known.
22946
22947 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22948 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22949 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22950 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22951 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22952 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22953 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22954
22955 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22956 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22957
22958 @noindent
22959 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22960 @cindex Extended simplification
22961 @kindex a e
22962 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22963 @ignore
22964 @mindex esimpl@idots
22965 @end ignore
22966 @tindex esimplify
22967 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22968 is like @kbd{a s}
22969 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22970 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22971 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22972 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22973 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22974 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22975 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22976 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22977
22978 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22979 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22980 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22981 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22982 to any specific part of a formula.
22983
22984 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22985 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22986 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22987 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22988
22989 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22990 by @kbd{a e}.
22991
22992 @tex
22993 \bigskip
22994 @end tex
22995
22996 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22997 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22998 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22999 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
23000 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
23001 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
23002 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
23003 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
23004 functions always produce.
23005
23006 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
23007 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
23008 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
23009 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
23010 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
23011 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
23012 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
23013 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
23014 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
23015
23016 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
23017 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
23018 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
23019 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
23020
23021 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
23022 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
23023 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
23024
23025 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
23026 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
23027 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
23028 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
23029
23030 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
23031 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
23032 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
23033 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
23034
23035 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
23036 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
23037 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
23038 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
23039 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
23040 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
23041 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
23042 both sides of an inequality.
23043
23044 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
23045 @subsection Simplification of Units
23046
23047 @noindent
23048 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
23049 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
23050 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
23051 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
23052
23053 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
23054 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
23055 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
23056
23057 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
23058 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
23059
23060 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
23061 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
23062 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
23063 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
23064 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
23065 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
23066
23067 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
23068 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
23069 leading unit are modified accordingly.
23070
23071 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
23072 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
23073 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
23074 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
23075 are not combined in this way.
23076
23077 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
23078 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
23079 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
23080
23081 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
23082 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
23083 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
23084 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
23085 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
23086
23087 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
23088 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
23089 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
23090
23091 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
23092 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
23093 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
23094 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
23095 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
23096 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
23097 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
23098 real.)
23099
23100 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
23101 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
23102 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
23103 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
23104 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
23105 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
23106 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
23107 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
23108 replaced by approximately
23109 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
23110 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
23111 which is then changed to
23112 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
23113 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
23114 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
23115
23116 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
23117 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
23118 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
23119 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
23120 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
23121 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
23122
23123 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
23124 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
23125 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
23126 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
23127
23128 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
23129 @section Polynomials
23130
23131 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
23132 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
23133 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
23134 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
23135 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
23136 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
23137 involving the base variable.
23138
23139 @kindex a f
23140 @pindex calc-factor
23141 @tindex factor
23142 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
23143 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
23144 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
23145 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
23146 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
23147
23148 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
23149 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
23150 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
23151 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
23152 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
23153 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
23154 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
23155 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
23156 rewrite mechanism.
23157
23158 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
23159 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
23160 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
23161 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
23162 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
23163 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
23164 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
23165 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
23166 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
23167 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
23168 version of Calc.)
23169
23170 @vindex FactorRules
23171 @ignore
23172 @starindex
23173 @end ignore
23174 @tindex thecoefs
23175 @ignore
23176 @starindex
23177 @end ignore
23178 @ignore
23179 @mindex @idots
23180 @end ignore
23181 @tindex thefactors
23182 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
23183 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
23184 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
23185 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
23186 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
23187 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
23188 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
23189 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
23190 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
23191 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
23192 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23193 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23194 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23195 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23196 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23197 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23198 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23199 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23200
23201 @kindex H a f
23202 @tindex factors
23203 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23204 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23205 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23206 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23207 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23208 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23209 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23210 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23211 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23212 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23213 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23214
23215 @kindex a c
23216 @pindex calc-collect
23217 @tindex collect
23218 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23219 formula as a
23220 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23221 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23222 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23223 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23224 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23225 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23226 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23227 not be expanded.
23228
23229 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23230 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23231 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23232 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23233 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23234
23235 @kindex a x
23236 @pindex calc-expand
23237 @tindex expand
23238 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23239 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23240 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23241 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23242 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23243 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23244
23245 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23246 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23247 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23248 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23249 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23250 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23251 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23252 do not do.)
23253
23254 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23255 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23256 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23257 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23258 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23259 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23260 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23261 the way in one step.
23262
23263 @kindex a a
23264 @pindex calc-apart
23265 @tindex apart
23266 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23267 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23268 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23269 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23270 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23271 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23272 chooses the base variable automatically.
23273
23274 @kindex a n
23275 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
23276 @tindex nrat
23277 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23278 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23279 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23280 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23281 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23282 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23283
23284 @kindex a \
23285 @pindex calc-poly-div
23286 @tindex pdiv
23287 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23288 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23289 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23290 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23291 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23292 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23293 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23294 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23295 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23296
23297 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23298 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23299 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23300 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23301 above.
23302
23303 @kindex a %
23304 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23305 @tindex prem
23306 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23307 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23308 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23309 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23310 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23311 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23312
23313 @kindex a /
23314 @kindex H a /
23315 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23316 @tindex pdivrem
23317 @tindex pdivide
23318 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23319 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23320 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23321 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23322 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23323 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23324
23325 @kindex a g
23326 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23327 @tindex pgcd
23328 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23329 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23330 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23331 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23332 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23333 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23334 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23335 leaving a remainder.)
23336
23337 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23338 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23339 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23340 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23341 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23342 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23343 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23344
23345 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23346 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23347 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23348
23349 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23350 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23351
23352 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23353 @section Calculus
23354
23355 @noindent
23356 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23357 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23358 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23359 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23360 readable way.
23361
23362 @menu
23363 * Differentiation::
23364 * Integration::
23365 * Customizing the Integrator::
23366 * Numerical Integration::
23367 * Taylor Series::
23368 @end menu
23369
23370 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23371 @subsection Differentiation
23372
23373 @noindent
23374 @kindex a d
23375 @kindex H a d
23376 @pindex calc-derivative
23377 @tindex deriv
23378 @tindex tderiv
23379 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23380 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23381 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23382 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23383 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23384 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23385 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23386 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23387 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23388 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23389 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23390
23391 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23392 @var{n}th derivative.
23393
23394 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23395 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23396 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23397 answer!
23398
23399 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23400 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23401 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23402 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23403 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23404
23405 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23406 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23407 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23408 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23409 derivative of @code{f}.
23410
23411 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23412 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23413 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23414 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23415 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23416 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23417 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23418 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23419
23420 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23421 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23422 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23423 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23424 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23425 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23426 argument once).
23427
23428 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23429 @subsection Integration
23430
23431 @noindent
23432 @kindex a i
23433 @pindex calc-integral
23434 @tindex integ
23435 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23436 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23437 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23438 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23439 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23440 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23441 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23442 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23443 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23444 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23445 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23446 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23447 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23448 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23449
23450 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23451 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23452 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23453 lower limit and an upper limit.
23454
23455 @ifnottex
23456 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23457 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23458 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23459 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23460 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23461 @end ifnottex
23462 @tex
23463 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23464 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23465 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23466 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23467 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23468 @end tex
23469
23470 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23471 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23472 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23473 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23474 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23475 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23476 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23477 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23478 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23479 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23480 Calc's solution for
23481 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23482 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23483 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23484 constant factor of
23485 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23486 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23487 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23488
23489 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23490 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23491 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23492 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23493 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23494
23495 @vindex IntegLimit
23496 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23497 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23498 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23499 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23500 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23501 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23502 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23503 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23504 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23505 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23506 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23507 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23508
23509 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23510 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23511 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23512 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23513 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23514
23515 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23516 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23517
23518 @noindent
23519 @vindex IntegRules
23520 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23521 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23522 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23523 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23524 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23525 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23526 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23527 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23528 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23529 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23530 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23531 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23532 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23533 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23534 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23535 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23536
23537 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23538 @ignore
23539 @starindex
23540 @end ignore
23541 @tindex Ei
23542 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23543 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23544 integral'' function
23545 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23546 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23547 was invented to describe it.
23548 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23549 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23550 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23551 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23552 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23553 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23554 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23555 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23556 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23557
23558 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23559 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23560 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23561 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23562 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23563 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23564 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23565 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23566 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23567 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23568 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23569 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23570 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23571
23572 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23573 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23574 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23575 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23576 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23577 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23578 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23579 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23580 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23581 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23582 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23583 it need not be.
23584
23585 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23586 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23587 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23588 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23589 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23590 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23591 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23592 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23593 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23594 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23595 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23596 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23597 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23598 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23599
23600 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23601 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23602 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23603 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23604 forever!)
23605
23606 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23607 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23608 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23609 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23610 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23611 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23612
23613 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23614 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23615 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23616 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23617 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23618 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23619 do this.)
23620
23621 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23622 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23623 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23624 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23625 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23626 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23627 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23628 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23629 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23630 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23631 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23632 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23633 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23634 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23635 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23636 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23637 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23638 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23639
23640 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23641 @subsection Numerical Integration
23642
23643 @noindent
23644 @kindex a I
23645 @pindex calc-num-integral
23646 @tindex ninteg
23647 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23648 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23649 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23650 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23651 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23652 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23653
23654 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23655 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23656 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23657 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23658 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23659 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23660 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23661 determine the value of the integral.
23662
23663 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23664 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23665 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23666 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23667 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23668 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23669
23670 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23671 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23672 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23673 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23674 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23675 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23676 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23677
23678 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23679 @subsection Taylor Series
23680
23681 @noindent
23682 @kindex a t
23683 @pindex calc-taylor
23684 @tindex taylor
23685 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23686 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23687 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23688 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23689 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23690 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23691 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23692 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23693 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23694
23695 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23696 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23697 Taylor series.
23698
23699 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23700 @section Solving Equations
23701
23702 @noindent
23703 @kindex a S
23704 @pindex calc-solve-for
23705 @tindex solve
23706 @cindex Equations, solving
23707 @cindex Solving equations
23708 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23709 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23710 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23711 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23712 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23713 form @expr{X = 0}.
23714
23715 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23716 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23717 be; for example, solving
23718 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23719 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23720 for @expr{b} is impossible
23721 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23722 produce the result
23723 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23724 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23725 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23726 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23727 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23728 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23729 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23730 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23731
23732 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23733 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23734 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23735 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23736
23737 @menu
23738 * Multiple Solutions::
23739 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23740 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23741 @end menu
23742
23743 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23744 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23745
23746 @noindent
23747 @kindex H a S
23748 @tindex fsolve
23749 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23750 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23751 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23752 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23753 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23754 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23755 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23756 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23757 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23758 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23759 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23760 of these variables.
23761
23762 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23763 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23764 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23765 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23766 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23767 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23768 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23769 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23770
23771 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23772 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23773 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23774 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23775 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23776 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23777 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23778 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23779
23780 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23781 @vindex GenCount
23782 @ignore
23783 @starindex
23784 @end ignore
23785 @tindex an
23786 @ignore
23787 @starindex
23788 @end ignore
23789 @tindex as
23790 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23791 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23792 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23793 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23794 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23795 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23796 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23797 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23798 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23799 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23800 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23801 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23802 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23803 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23804
23805 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23806 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23807
23808 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23809 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23810 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23811
23812 @kindex I a S
23813 @kindex H I a S
23814 @tindex finv
23815 @tindex ffinv
23816 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23817 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23818 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23819 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23820 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23821 fully general inverse, as described above.
23822
23823 @kindex a P
23824 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23825 @tindex roots
23826 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23827 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23828 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23829 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23830 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23831 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23832 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23833 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23834 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23835 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23836 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23837 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23838 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23839
23840 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23841 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23842 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23843 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23844 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23845 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23846 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23847 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23848 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23849 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23850 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23851 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23852 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23853 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23854 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23855 are all numbers (real or complex).
23856
23857 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23858 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23859
23860 @noindent
23861 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23862 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23863 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23864 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23865 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23866 at the prompt.)
23867
23868 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23869 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23870 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23871 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23872 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23873 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23874 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23875 command.
23876
23877 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23878 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23879 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23880 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23881 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23882 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23883 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23884 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23885 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23886 nonlinear systems.
23887
23888 @ignore
23889 @starindex
23890 @end ignore
23891 @tindex elim
23892 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23893 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23894 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23895 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23896 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23897 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23898 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23899 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23900 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23901 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23902 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23903 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23904
23905 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23906 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23907 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23908 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23909 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23910 by one.
23911
23912 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23913 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23914 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23915 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23916 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23917 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23918 variables you requested.)
23919
23920 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23921 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23922 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23923
23924 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23925 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23926
23927 @noindent
23928 @ignore
23929 @starindex
23930 @end ignore
23931 @tindex poly
23932 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23933 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23934 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23935 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23936 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23937 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23938 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23939 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23940 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23941 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23942 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23943 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23944
23945 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23946 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23947 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23948 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23949 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23950 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23951 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23952
23953 @ignore
23954 @starindex
23955 @end ignore
23956 @tindex gpoly
23957 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23958 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23959 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23960 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23961 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23962 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23963 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23964 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23965 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23966 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23967 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23968 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23969 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23970 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23971 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23972 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23973 is considered trivial.
23974
23975 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23976 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23977
23978 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23979 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23980 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23981 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23982 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23983
23984 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23985 discover:
23986
23987 @smallexample
23988 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23989 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23990 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23991 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23992 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23993 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23994 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23995 @end smallexample
23996
23997 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23998 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23999 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
24000 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
24001 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
24002 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
24003 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
24004 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
24005
24006 @ignore
24007 @starindex
24008 @end ignore
24009 @tindex pdeg
24010 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
24011 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
24012 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
24013 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
24014 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
24015 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
24016 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
24017 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
24018 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
24019 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
24020 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
24021 (minus infinity).
24022
24023 @ignore
24024 @starindex
24025 @end ignore
24026 @tindex plead
24027 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
24028 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
24029 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
24030 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
24031 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
24032
24033 @ignore
24034 @starindex
24035 @end ignore
24036 @tindex pcont
24037 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
24038 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
24039 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
24040 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
24041 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
24042 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
24043 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
24044 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
24045 coefficient.
24046
24047 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
24048 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
24049 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
24050 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
24051 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
24052 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
24053 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
24054 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
24055 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
24056 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
24057
24058 @ignore
24059 @starindex
24060 @end ignore
24061 @tindex pprim
24062 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
24063 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
24064 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
24065 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
24066 terms.
24067
24068 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
24069 @section Numerical Solutions
24070
24071 @noindent
24072 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
24073 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
24074 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
24075 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
24076 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
24077
24078 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
24079 on numerical data.)
24080
24081 @menu
24082 * Root Finding::
24083 * Minimization::
24084 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
24085 @end menu
24086
24087 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
24088 @subsection Root Finding
24089
24090 @noindent
24091 @kindex a R
24092 @pindex calc-find-root
24093 @tindex root
24094 @cindex Newton's method
24095 @cindex Roots of equations
24096 @cindex Numerical root-finding
24097 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
24098 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
24099 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
24100 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
24101
24102 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
24103 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
24104 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
24105 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
24106 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
24107 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
24108 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
24109 this command.
24110
24111 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
24112 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
24113 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
24114 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
24115 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
24116 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
24117 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
24118 the equation yourself.)
24119
24120 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
24121 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
24122
24123 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
24124 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
24125 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
24126 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
24127 to real numbers inside that interval.
24128
24129 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
24130 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
24131 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
24132 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
24133 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
24134 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
24135 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
24136
24137 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
24138 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
24139 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
24140 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
24141 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
24142 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
24143
24144 @kindex H a R
24145 @tindex wroot
24146 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
24147 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
24148 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
24149 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
24150 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
24151
24152 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
24153 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
24154 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
24155 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
24156 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
24157
24158 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
24159 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
24160 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
24161 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
24162
24163 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
24164 @subsection Minimization
24165
24166 @noindent
24167 @kindex a N
24168 @kindex H a N
24169 @kindex a X
24170 @kindex H a X
24171 @pindex calc-find-minimum
24172 @pindex calc-find-maximum
24173 @tindex minimize
24174 @tindex maximize
24175 @cindex Minimization, numerical
24176 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
24177 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
24178 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
24179 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
24180 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
24181 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
24182 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
24183 with the minimum value itself.
24184
24185 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
24186 have more than one minimum; some, like
24187 @texline @math{x \sin x},
24188 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
24189 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
24190 ``global'' minimum of
24191 @texline @math{x \sin x}
24192 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24193 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24194 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24195 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24196 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24197
24198 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24199 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24200 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24201 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24202 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24203 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24204 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24205 any, that happens to lie in that range.
24206
24207 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24208 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24209 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24210 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24211 answer.
24212
24213 @ignore
24214 @mindex wmin@idots
24215 @end ignore
24216 @tindex wminimize
24217 @ignore
24218 @mindex wmax@idots
24219 @end ignore
24220 @tindex wmaximize
24221 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24222 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24223 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24224
24225 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24226 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24227 negative of the formula you supply.
24228
24229 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24230 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24231 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24232 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24233 be minimized over the reals.
24234
24235 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24236 @subsection Systems of Equations
24237
24238 @noindent
24239 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24240 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24241 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24242 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24243 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24244 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24245 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24246 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24247 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24248 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24249 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24250 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24251 no effect when solving a system of equations.
24252
24253 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24254 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24255 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24256 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24257 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24258 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24259 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24260
24261 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24262 @section Curve Fitting
24263
24264 @noindent
24265 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24266 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24267 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24268 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24269 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24270 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24271 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24272
24273 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24274 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24275 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24276 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24277
24278 @menu
24279 * Linear Fits::
24280 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24281 * Error Estimates for Fits::
24282 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
24283 * Curve Fitting Details::
24284 * Interpolation::
24285 @end menu
24286
24287 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24288 @subsection Linear Fits
24289
24290 @noindent
24291 @kindex a F
24292 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24293 @tindex fit
24294 @cindex Linear regression
24295 @cindex Least-squares fits
24296 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24297 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24298 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24299 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24300 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24301 fit for the data.
24302
24303 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24304 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24305 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24306 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24307 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24308 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24309 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24310 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24311
24312 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24313 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24314 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24315 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24316
24317 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24318 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24319 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24320 @texline @math{2\times N}
24321 @infoline 2xN
24322 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24323 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24324 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24325 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24326
24327 If you happen to have an
24328 @texline @math{N\times2}
24329 @infoline Nx2
24330 matrix instead of a
24331 @texline @math{2\times N}
24332 @infoline 2xN
24333 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24334
24335 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24336 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24337
24338 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24339 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24340 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24341 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24342 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24343 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24344 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24345
24346 For example, suppose the data matrix
24347
24348 @ifnottex
24349 @example
24350 @group
24351 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24352 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24353 @end group
24354 @end example
24355 @end ifnottex
24356 @tex
24357 \beforedisplay
24358 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24359 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24360 $$
24361 \afterdisplay
24362 @end tex
24363
24364 @noindent
24365 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24366 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24367 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24368 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24369 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24370 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24371 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24372 formula.
24373
24374 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24375 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24376 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24377 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24378 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24379 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24380
24381 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24382 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24383 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24384 the equations that go into the trail.
24385
24386 @tex
24387 \bigskip
24388 @end tex
24389
24390 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24391 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24392 The result is:
24393
24394 @example
24395 2.6 + 2.2 x
24396 @end example
24397
24398 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24399 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24400
24401 @example
24402 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24403 @end example
24404
24405 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24406 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24407 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24408 error measure
24409
24410 @ifnottex
24411 @example
24412 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24413 @end example
24414 @end ifnottex
24415 @tex
24416 \beforedisplay
24417 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24418 \afterdisplay
24419 @end tex
24420
24421 @noindent
24422 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24423 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24424 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24425 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24426 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24427 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24428 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24429 for which the error
24430 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24431 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24432 is as small as possible.
24433
24434 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24435 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24436
24437 @tex
24438 \bigskip
24439 @end tex
24440
24441 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24442 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24443 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24444 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24445 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24446
24447 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24448 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24449 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24450 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24451 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24452
24453 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24454 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24455
24456 @noindent
24457 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24458 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24459 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24460 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24461 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24462
24463 @example
24464 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24465 @end example
24466
24467 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24468 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24469 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24470 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24471 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24472 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24473 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24474 won't help.)
24475
24476 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24477 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24478 line slightly to improve the fit.
24479
24480 @example
24481 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24482 @end example
24483
24484 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24485 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24486 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24487 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24488 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24489
24490 @example
24491 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24492 @end example
24493
24494 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24495 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24496 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24497 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24498 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24499 results.
24500
24501 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24502 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24503 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24504 automatically.
24505
24506 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24507 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24508 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24509 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24510 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24511 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24512
24513 @tex
24514 \bigskip
24515 @end tex
24516
24517 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24518 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24519 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24520 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24521 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24522
24523 Given the data matrix,
24524
24525 @example
24526 @group
24527 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24528 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24529 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24530 @end group
24531 @end example
24532
24533 @noindent
24534 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24535 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24536 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24537
24538 @example
24539 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24540 @end example
24541
24542 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24543 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24544
24545 @tex
24546 \bigskip
24547 @end tex
24548
24549 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24550 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24551 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24552 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24553 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24554 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24555 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24556 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24557 message.
24558
24559 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24560 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24561 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24562 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24563 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24564
24565 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24566 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24567
24568 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24569 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24570
24571 @noindent
24572 @kindex H a F
24573 @tindex efit
24574 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24575 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24576 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24577 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24578
24579 @example
24580 3. + 2. x
24581 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24582 @end example
24583
24584 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24585 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24586 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24587
24588 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24589 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24590 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24591 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24592 row contains error forms
24593 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24594 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24595 then the
24596 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24597 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24598 statistic is now,
24599
24600 @ifnottex
24601 @example
24602 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24603 @end example
24604 @end ifnottex
24605 @tex
24606 \beforedisplay
24607 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24608 \afterdisplay
24609 @end tex
24610
24611 @noindent
24612 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24613 the fitting operation.
24614
24615 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24616 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24617 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24618 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24619 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24620 used for the data point.
24621
24622 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24623 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24624 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24625 estimates.
24626
24627 If the input contains error forms but all the
24628 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24629 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24630 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24631 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24632 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24633 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24634 is simply scaled uniformly by
24635 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24636 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24637 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24638 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24639 @kbd{H a F}.
24640
24641 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24642 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24643 interpreted.
24644
24645 @tex
24646 \bigskip
24647 @end tex
24648
24649 @kindex I a F
24650 @tindex xfit
24651 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24652 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24653
24654 @enumerate
24655 @item
24656 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24657 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24658 produced.
24659
24660 @item
24661 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24662 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24663 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24664 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24665 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24666
24667 @item
24668 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24669 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24670 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24671 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24672 are the variances
24673 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24674 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24675 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24676 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24677 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24678 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24679 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24680 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24681 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24682 are defined as
24683 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24684 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24685
24686 @item
24687 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24688 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24689 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24690 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24691
24692 @item
24693 The value of
24694 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24695 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24696 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24697 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24698 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24699 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24700 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24701 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24702
24703 @item
24704 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24705 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24706 function using
24707 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24708 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24709 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24710 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24711 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24712 particular,
24713 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24714 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24715 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24716 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24717 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24718
24719 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24720 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24721 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24722 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24723 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24724 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24725 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24726 over to use for a confidence test.
24727 @end enumerate
24728
24729 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24730 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24731
24732 @noindent
24733 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24734 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24735 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24736
24737 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24738
24739 @table @kbd
24740 @item 1
24741 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24742 @item 2-9
24743 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24744 @item e
24745 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24746 @item E
24747 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24748 @item x
24749 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24750 @item X
24751 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24752 @item l
24753 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24754 @item L
24755 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24756 @item ^
24757 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24758 @item p
24759 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24760 @item q
24761 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24762 @item g
24763 Gaussian.
24764 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24765 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24766 @item s
24767 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24768 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24769 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24770 @item b
24771 Logistic bell curve.
24772 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24773 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24774 @item o
24775 Hubbert linearization.
24776 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24777 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24778 @end table
24779
24780 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24781 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24782 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24783 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24784 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24785
24786 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24787 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24788 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24789 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24790 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24791 before the model key.
24792
24793 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24794 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24795 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24796 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24797 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24798 matches the problem.
24799
24800 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24801 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24802 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24803 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24804 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24805 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24806
24807 @tex
24808 \bigskip
24809 @end tex
24810
24811 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24812 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24813 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24814 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24815
24816 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24817 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24818 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24819 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24820 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24821 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24822 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24823 model.
24824
24825 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24826 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24827 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24828 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24829 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24830 and thus does not need a name.
24831
24832 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24833 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24834 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24835 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24836 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24837 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24838 variables.
24839
24840 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24841 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24842 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24843 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24844 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24845 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24846 in the model formula will become parameters.
24847
24848 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24849 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24850 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24851 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24852 a linear model.
24853
24854 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24855 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24856 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24857 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24858 which are parameters.
24859
24860 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24861 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24862 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24863 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24864 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24865 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24866
24867 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24868 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24869
24870 @tex
24871 \bigskip
24872 @end tex
24873
24874 @vindex Model1
24875 @vindex Model2
24876 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24877 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24878 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24879 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24880 accept for a model on the stack.
24881
24882 @tex
24883 \bigskip
24884 @end tex
24885
24886 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24887 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24888 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24889 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24890 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24891 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24892 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24893 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24894 @texline @math{3\times360}
24895 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24896 degrees.
24897 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24898 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24899 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24900 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24901 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24902 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24903 even approximately.
24904
24905 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24906 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24907 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24908 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24909 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24910 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24911 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24912
24913 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24914 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24915
24916 @noindent
24917 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24918 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24919 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24920 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24921 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24922
24923 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24924 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24925 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24926 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24927
24928 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24929 to try to put the problem into the form
24930
24931 @smallexample
24932 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24933 @end smallexample
24934
24935 @noindent
24936 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24937 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24938 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24939 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24940 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24941
24942 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24943 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24944 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24945 can be rewritten as follows:
24946
24947 @example
24948 y = a x^b
24949 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24950 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24951 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24952 @end example
24953
24954 @noindent
24955 which matches the desired form with
24956 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24957 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24958 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24959 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24960 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24961 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24962 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24963 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24964 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24965 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24966 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24967 and @expr{b = B}.
24968
24969 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24970 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24971
24972 @example
24973 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24974 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24975 @end example
24976
24977 @noindent
24978 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24979 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24980 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24981 @expr{H = x^2}.
24982
24983 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24984 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24985 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24986
24987 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24988 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24989 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24990 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24991
24992 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24993 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24994 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24995 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24996 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24997 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24998 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24999 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
25000 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
25001 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
25002 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
25003 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
25004
25005 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
25006 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
25007 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
25008
25009 @tex
25010 \bigskip
25011 @end tex
25012
25013 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
25014 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
25015 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
25016 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25017 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25018 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
25019 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
25020 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
25021 command can do the same thing by brute force.
25022
25023 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
25024 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
25025 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
25026 to be minimized would be the value of
25027 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25028 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25029 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
25030
25031 @smallexample
25032 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
25033 @end smallexample
25034
25035 @noindent
25036 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
25037 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
25038 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
25039 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
25040 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
25041 were used by itself to solve the problem).
25042
25043 @tex
25044 \bigskip
25045 @end tex
25046
25047 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
25048 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
25049 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
25050 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
25051 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
25052 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
25053 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
25054 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
25055 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
25056 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
25057 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
25058 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
25059 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
25060 and so on.
25061
25062 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
25063 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
25064 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
25065 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
25066 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
25067 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
25068 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
25069 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
25070 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
25071
25072 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
25073 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
25074 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
25075 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
25076 nontrivial filter functions.
25077
25078 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
25079 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
25080 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
25081 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
25082 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
25083 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
25084 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
25085 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
25086 form. The error part of that result is used for
25087 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
25088 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
25089 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
25090 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
25091 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
25092 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
25093 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
25094 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
25095 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
25096 arithmetic with no error forms.
25097
25098 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
25099 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
25100 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
25101 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
25102 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
25103 @texline @math{\sigma}
25104 @infoline @expr{sigma}
25105 for the data point with no further ado.)
25106
25107 @tex
25108 \bigskip
25109 @end tex
25110
25111 @vindex FitRules
25112 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
25113 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
25114 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
25115 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
25116 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
25117 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
25118 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
25119
25120 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
25121
25122 @ignore
25123 @starindex
25124 @end ignore
25125 @tindex fitvar
25126 @ignore
25127 @starindex
25128 @end ignore
25129 @ignore
25130 @mindex @idots
25131 @end ignore
25132 @tindex fitparam
25133 @ignore
25134 @starindex
25135 @end ignore
25136 @ignore
25137 @mindex @null
25138 @end ignore
25139 @tindex fitmodel
25140 @ignore
25141 @starindex
25142 @end ignore
25143 @ignore
25144 @mindex @null
25145 @end ignore
25146 @tindex fitsystem
25147 @ignore
25148 @starindex
25149 @end ignore
25150 @ignore
25151 @mindex @null
25152 @end ignore
25153 @tindex fitdummy
25154 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
25155 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
25156 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
25157 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
25158 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
25159 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
25160 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
25161 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
25162 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
25163
25164 @smallexample
25165 @group
25166 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
25167 @end group
25168 @end smallexample
25169
25170 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
25171 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
25172 changes are possible.)
25173
25174 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
25175 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
25176
25177 @example
25178 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
25179 @end example
25180
25181 @noindent
25182 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
25183 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
25184 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
25185 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
25186 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
25187 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
25188 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25189
25190 The power law model eventually boils down to
25191
25192 @smallexample
25193 @group
25194 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25195 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25196 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25197 @end group
25198 @end smallexample
25199
25200 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25201 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25202 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25203 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25204 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25205 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25206 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25207 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25208 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25209 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25210 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25211 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25212 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25213
25214 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25215 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25216 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25217 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25218 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25219 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25220 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25221 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25222 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25223 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25224 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25225 raw parameters, for now.)
25226
25227 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25228 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25229 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25230 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25231 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25232 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25233 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25234 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25235 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25236 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25237 raw parameters needed.
25238
25239 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25240 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25241 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25242 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25243 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25244 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25245 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25246 least-squares solver wants to see.
25247
25248 @ignore
25249 @starindex
25250 @end ignore
25251 @ignore
25252 @mindex hasfit@idots
25253 @end ignore
25254 @tindex hasfitparams
25255 @ignore
25256 @starindex
25257 @end ignore
25258 @ignore
25259 @mindex @null
25260 @end ignore
25261 @tindex hasfitvars
25262 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25263 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25264 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25265 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25266 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25267 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25268 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25269 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25270 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25271
25272 @tex
25273 \bigskip
25274 @end tex
25275
25276 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25277 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25278 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25279 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25280 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25281 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25282 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25283 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25284 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25285 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25286
25287 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25288 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25289 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25290 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25291 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25292
25293 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25294 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25295 and variables, as discussed previously.
25296
25297 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25298 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25299 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25300 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25301
25302 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25303 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25304
25305 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25306 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25307
25308 @kindex a p
25309 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25310 @tindex polint
25311 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25312 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25313 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25314 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25315 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25316 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25317 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25318 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25319 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25320
25321 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25322 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25323 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25324 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25325 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25326 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25327
25328 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25329 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25330
25331 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25332 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25333 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25334 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25335 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25336 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25337
25338 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25339 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25340
25341 @kindex H a p
25342 @tindex ratint
25343 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25344 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25345 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25346 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25347 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25348 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25349
25350 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25351 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25352 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25353 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25354 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25355 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25356
25357 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25358 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25359 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25360 capabilities to fit.)
25361
25362 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25363 @section Summations
25364
25365 @noindent
25366 @cindex Summation of a series
25367 @kindex a +
25368 @pindex calc-summation
25369 @tindex sum
25370 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25371 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25372 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25373 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25374 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25375 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25376 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25377 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25378 produces the result 55.
25379 @tex
25380 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25381 @end tex
25382
25383 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25384 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25385 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25386 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25387 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25388 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25389 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25390 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25391 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25392
25393 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25394 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25395 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25396 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25397 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25398 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25399 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25400 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25401 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25402
25403 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25404 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25405 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25406 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25407 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25408 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25409 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25410 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25411 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25412 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25413
25414 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25415 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25416 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25417 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25418 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25419 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25420
25421 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25422 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25423 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25424 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25425 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25426 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25427 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25428 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25429
25430 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25431 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25432 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25433 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25434 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25435 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25436
25437 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25438 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25439 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25440 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25441 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25442
25443 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25444 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25445 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25446 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25447 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25448 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25449 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25450 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25451
25452 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25453 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25454 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25455 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25456 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25457 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25458 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25459
25460 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25461 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25462 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25463 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25464 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25465 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25466 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25467 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25468 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25469 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25470 closed form.
25471
25472 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25473 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25474 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25475 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25476 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25477 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25478 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25479 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25480 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25481 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25482 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25483 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25484 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25485 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25486
25487 @cindex Alternating sums
25488 @kindex a -
25489 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25490 @tindex asum
25491 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25492 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25493 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25494 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25495 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25496 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25497 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25498 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25499 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25500 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25501 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25502 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25503
25504 @cindex Product of a sequence
25505 @kindex a *
25506 @pindex calc-product
25507 @tindex prod
25508 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25509 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25510 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25511 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25512 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25513
25514 @kindex a T
25515 @pindex calc-tabulate
25516 @tindex table
25517 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25518 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25519 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25520 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25521 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25522
25523 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25524 @section Logical Operations
25525
25526 @noindent
25527 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25528 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25529 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25530 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25531 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25532 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25533 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25534 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25535 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25536 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25537 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25538 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25539 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25540 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25541
25542 @kindex a =
25543 @pindex calc-equal-to
25544 @tindex eq
25545 @tindex =
25546 @tindex ==
25547 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25548 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25549 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25550 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25551 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25552 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25553 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25554 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25555 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25556
25557 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25558 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25559 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25560 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25561 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25562 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25563 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25564 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25565 zero if not.
25566
25567 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25568 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25569 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25570 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25571 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25572 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25573 variables).
25574
25575 @kindex a #
25576 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25577 @tindex neq
25578 @tindex !=
25579 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25580 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25581 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25582 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25583 distinct numbers.
25584
25585 @kindex a <
25586 @tindex lt
25587 @ignore
25588 @mindex @idots
25589 @end ignore
25590 @kindex a >
25591 @ignore
25592 @mindex @null
25593 @end ignore
25594 @kindex a [
25595 @ignore
25596 @mindex @null
25597 @end ignore
25598 @kindex a ]
25599 @pindex calc-less-than
25600 @pindex calc-greater-than
25601 @pindex calc-less-equal
25602 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25603 @ignore
25604 @mindex @null
25605 @end ignore
25606 @tindex gt
25607 @ignore
25608 @mindex @null
25609 @end ignore
25610 @tindex leq
25611 @ignore
25612 @mindex @null
25613 @end ignore
25614 @tindex geq
25615 @ignore
25616 @mindex @null
25617 @end ignore
25618 @tindex <
25619 @ignore
25620 @mindex @null
25621 @end ignore
25622 @tindex >
25623 @ignore
25624 @mindex @null
25625 @end ignore
25626 @tindex <=
25627 @ignore
25628 @mindex @null
25629 @end ignore
25630 @tindex >=
25631 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25632 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25633 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25634 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25635 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25636
25637 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25638 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25639 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25640 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25641 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25642 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25643 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25644 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25645
25646 @kindex a .
25647 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25648 @tindex rmeq
25649 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25650 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25651 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25652 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25653 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25654 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25655 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25656 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25657 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25658 taking the lefthand side.
25659
25660 @kindex a &
25661 @pindex calc-logical-and
25662 @tindex land
25663 @tindex &&
25664 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25665 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25666 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25667 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25668 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25669
25670 @kindex a |
25671 @pindex calc-logical-or
25672 @tindex lor
25673 @tindex ||
25674 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25675 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25676 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25677 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25678 zero.
25679
25680 @kindex a !
25681 @pindex calc-logical-not
25682 @tindex lnot
25683 @tindex !
25684 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25685 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25686 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25687 number.
25688
25689 @kindex a :
25690 @pindex calc-logical-if
25691 @tindex if
25692 @ignore
25693 @mindex ? :
25694 @end ignore
25695 @tindex ?
25696 @ignore
25697 @mindex @null
25698 @end ignore
25699 @tindex :
25700 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25701 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25702 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25703 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25704 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25705 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25706 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25707 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25708 @code{condition}.
25709
25710 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25711 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25712 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25713 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25714
25715 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25716 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25717 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25718 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25719 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25720 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25721 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25722
25723 @kindex a @{
25724 @pindex calc-in-set
25725 @tindex in
25726 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25727 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25728 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25729 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25730 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25731 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25732 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25733 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25734 of this sort.
25735
25736 @ignore
25737 @starindex
25738 @end ignore
25739 @tindex typeof
25740 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25741 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25742 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25743
25744 @example
25745 1 Integer
25746 2 Fraction
25747 3 Floating-point number
25748 4 HMS form
25749 5 Rectangular complex number
25750 6 Polar complex number
25751 7 Error form
25752 8 Interval form
25753 9 Modulo form
25754 10 Date-only form
25755 11 Date/time form
25756 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25757 100 Variable
25758 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25759 102 Matrix
25760 @end example
25761
25762 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25763 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25764
25765 @ignore
25766 @starindex
25767 @end ignore
25768 @tindex integer
25769 @ignore
25770 @starindex
25771 @end ignore
25772 @tindex real
25773 @ignore
25774 @starindex
25775 @end ignore
25776 @tindex constant
25777 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25778 The @samp{real(a)} function
25779 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25780 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25781 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25782 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25783 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25784 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25785 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25786
25787 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25788 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25789 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25790 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25791 literally an integer constant.
25792
25793 @ignore
25794 @starindex
25795 @end ignore
25796 @tindex refers
25797 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25798 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25799 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25800 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25801 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25802 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25803
25804 @ignore
25805 @starindex
25806 @end ignore
25807 @tindex negative
25808 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25809 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25810 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25811 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25812 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25813 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25814 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25815 as a rewrite rule condition).
25816
25817 @ignore
25818 @starindex
25819 @end ignore
25820 @tindex variable
25821 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25822 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25823 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25824 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25825
25826 @ignore
25827 @starindex
25828 @end ignore
25829 @tindex nonvar
25830 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25831 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25832 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25833 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25834 often good enough.
25835
25836 @ignore
25837 @starindex
25838 @end ignore
25839 @tindex lin
25840 @ignore
25841 @starindex
25842 @end ignore
25843 @tindex linnt
25844 @ignore
25845 @starindex
25846 @end ignore
25847 @tindex islin
25848 @ignore
25849 @starindex
25850 @end ignore
25851 @tindex islinnt
25852 @cindex Linearity testing
25853 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25854 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25855 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25856 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25857 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25858 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25859 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25860 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25861 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25862 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25863 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25864 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25865 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25866 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25867 returns true.
25868
25869 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25870 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25871 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25872 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25873 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25874 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25875 linear in @expr{x}).
25876
25877 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25878 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25879 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25880 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25881 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25882 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25883 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25884 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25885 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25886 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25887
25888 @ignore
25889 @starindex
25890 @end ignore
25891 @tindex istrue
25892 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25893 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25894 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25895 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25896 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25897 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25898 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25899 in symbolic form.)
25900
25901 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25902 @section Rewrite Rules
25903
25904 @noindent
25905 @cindex Rewrite rules
25906 @cindex Transformations
25907 @cindex Pattern matching
25908 @kindex a r
25909 @pindex calc-rewrite
25910 @tindex rewrite
25911 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25912 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25913 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25914 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25915 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25916 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25917 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25918 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25919 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25920
25921 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25922 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25923 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25924 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25925 Calc formulas.
25926
25927 @menu
25928 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25929 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25930 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25931 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25932 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25933 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25934 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25935 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25936 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25937 * Matching Commands::
25938 * Automatic Rewrites::
25939 * Debugging Rewrites::
25940 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25941 @end menu
25942
25943 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25944 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25945
25946 @noindent
25947 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25948 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25949 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25950 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25951 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25952 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25953 assignments in special ways.
25954
25955 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25956 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25957 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25958 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25959 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25960
25961 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25962 rules.
25963
25964 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25965 in several ways:
25966
25967 @enumerate
25968 @item
25969 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25970 @item
25971 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25972 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25973 @item
25974 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25975 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25976 @item
25977 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25978 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25979 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25980 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25981 @item
25982 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25983 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25984 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25985 @end enumerate
25986
25987 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25988 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25989 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25990
25991 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25992 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25993 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25994 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25995 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25996 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25997
25998 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25999 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
26000 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
26001 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
26002 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
26003 reason to store your rules in a variable.
26004
26005 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
26006 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
26007 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
26008
26009 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26010 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
26011
26012 @noindent
26013 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
26014 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
26015 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
26016 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
26017 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
26018 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
26019 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
26020 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
26021 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
26022 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
26023 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
26024
26025 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
26026 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
26027 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
26028 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
26029 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
26030
26031 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
26032 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
26033 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
26034 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
26035 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
26036
26037 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
26038 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
26039 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
26040 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
26041
26042 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
26043 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
26044 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
26045 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
26046 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
26047
26048 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
26049 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
26050 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
26051 change at a time.
26052
26053 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26054 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
26055
26056 @noindent
26057 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
26058 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
26059 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
26060 is present in the
26061 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
26062 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
26063 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
26064 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
26065 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
26066 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
26067 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
26068 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
26069 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
26070 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
26071
26072 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
26073 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
26074 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
26075 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
26076 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
26077 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
26078 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
26079 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
26080 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
26081
26082 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
26083 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
26084 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
26085 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
26086 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
26087 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
26088 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
26089 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
26090 the condition.
26091
26092 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
26093 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
26094 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
26095
26096 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
26097 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
26098
26099 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
26100 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
26101 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
26102 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
26103 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
26104 matched.
26105
26106 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
26107 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
26108 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
26109 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
26110 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
26111 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
26112 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
26113 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
26114 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
26115
26116 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
26117 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
26118 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
26119 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
26120 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
26121 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
26122 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
26123 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
26124 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
26125
26126 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
26127 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
26128 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
26129 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
26130 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
26131 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
26132 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
26133 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
26134 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
26135
26136 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26137 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
26138
26139 @noindent
26140 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
26141 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
26142 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
26143 account:
26144
26145 @smallexample
26146 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
26147 @end smallexample
26148
26149 For example, the rewrite rule:
26150
26151 @example
26152 a x + b x := (a + b) x
26153 @end example
26154
26155 @noindent
26156 will match formulas of the form,
26157
26158 @example
26159 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
26160 @end example
26161
26162 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
26163 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
26164
26165 @example
26166 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
26167 @end example
26168
26169 @noindent
26170 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
26171
26172 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
26173 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
26174 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
26175
26176 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
26177 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
26178 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
26179 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
26180 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
26181 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
26182 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
26183 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
26184
26185 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
26186 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
26187 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26188 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26189 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26190 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26191 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26192 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26193 from occurring.
26194
26195 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26196 the rule
26197
26198 @example
26199 f(-x) := -f(x)
26200 @end example
26201
26202 @noindent
26203 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26204 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26205 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26206 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26207 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26208 condition is:
26209
26210 @example
26211 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26212 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26213 @end example
26214
26215 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26216 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26217
26218 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26219 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26220 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26221 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26222
26223 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26224 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26225 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26226 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26227 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26228 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26229 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26230 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26231 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26232 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26233
26234 Even more subtle is the rule set
26235
26236 @example
26237 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26238 @end example
26239
26240 @noindent
26241 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26242 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26243 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26244 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26245 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26246 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26247 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26248 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26249 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26250 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26251 rule will have to be added.
26252
26253 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26254 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26255 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26256 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26257 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26258
26259 @example
26260 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26261 @end example
26262
26263 @noindent
26264 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26265 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26266 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26267 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26268 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26269 conjugate of a real number.)
26270
26271 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26272
26273 @example
26274 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26275 @end example
26276
26277 @noindent
26278 will match the formula
26279
26280 @example
26281 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26282 @end example
26283
26284 @noindent
26285 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26286 formulas like
26287
26288 @example
26289 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26290 @end example
26291
26292 @noindent
26293 producing, respectively,
26294
26295 @example
26296 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26297 @end example
26298
26299 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26300 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26301
26302 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26303 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26304 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26305 with @samp{a = -1}.
26306
26307 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26308
26309 @example
26310 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26311 @end example
26312
26313 @noindent
26314 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26315
26316 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26317 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26318 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26319 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26320 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26321 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26322 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26323 for a multiplication, not a division.
26324
26325 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26326 by 1,
26327
26328 @example
26329 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26330 @end example
26331
26332 @noindent
26333 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26334 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26335
26336 @example
26337 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26338 @end example
26339
26340 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26341 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26342
26343 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26344
26345 @example
26346 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26347 @end example
26348
26349 @noindent
26350 into the form
26351
26352 @example
26353 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26354 @end example
26355
26356 @noindent
26357 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26358 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26359 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26360 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26361 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26362
26363 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26364 following rule,
26365
26366 @example
26367 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26368 @end example
26369
26370 @noindent
26371 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26372 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26373 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26374 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26375 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26376 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26377 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26378
26379 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26380 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26381 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26382
26383 @example
26384 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26385 @end example
26386
26387 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26388 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26389 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26390 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26391 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26392 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26393 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26394 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26395
26396 @smallexample
26397 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26398 max min re im conj arg
26399 @end smallexample
26400
26401 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26402 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26403 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26404 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26405 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26406 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26407 For example,
26408
26409 @example
26410 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26411 @end example
26412
26413 @noindent
26414 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26415 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26416 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26417 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26418 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26419 further and use
26420
26421 @example
26422 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26423 @end example
26424
26425 @noindent
26426 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26427
26428 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26429 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26430 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26431
26432 @example
26433 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26434 @end example
26435
26436 @noindent
26437 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26438
26439 @example
26440 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26441 @end example
26442
26443 @noindent
26444 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26445 effect!
26446
26447 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26448 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26449 in the rule
26450
26451 @example
26452 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26453 @end example
26454
26455 @noindent
26456 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26457 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26458 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26459 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26460 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26461 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26462 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26463 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26464 marker on the righthand side:
26465
26466 @example
26467 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26468 @end example
26469
26470 @noindent
26471 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26472 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26473 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26474
26475 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26476 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26477
26478 @noindent
26479 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26480 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26481 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26482 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26483
26484 @ignore
26485 @starindex
26486 @end ignore
26487 @tindex import
26488 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26489 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26490 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26491 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26492 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26493 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26494 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26495 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26496 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26497 @texline @math{v_1},
26498 @infoline @expr{v1},
26499 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26500 @texline @math{x_1}
26501 @infoline @expr{x1}
26502 and so on. (If
26503 @texline @math{v_1}
26504 @infoline @expr{v1}
26505 is used as a function name, then
26506 @texline @math{x_1}
26507 @infoline @expr{x1}
26508 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26509 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26510 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26511 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26512 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26513
26514 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26515
26516 @table @samp
26517 @item quote(x)
26518 @ignore
26519 @starindex
26520 @end ignore
26521 @tindex quote
26522 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26523 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26524 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26525 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26526 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26527 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26528 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26529 as a result in this case.)
26530
26531 @item plain(x)
26532 @ignore
26533 @starindex
26534 @end ignore
26535 @tindex plain
26536 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26537 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26538 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26539 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26540 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26541 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26542 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26543 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26544
26545 @item opt(x,def)
26546 @ignore
26547 @starindex
26548 @end ignore
26549 @tindex opt
26550 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26551 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26552 the argument or element is optional.
26553 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26554 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26555 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26556 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26557 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26558 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26559
26560 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26561 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26562 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26563 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26564 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26565 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26566 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26567 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26568 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26569
26570 @item condition(x,c)
26571 @ignore
26572 @starindex
26573 @end ignore
26574 @tindex condition
26575 @tindex ::
26576 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26577 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26578
26579 @item pand(x,y)
26580 @ignore
26581 @starindex
26582 @end ignore
26583 @tindex pand
26584 @tindex &&&
26585 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26586 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26587 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26588
26589 @item por(x,y)
26590 @ignore
26591 @starindex
26592 @end ignore
26593 @tindex por
26594 @tindex |||
26595 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26596 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26597
26598 @item pnot(x)
26599 @ignore
26600 @starindex
26601 @end ignore
26602 @tindex pnot
26603 @tindex !!!
26604 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26605 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26606
26607 @item cons(h,t)
26608 @ignore
26609 @mindex cons
26610 @end ignore
26611 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26612 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26613 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26614 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26615 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26616 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26617 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26618
26619 @item rcons(t,h)
26620 @ignore
26621 @mindex rcons
26622 @end ignore
26623 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26624 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26625 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26626 to @expr{t}.
26627
26628 @item apply(f,args)
26629 @ignore
26630 @mindex apply
26631 @end ignore
26632 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26633 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26634 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26635 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26636 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26637 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26638 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26639 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26640 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26641 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26642 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26643 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26644 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26645 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26646 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26647
26648 @example
26649 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26650 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26651 @end example
26652
26653 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26654 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26655 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26656 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26657 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26658 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26659 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26660
26661 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26662 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26663 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26664
26665 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26666 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26667 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26668 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26669 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26670 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26671 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26672 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26673 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26674 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26675
26676 @item select(x)
26677 @ignore
26678 @starindex
26679 @end ignore
26680 @tindex select
26681 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26682 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26683 @end table
26684
26685 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26686
26687 @table @samp
26688 @item quote(x)
26689 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26690 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26691 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26692 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26693 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26694 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26695 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26696 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26697 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26698 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26699
26700 @item plain(x)
26701 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26702 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26703 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26704 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26705 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26706 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26707 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26708
26709 @item cons(h,t)
26710 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26711 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26712 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26713 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26714 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26715 have been turned off.
26716
26717 @item rcons(t,h)
26718 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26719 the vector @expr{t}.
26720
26721 @item apply(f,args)
26722 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26723 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26724 is also a regular Calc function.
26725
26726 @item eval(x)
26727 @ignore
26728 @starindex
26729 @end ignore
26730 @tindex eval
26731 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26732 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26733 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26734 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26735 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26736 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26737 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26738
26739 @item evalsimp(x)
26740 @ignore
26741 @starindex
26742 @end ignore
26743 @tindex evalsimp
26744 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26745 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26746
26747 @item evalextsimp(x)
26748 @ignore
26749 @starindex
26750 @end ignore
26751 @tindex evalextsimp
26752 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26753 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26754
26755 @item select(x)
26756 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26757 @end table
26758
26759 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26760
26761 @table @samp
26762 @item let(v := x)
26763 @ignore
26764 @starindex
26765 @end ignore
26766 @tindex let
26767 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26768 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26769 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26770 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26771 of simplification. The
26772 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26773 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26774 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26775 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26776 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26777 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26778 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26779 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26780 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26781 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26782 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26783
26784 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26785 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26786 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26787 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26788
26789 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26790 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26791 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26792 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26793 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26794 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26795 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26796 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26797 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26798 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26799 be bound to @code{ia}.
26800
26801 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26802 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26803 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26804 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26805 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26806 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26807 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26808 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26809 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26810 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26811
26812 @ignore
26813 @starindex
26814 @end ignore
26815 @tindex ierf
26816 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26817 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26818 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26819 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26820 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26821 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26822
26823 @example
26824 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26825 @end example
26826
26827 @item matches(v,p)
26828 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26829 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26830 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26831 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26832 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26833 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26834 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26835 rule.
26836
26837 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26838 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26839 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26840
26841 @item remember
26842 @vindex remember
26843 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26844 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26845 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26846 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26847 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26848 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26849 contains any variables.
26850
26851 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26852 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26853 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26854 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26855 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26856 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26857
26858 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26859 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26860 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26861 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26862 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26863 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26864 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26865
26866 @item remember(c)
26867 @ignore
26868 @starindex
26869 @end ignore
26870 @tindex remember
26871 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26872 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26873 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26874 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26875 @end table
26876
26877 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26878 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26879
26880 @noindent
26881 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26882 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26883 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26884 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26885 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26886
26887 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26888 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26889 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26890
26891 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26892 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26893 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26894 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26895
26896 @example
26897 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26898 @end example
26899
26900 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26901
26902 @example
26903 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26904 @end example
26905
26906 @ignore
26907 @starindex
26908 @end ignore
26909 @tindex ends
26910 Here's another interesting example:
26911
26912 @example
26913 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26914 @end example
26915
26916 @noindent
26917 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26918 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26919 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26920
26921 @example
26922 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26923 @end example
26924
26925 @noindent
26926 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26927 one-element vector.
26928
26929 @tex
26930 \bigskip
26931 @end tex
26932
26933 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26934 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26935 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26936
26937 @ignore
26938 @starindex
26939 @end ignore
26940 @tindex curve
26941 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26942
26943 @example
26944 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26945 @end example
26946
26947 @noindent
26948 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26949
26950 Here is a larger example:
26951
26952 @example
26953 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26954 @end example
26955
26956 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26957 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26958 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26959
26960 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26961 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26962
26963 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26964 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26965 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26966 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26967 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26968 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26969 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26970 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26971
26972 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26973 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26974 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26975 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26976
26977 @example
26978 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26979 @end example
26980
26981 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26982 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26983
26984 @tex
26985 \bigskip
26986 @end tex
26987
26988 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26989 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26990 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26991
26992 For example,
26993
26994 @example
26995 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26996 @end example
26997
26998 @noindent
26999 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
27000 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
27001 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
27002
27003 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
27004 then an equivalent rule would be:
27005
27006 @example
27007 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
27008 @end example
27009
27010 @noindent
27011 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
27012 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
27013 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
27014 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
27015 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
27016 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
27017 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
27018
27019 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
27020 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
27021
27022 @example
27023 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
27024 @end example
27025
27026 @noindent
27027 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
27028 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
27029
27030 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
27031 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
27032 matched last. Thus
27033
27034 @example
27035 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
27036 @end example
27037
27038 @noindent
27039 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
27040 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
27041 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
27042 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
27043 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
27044 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
27045
27046 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27047 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
27048
27049 @noindent
27050 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
27051 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
27052 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
27053 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
27054 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
27055 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
27056 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
27057 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
27058
27059 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
27060 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
27061 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
27062 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
27063 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
27064 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
27065 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
27066 anywhere in the formula.
27067
27068 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
27069 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
27070 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
27071 side actually comes out to something different than the original
27072 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
27073 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
27074 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
27075 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
27076 forms.
27077
27078 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
27079 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
27080 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
27081 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
27082 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
27083
27084 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
27085 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
27086 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
27087 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
27088
27089 @ignore
27090 @starindex
27091 @end ignore
27092 @ignore
27093 @mindex iter@idots
27094 @end ignore
27095 @tindex iterations
27096 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
27097 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
27098 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
27099 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
27100 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
27101 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
27102 rule set.
27103
27104 @example
27105 [ iterations(1),
27106 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
27107 @end example
27108
27109 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
27110 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
27111 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
27112 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
27113 that was matched.
27114
27115 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
27116
27117 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
27118 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
27119 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
27120
27121 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
27122 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
27123 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
27124 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
27125 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
27126 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
27127 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
27128 are omitted, 100 is used.
27129
27130 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27131 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
27132
27133 @noindent
27134 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
27135 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
27136 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
27137 phases occur during the rewriting process.
27138
27139 @ignore
27140 @starindex
27141 @end ignore
27142 @tindex phase
27143 @vindex all
27144 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
27145 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
27146 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
27147 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
27148 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
27149 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
27150
27151 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
27152 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
27153 ascending order. For example, the rule set
27154
27155 @example
27156 @group
27157 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
27158 phase(1),
27159 f1(x) := g1(x),
27160 phase(2),
27161 f2(x) := g2(x),
27162 phase(3),
27163 f3(x) := g3(x),
27164 phase(1,2),
27165 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
27166 @end group
27167 @end example
27168
27169 @noindent
27170 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
27171 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
27172 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
27173 and @code{f3}.
27174
27175 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
27176 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
27177 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
27178 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
27179 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
27180 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
27181 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
27182 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
27183 100 by default, is reached.)
27184
27185 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
27186 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
27187 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27188 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27189 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27190 in the formula.
27191
27192 @ignore
27193 @starindex
27194 @end ignore
27195 @tindex schedule
27196 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27197 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27198 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27199 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27200 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27201 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27202 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27203 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27204 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27205 moving on to phase 3.
27206
27207 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27208 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27209 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27210 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27211 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27212 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27213 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27214 touches.
27215
27216 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27217 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27218 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27219 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27220 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27221 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27222 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27223
27224 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27225 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27226 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27227 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27228 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27229 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27230
27231 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27232 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27233 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27234 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27235 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27236 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27237 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27238 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27239 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27240 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27241 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27242
27243 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27244 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27245 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27246 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27247 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27248 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27249 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27250
27251 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27252 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27253
27254 @noindent
27255 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27256 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27257 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27258 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27259 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27260
27261 @kindex j r
27262 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27263 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27264 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27265 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27266 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27267 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27268 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27269 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27270 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27271
27272 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27273 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27274 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27275 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27276 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27277 the selected sub-formula should appear.
27278
27279 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27280 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27281 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27282 formula will be unselected.
27283
27284 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27285 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27286 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27287 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27288 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27289 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27290 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27291 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27292
27293 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27294 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27295 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27296 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27297
27298 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27299 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27300 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27301 at stack level 1.)
27302
27303 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27304 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27305 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27306 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27307 target and the rewrite rules).
27308
27309 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27310 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27311 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27312 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27313 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27314 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27315
27316 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27317 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27318 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27319 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27320 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27321 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27322 both with and without selections.
27323
27324 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27325 @subsection Matching Commands
27326
27327 @noindent
27328 @kindex a m
27329 @pindex calc-match
27330 @tindex match
27331 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27332 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27333 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27334 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27335 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27336 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27337 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27338 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27339 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27340 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27341 of the patterns.
27342
27343 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27344 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27345
27346 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27347
27348 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27349 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27350 all the positive vector elements.
27351
27352 @kindex I a m
27353 @tindex matchnot
27354 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27355 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27356
27357 @ignore
27358 @starindex
27359 @end ignore
27360 @tindex matches
27361 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27362 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27363 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27364 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27365
27366 @ignore
27367 @starindex
27368 @end ignore
27369 @tindex vmatches
27370 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27371 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27372 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27373 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27374 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27375
27376 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27377 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27378
27379 @noindent
27380 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27381 @vindex EvalRules
27382 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27383 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27384 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27385 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27386 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27387
27388 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27389 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27390 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27391 set would be,
27392
27393 @smallexample
27394 @group
27395 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27396 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27397 @end group
27398 @end smallexample
27399
27400 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27401 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27402 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27403 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27404 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27405 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27406 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27407
27408 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27409 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27410 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27411 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27412 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27413 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27414 applies rules from the top down.
27415
27416 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27417 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27418
27419 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27420 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27421 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27422 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27423 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27424 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27425 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27426 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27427 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27428 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27429 or ran too long'' message.
27430
27431 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27432 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27433 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27434 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27435 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27436 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27437 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27438 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27439 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27440 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27441 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27442 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27443 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27444
27445 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27446 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27447 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27448 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27449 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27450 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27451 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27452 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27453 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27454 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27455 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27456 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27457 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27458
27459 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27460 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27461 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27462 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27463
27464 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27465 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27466 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27467 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27468 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27469 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27470 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27471 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27472
27473 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27474 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27475 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27476 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27477 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27478 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27479 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27480 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27481 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27482 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27483 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27484 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27485 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27486 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27487
27488 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27489 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27490 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27491 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27492 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27493 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27494 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27495 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27496 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27497 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27498 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27499 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27500 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27501
27502 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27503 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27504
27505 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27506 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27507 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27508 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27509 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27510 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27511 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27512
27513 @smallexample
27514 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27515 @end smallexample
27516
27517 @noindent
27518 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27519 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27520 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27521 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27522
27523 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27524 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27525 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27526 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27527 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27528 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27529 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27530
27531 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27532 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27533 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27534 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27535 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27536 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27537
27538 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27539 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27540 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27541 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27542 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27543 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27544 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27545 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27546 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27547
27548 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27549 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27550
27551 @noindent
27552 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27553 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27554 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27555 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27556 noted.
27557
27558 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27559 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27560
27561 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27562 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27563 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27564 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27565 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27566 be needlessly slow.
27567
27568 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27569 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27570
27571 @noindent
27572 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27573 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27574 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27575 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27576 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27577 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27578 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27579
27580 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27581 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27582 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27583 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27584 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27585 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27586 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27587
27588 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27589 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27590 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27591 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27592 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27593 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27594 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27595 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27596
27597 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27598 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27599 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27600 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27601 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27602 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27603 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27604 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27605 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27606 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27607
27608 @cindex Quaternions
27609 The following rule set, contributed by
27610 @texline Fran\c cois
27611 @infoline Francois
27612 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27613 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27614 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27615 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27616 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27617 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27618 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27619 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27620 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27621 @key{RET}}.
27622
27623 @smallexample
27624 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27625 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27626 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27627 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27628 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27629 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27630 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27631 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27632 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27633 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27634 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27635 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27636 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27637 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27638 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27639 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27640 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27641 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27642 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27643 @end smallexample
27644
27645 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27646 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27647 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27648 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27649 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27650 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27651 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27652
27653 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27654 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27655 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27656 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27657 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27658 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27659
27660 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27661 @chapter Operating on Units
27662
27663 @noindent
27664 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27665 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27666 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27667 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27668 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27669
27670 @menu
27671 * Basic Operations on Units::
27672 * The Units Table::
27673 * Predefined Units::
27674 * User-Defined Units::
27675 @end menu
27676
27677 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27678 @section Basic Operations on Units
27679
27680 @noindent
27681 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27682 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27683 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27684 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27685 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27686 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27687 formula.
27688
27689 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27690 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27691 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27692 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27693 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27694 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27695
27696 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27697 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27698 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27699 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27700 representation of one millimeter.
27701
27702 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27703 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27704 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27705
27706 @kindex u s
27707 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27708 @ignore
27709 @mindex usimpl@idots
27710 @end ignore
27711 @tindex usimplify
27712 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27713 simplifies a units
27714 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27715 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27716 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27717 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27718 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27719 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27720 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27721 automatically at all times.
27722
27723 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27724 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27725 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27726 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27727 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27728 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27729 applied to units expressions, in which case
27730 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27731 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27732 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27733
27734 @kindex u c
27735 @pindex calc-convert-units
27736 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27737 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27738 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27739 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27740 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27741 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27742 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27743 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27744 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27745
27746 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27747 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27748 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27749 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27750 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27751 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27752 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27753
27754 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27755 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27756 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27757 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27758 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27759 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27760 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27761 input units.
27762
27763 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27764 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27765 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27766 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27767 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27768 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27769 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27770 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27771
27772 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27773 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27774 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27775 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27776 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27777 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27778
27779 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27780 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27781 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27782 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27783 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27784 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27785 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27786
27787 @cindex Composite units
27788 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27789 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27790 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27791 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27792 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27793 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27794 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27795 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27796 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27797 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27798 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27799 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27800 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27801
27802 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27803 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27804 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27805 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27806 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27807 converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27808
27809 @kindex u b
27810 @pindex calc-base-units
27811 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27812 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27813 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27814 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27815
27816 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27817 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27818 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27819 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27820
27821 @kindex u t
27822 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27823 @cindex Temperature conversion
27824 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27825 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27826 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27827 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27828 Fahrenheit scale.
27829
27830 @kindex u r
27831 @pindex calc-remove-units
27832 @kindex u x
27833 @pindex calc-extract-units
27834 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27835 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27836 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27837 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27838 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27839 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27840
27841 @kindex u a
27842 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27843 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27844 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27845 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27846 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27847 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27848 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27849 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27850 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27851 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27852
27853 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27854 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27855 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27856 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27857 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27858 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27859 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27860 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27861 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27862 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27863 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27864 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27865 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27866 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27867 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27868 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27869
27870 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27871 @section The Units Table
27872
27873 @noindent
27874 @kindex u v
27875 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27876 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27877 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27878 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27879 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27880 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27881 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27882 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27883 and steradians.
27884
27885 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27886 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27887 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27888 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27889 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27890 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27891
27892 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27893 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27894 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27895
27896 @kindex u V
27897 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27898 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27899 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27900 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27901 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27902 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27903 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27904 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27905
27906 @kindex u g
27907 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27908 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27909 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27910 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27911 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27912 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27913 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27914 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27915 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27916 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27917
27918 @kindex u e
27919 @pindex calc-explain-units
27920 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27921 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27922 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27923 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27924 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27925 column of the Units Table.
27926
27927 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27928 @section Predefined Units
27929
27930 @noindent
27931 The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27932 the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27933 distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27934 precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27935 defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
27936 1/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27937 vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27938 redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27939 example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27940 radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27941 based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27942 change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27943 of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27944 International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27945 kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27946 France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27947 The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27948 were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27949 which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27950 was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27951 Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27952 Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27953
27954 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27955 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27956 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27957 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27958 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27959 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27960 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27961 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27962
27963 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27964 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27965 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27966 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27967 of the various temperature scales.
27968
27969 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27970 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27971
27972 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27973 @tex
27974 for \AA ngstroms.
27975 @end tex
27976 @ifnottex
27977 for Angstroms.
27978 @end ifnottex
27979
27980 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27981 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27982 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27983 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27984 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27985 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27986 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27987 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27988 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27989 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27990 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27991 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27992
27993 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27994 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27995 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27996 preferable to @code{e}.
27997
27998 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27999 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
28000 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
28001
28002 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
28003 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
28004
28005 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
28006 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
28007
28008 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
28009 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
28010 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
28011 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
28012 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
28013 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
28014 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
28015 units.
28016
28017 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
28018 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
28019 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
28020 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
28021 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
28022 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
28023 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
28024 really is unitless.)
28025
28026 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
28027
28028 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
28029 @section User-Defined Units
28030
28031 @noindent
28032 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
28033 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
28034
28035 @kindex u 0-9
28036 @pindex calc-quick-units
28037 @vindex Units
28038 @cindex @code{Units} variable
28039 @cindex Quick units
28040 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
28041 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
28042 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
28043 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
28044 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
28045 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
28046 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
28047 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
28048 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
28049 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
28050 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
28051 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
28052
28053 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
28054 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
28055 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
28056 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
28057 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
28058 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
28059
28060 @kindex u d
28061 @pindex calc-define-unit
28062 @cindex User-defined units
28063 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
28064 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
28065 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
28066 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
28067 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
28068 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
28069 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
28070 appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
28071 be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
28072 asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
28073 command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
28074 for a string that will be used to display the definition.
28075
28076 @kindex u u
28077 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
28078 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
28079 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
28080 however.
28081
28082 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
28083 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
28084 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
28085 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
28086 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
28087
28088 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
28089 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
28090 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
28091 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
28092 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
28093 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
28094 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
28095 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
28096 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
28097
28098 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
28099 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
28100
28101 @kindex u p
28102 @pindex calc-permanent-units
28103 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
28104 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
28105 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
28106 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so that the
28107 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
28108 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
28109 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
28110 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28111
28112 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
28113 @chapter Storing and Recalling
28114
28115 @noindent
28116 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
28117 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
28118 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
28119 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
28120
28121 @menu
28122 * Storing Variables::
28123 * Recalling Variables::
28124 * Operations on Variables::
28125 * Let Command::
28126 * Evaluates-To Operator::
28127 @end menu
28128
28129 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
28130 @section Storing Variables
28131
28132 @noindent
28133 @kindex s s
28134 @pindex calc-store
28135 @cindex Storing variables
28136 @cindex Quick variables
28137 @vindex q0
28138 @vindex q9
28139 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
28140 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
28141 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
28142 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
28143 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
28144
28145 @kindex s t
28146 @pindex calc-store-into
28147 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
28148 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
28149 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
28150
28151 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
28152 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
28153 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
28154 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
28155 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
28156 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
28157 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
28158 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
28159
28160 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
28161 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
28162 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
28163 righthand sides simultaneously.
28164
28165 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
28166 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
28167 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
28168 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
28169 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
28170 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
28171
28172 @kindex s 0-9
28173 @kindex t 0-9
28174 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
28175 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
28176 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
28177 for trail and time/date commands.)
28178
28179 @kindex s +
28180 @kindex s -
28181 @ignore
28182 @mindex @idots
28183 @end ignore
28184 @kindex s *
28185 @ignore
28186 @mindex @null
28187 @end ignore
28188 @kindex s /
28189 @ignore
28190 @mindex @null
28191 @end ignore
28192 @kindex s ^
28193 @ignore
28194 @mindex @null
28195 @end ignore
28196 @kindex s |
28197 @ignore
28198 @mindex @null
28199 @end ignore
28200 @kindex s n
28201 @ignore
28202 @mindex @null
28203 @end ignore
28204 @kindex s &
28205 @ignore
28206 @mindex @null
28207 @end ignore
28208 @kindex s [
28209 @ignore
28210 @mindex @null
28211 @end ignore
28212 @kindex s ]
28213 @pindex calc-store-plus
28214 @pindex calc-store-minus
28215 @pindex calc-store-times
28216 @pindex calc-store-div
28217 @pindex calc-store-power
28218 @pindex calc-store-concat
28219 @pindex calc-store-neg
28220 @pindex calc-store-inv
28221 @pindex calc-store-decr
28222 @pindex calc-store-incr
28223 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28224 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28225 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28226 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28227 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28228 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28229
28230 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28231 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28232 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28233 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28234 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28235 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28236 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28237 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28238 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28239 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28240 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28241 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28242 forwards and backwards:
28243
28244 @example
28245 @group
28246 s + v := v + a v := a + v
28247 s - v := v - a v := a - v
28248 s * v := v * a v := a * v
28249 s / v := v / a v := a / v
28250 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28251 s | v := v | a v := a | v
28252 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28253 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28254 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28255 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28256 @end group
28257 @end example
28258
28259 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28260 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28261 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28262 minus-two minus the variable.
28263
28264 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28265 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28266 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28267
28268 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28269 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28270 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28271 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28272 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28273 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28274 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28275
28276 @kindex s m
28277 @pindex calc-store-map
28278 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28279 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28280 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28281 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28282 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28283 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28284 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28285 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28286 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28287 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28288 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28289
28290 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28291 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28292 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28293 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28294 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28295 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28296 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28297
28298 @kindex s x
28299 @pindex calc-store-exchange
28300 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28301 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28302 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28303
28304 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28305 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28306 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28307
28308 @kindex s u
28309 @pindex calc-unstore
28310 @cindex Void variables
28311 @cindex Un-storing variables
28312 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28313 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28314 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28315 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28316 void state.
28317
28318 @kindex s c
28319 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28320 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28321 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28322 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28323 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28324 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28325 current precision.
28326
28327 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28328 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28329 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28330 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28331 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28332 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28333 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28334 normally void).
28335
28336 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28337 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28338 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28339 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28340 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28341 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28342 @kbd{s c}.
28343
28344 @kindex s k
28345 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28346 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28347 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28348 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28349 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28350 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28351 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28352 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28353 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28354 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28355 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28356
28357 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28358 @section Recalling Variables
28359
28360 @noindent
28361 @kindex s r
28362 @pindex calc-recall
28363 @cindex Recalling variables
28364 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28365 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28366 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28367 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28368 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28369
28370 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28371 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28372 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28373 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28374 latter will produce an error message.
28375
28376 @kindex r 0-9
28377 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28378 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
28379
28380 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28381 @section Other Operations on Variables
28382
28383 @noindent
28384 @kindex s e
28385 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28386 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28387 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28388 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28389 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28390 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28391 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28392 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28393 description of editing.
28394
28395 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28396 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28397 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28398 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28399 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28400 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28401 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28402 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28403 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28404 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28405
28406 @kindex s A
28407 @kindex s D
28408 @ignore
28409 @mindex @idots
28410 @end ignore
28411 @kindex s E
28412 @ignore
28413 @mindex @null
28414 @end ignore
28415 @kindex s F
28416 @ignore
28417 @mindex @null
28418 @end ignore
28419 @kindex s G
28420 @ignore
28421 @mindex @null
28422 @end ignore
28423 @kindex s H
28424 @ignore
28425 @mindex @null
28426 @end ignore
28427 @kindex s I
28428 @ignore
28429 @mindex @null
28430 @end ignore
28431 @kindex s L
28432 @ignore
28433 @mindex @null
28434 @end ignore
28435 @kindex s P
28436 @ignore
28437 @mindex @null
28438 @end ignore
28439 @kindex s R
28440 @ignore
28441 @mindex @null
28442 @end ignore
28443 @kindex s T
28444 @ignore
28445 @mindex @null
28446 @end ignore
28447 @kindex s U
28448 @ignore
28449 @mindex @null
28450 @end ignore
28451 @kindex s X
28452 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28453 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28454 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28455 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28456 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28457 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28458 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28459 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28460 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28461 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28462 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28463 @pindex calc-store-Units
28464 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28465 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28466 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28467
28468 @table @kbd
28469 @item s A
28470 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28471 @item s D
28472 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28473 @item s E
28474 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28475 @item s F
28476 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28477 @item s G
28478 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28479 @item s H
28480 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28481 @item s I
28482 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28483 @item s L
28484 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28485 @item s P
28486 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28487 @item s R
28488 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28489 @item s T
28490 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28491 @item s U
28492 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28493 @item s X
28494 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28495 @end table
28496
28497 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28498 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28499
28500 @kindex s p
28501 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28502 @cindex Storing variables
28503 @cindex Permanent variables
28504 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28505 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28506 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28507 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so
28508 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28509 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28510 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28511 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28512 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28513
28514 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28515 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28516 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28517 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28518 and @code{PlotRejects};
28519 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28520 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28521 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28522 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28523
28524 @kindex s i
28525 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28526 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28527 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28528 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28529 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28530 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28531 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28532 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28533 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28534 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28535 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28536
28537 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28538 @section The Let Command
28539
28540 @noindent
28541 @kindex s l
28542 @pindex calc-let
28543 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28544 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28545 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28546 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28547 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28548 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28549
28550 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28551 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28552 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28553 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28554 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28555 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28556 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28557 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28558 by these commands.
28559
28560 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28561 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28562 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28563
28564 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28565 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28566 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28567
28568 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28569 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28570 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28571 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28572 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28573 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28574
28575 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28576 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28577
28578 @noindent
28579 @tindex evalto
28580 @tindex =>
28581 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28582 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28583 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28584 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28585 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28586 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28587 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28588
28589 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28590 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28591 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28592 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28593 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28594 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28595
28596 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28597 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28598 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28599
28600 @kindex s =
28601 @pindex calc-evalto
28602 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28603 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28604 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28605 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28606 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28607
28608 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28609 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28610 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28611 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28612 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28613 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28614 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28615 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28616 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28617 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28618 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28619 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28620 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28621 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28622 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28623
28624 @kindex m C
28625 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28626 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28627 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28628 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28629 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28630 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28631 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28632 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28633
28634 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28635 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28636 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28637 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28638 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28639 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28640 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28641
28642 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28643 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28644 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28645 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28646 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28647 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28648 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28649 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28650 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28651 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28652 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28653 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28654 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28655 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28656 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28657
28658 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28659 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28660 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28661 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28662 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28663 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28664 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28665 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28666 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28667 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28668
28669 @smallexample
28670 @group
28671 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28672 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28673 . . .
28674
28675 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28676 @end group
28677 @end smallexample
28678
28679 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28680 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28681 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28682 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28683 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28684 side effects.
28685
28686 @kindex s :
28687 @pindex calc-assign
28688 @tindex assign
28689 @tindex :=
28690 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28691 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28692 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28693 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28694 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28695 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28696 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28697 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28698 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28699
28700 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28701 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28702 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28703
28704 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28705 @chapter Graphics
28706
28707 @noindent
28708 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28709 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28710 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28711 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28712 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28713 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28714
28715 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28716 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28717 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable in
28718 your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some
28719 Lisp variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28720 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are using
28721 the X window system or MS-Windows, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28722 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are using a
28723 Unix or GNU system without X, Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display
28724 graphs using simple character graphics that will work on any
28725 Posix-compatible terminal.
28726
28727 @menu
28728 * Basic Graphics::
28729 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28730 * Managing Curves::
28731 * Graphics Options::
28732 * Devices::
28733 @end menu
28734
28735 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28736 @section Basic Graphics
28737
28738 @noindent
28739 @kindex g f
28740 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28741 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28742 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28743 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28744 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28745 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28746 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28747 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28748 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28749 to indicate the points themselves.
28750
28751 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28752 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28753 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28754
28755 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28756 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28757 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28758
28759 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28760 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28761 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28762 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28763 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28764 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28765 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28766 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28767 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28768
28769 @ignore
28770 @starindex
28771 @end ignore
28772 @tindex xy
28773 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28774 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28775 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28776 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28777 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28778 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28779 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28780 will be a circle.
28781
28782 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28783 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28784 variables.
28785
28786 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28787 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28788 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28789 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28790 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28791 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28792 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28793 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28794 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28795
28796 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28797 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28798
28799 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28800 @vindex PlotRejects
28801 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28802 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28803 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28804 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28805 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28806 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28807 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28808 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28809 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28810 @code{PlotRejects}.
28811
28812 @kindex g c
28813 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28814 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28815 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28816 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28817 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28818 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28819 window if there is one.
28820
28821 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28822 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28823
28824 @kindex g F
28825 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28826 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28827 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28828 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28829
28830 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28831 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28832 are several options for these values.
28833
28834 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28835 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28836 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28837 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28838 result is a surface plot where
28839 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
28840 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
28841 is the height of the point
28842 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28843 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28844 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28845 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28846 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28847
28848 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28849 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28850
28851 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28852 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28853 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28854 of values from the input vectors.
28855
28856 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28857 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28858 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28859 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28860 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28861 3D surface.
28862
28863 @ignore
28864 @starindex
28865 @end ignore
28866 @tindex xyz
28867 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28868 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28869 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28870 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28871 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28872 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28873 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28874 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28875 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28876 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28877 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28878 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28879
28880 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28881 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28882 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28883 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28884 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28885
28886 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28887 variables containing the relevant data.
28888
28889 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28890 @section Managing Curves
28891
28892 @noindent
28893 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28894 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28895 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28896 by using these commands directly.
28897
28898 @kindex g a
28899 @pindex calc-graph-add
28900 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28901 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28902 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28903 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28904 on the same axes.
28905
28906 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28907 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28908 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28909 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28910 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28911 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28912 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28913 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28914 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28915 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28916 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28917 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28918 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28919
28920 @vindex PlotData1
28921 @vindex PlotData2
28922 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28923 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28924 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28925 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28926 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28927 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28928 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28929 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28930
28931 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28932 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28933 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28934 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28935 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28936 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28937
28938 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28939 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28940 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28941
28942 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28943 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28944 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28945 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28946 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28947 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28948
28949 For example, to plot
28950 @texline @math{\sin n x}
28951 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28952 for integers @expr{n}
28953 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28954 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28955 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28956 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28957 command.
28958
28959 @kindex g A
28960 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28961 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28962 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28963 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28964 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28965 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28966 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28967 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28968 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28969 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28970 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28971
28972 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28973 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28974 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28975 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28976 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28977 check for this.)
28978
28979 @kindex g d
28980 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28981 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28982 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28983 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28984 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28985
28986 @kindex g H
28987 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28988 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28989 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28990 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28991 point styles will be retained.
28992
28993 @kindex g j
28994 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28995 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28996 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28997 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28998 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28999 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
29000 affect the last curve in the list.
29001
29002 @kindex g p
29003 @pindex calc-graph-plot
29004 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
29005 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
29006 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
29007 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
29008 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
29009 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
29010 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
29011 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
29012 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
29013
29014 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
29015 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
29016 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
29017 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
29018 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
29019 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
29020 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
29021
29022 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
29023 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
29024 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
29025 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
29026 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
29027 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
29028 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
29029
29030 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
29031 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
29032 the current graph is three-dimensional.
29033
29034 @kindex g P
29035 @pindex calc-graph-print
29036 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
29037 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
29038 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
29039 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
29040 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
29041 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
29042 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
29043 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
29044 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
29045 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
29046 always plot to the printer.
29047
29048 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
29049 @section Graphics Options
29050
29051 @noindent
29052 @kindex g g
29053 @pindex calc-graph-grid
29054 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
29055 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
29056 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
29057 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
29058 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
29059 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
29060
29061 @kindex g b
29062 @pindex calc-graph-border
29063 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
29064 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
29065 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29066
29067 @kindex g k
29068 @pindex calc-graph-key
29069 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
29070 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
29071 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
29072 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
29073 curves on the same graph.
29074
29075 @kindex g N
29076 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
29077 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
29078 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
29079 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
29080 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
29081 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
29082 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
29083 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
29084 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
29085 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
29086 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
29087 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
29088 will be computed for the surface.
29089
29090 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
29091 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
29092 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
29093 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
29094 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
29095 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
29096 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
29097 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
29098 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
29099
29100 @kindex g h
29101 @pindex calc-graph-header
29102 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
29103 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
29104 The default title is blank (no title).
29105
29106 @kindex g n
29107 @pindex calc-graph-name
29108 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
29109 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
29110 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
29111 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
29112 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
29113 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
29114 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
29115 not used.
29116
29117 @kindex g t
29118 @kindex g T
29119 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
29120 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
29121 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
29122 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
29123 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
29124 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
29125 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
29126 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
29127 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
29128
29129 @kindex g r
29130 @kindex g R
29131 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
29132 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
29133 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
29134 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
29135 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
29136 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
29137 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
29138 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
29139 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
29140 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
29141 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
29142
29143 @kindex g l
29144 @kindex g L
29145 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
29146 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
29147 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
29148 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
29149 be logarithmic instead of linear.
29150
29151 @kindex g C-l
29152 @kindex g C-r
29153 @kindex g C-t
29154 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
29155 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
29156 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
29157 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
29158 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
29159 for the ``z'' axis.
29160
29161 @kindex g z
29162 @kindex g Z
29163 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
29164 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
29165 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
29166 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
29167 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
29168 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
29169 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
29170 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
29171 not available for 3D plots.
29172
29173 @kindex g s
29174 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
29175 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
29176 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
29177 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
29178 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
29179 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
29180 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
29181 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
29182 available for any device.
29183
29184 @kindex g S
29185 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
29186 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
29187 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
29188 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29189 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29190 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29191 the error bars on or off.
29192
29193 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29194 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29195 @vindex LineStyles
29196 @vindex PointStyles
29197 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29198 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29199 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29200 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29201 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29202 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29203 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29204 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29205 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29206 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29207
29208 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29209 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29210 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29211 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29212 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29213
29214 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29215 @section Graphical Devices
29216
29217 @noindent
29218 @kindex g D
29219 @pindex calc-graph-device
29220 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29221 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29222 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29223 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29224 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29225
29226 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29227 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29228 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29229 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29230 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29231 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29232 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), @code{windows} on MS-Windows, or
29233 otherwise @code{dumb} under GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or
29234 @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0. This is the initial default
29235 value.
29236
29237 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29238 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29239 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29240 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29241 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29242 dumb terminals will be
29243 @texline @math{80\times24}
29244 @infoline 80x24
29245 characters. The graph is displayed in
29246 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29247 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29248 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29249
29250 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29251 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29252 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29253 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29254 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29255 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29256 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29257 of the four directions.
29258
29259 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29260 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29261 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29262 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29263 plot on any text-only printer.
29264
29265 @kindex g O
29266 @pindex calc-graph-output
29267 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of the
29268 output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11} and
29269 @code{windows}, there is no output file and this information is not
29270 used. Many other ``devices'' are really file formats like
29271 @code{postscript}; in these cases the output in the desired format
29272 goes into the file you name with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout
29273 @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write to its standard output stream,
29274 i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}. This is the default setting.
29275
29276 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29277 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29278 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29279 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29280 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29281 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29282 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29283 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29284 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29285
29286 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29287 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29288 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29289 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29290 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29291 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29292
29293 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29294 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29295 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29296 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29297 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29298 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29299
29300 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29301 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29302 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29303 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29304 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29305 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29306 You may wish to configure the default and
29307 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29308 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29309 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29310 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29311 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29312
29313 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29314 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29315 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29316 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29317 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29318 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29319 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29320 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29321
29322 @kindex g x
29323 @pindex calc-graph-display
29324 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29325 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29326 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29327 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29328
29329 @kindex g X
29330 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29331 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29332 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29333 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29334 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29335 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29336 window in the upper-left corner of the screen. This command has no
29337 effect if the current device is @code{windows}.
29338
29339 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29340 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29341 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29342 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29343 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29344 something has gone wrong@footnote{
29345 On MS-Windows, due to the peculiarities of how the Windows version of
29346 GNUPLOT (called @command{wgnuplot}) works, the GNUPLOT responses are
29347 not communicated back to Calc. Instead, you need to look them up in
29348 the GNUPLOT command window that is displayed as in normal interactive
29349 usage of GNUPLOT.
29350 }.
29351
29352 @kindex g C
29353 @pindex calc-graph-command
29354 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29355 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29356 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29357 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29358 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29359
29360 @kindex g v
29361 @kindex g V
29362 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29363 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29364 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29365 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29366 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29367 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29368 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29369 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29370 buffer is hidden again. (Note that on MS-Windows, the @samp{*Gnuplot
29371 Trail*} buffer will usually show nothing of interest, because
29372 GNUPLOT's responses are not communicated back to Calc.)
29373
29374 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29375 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29376 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29377 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29378 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29379 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29380 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29381 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29382 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29383 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29384 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29385 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29386 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29387 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29388 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29389 with @kbd{g p}.
29390
29391 @kindex g q
29392 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29393 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29394 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29395 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29396 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29397 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29398 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29399
29400 @kindex g K
29401 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29402 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29403 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29404 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29405 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29406
29407 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29408 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29409
29410 @noindent
29411 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29412 other Emacs editing buffers.
29413
29414 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29415 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29416
29417 @menu
29418 * Killing From Stack::
29419 * Yanking Into Stack::
29420 * Saving Into Registers::
29421 * Inserting From Registers::
29422 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29423 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29424 * X Cut and Paste::
29425 @end menu
29426
29427 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29428 @section Killing from the Stack
29429
29430 @noindent
29431 @kindex C-k
29432 @pindex calc-kill
29433 @kindex M-k
29434 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29435 @kindex C-w
29436 @pindex calc-kill-region
29437 @kindex M-w
29438 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29439 @kindex M-C-w
29440 @cindex Kill ring
29441 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29442 ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29443 Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29444 one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29445 @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29446 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29447 although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29448 ``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29449 only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29450 the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29451 @kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29452 to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29453 deleting anything.
29454
29455 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29456 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29457 the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29458 Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29459 text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29460 including line numbers if they are enabled.
29461
29462 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29463 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29464 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29465 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29466 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29467 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29468 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29469 newline.
29470
29471 @node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29472 @section Yanking into the Stack
29473
29474 @noindent
29475 @kindex C-y
29476 @pindex calc-yank
29477 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29478 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29479 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29480 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29481 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29482 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29483 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29484 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29485 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29486 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29487 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29488 difference.)
29489
29490 @node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29491 @section Saving into Registers
29492
29493 @noindent
29494 @kindex r s
29495 @pindex calc-copy-to-register
29496 @pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29497 @pindex calc-append-to-register
29498 @cindex Registers
29499 An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29500 registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29501 saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29502 commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29503 entries.
29504
29505 Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29506 each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29507 region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29508 register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29509 You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29510 you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29511 register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29512 argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29513 register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29514
29515 It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29516 command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29517 then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29518 contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29519 similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29520 region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29521 @kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29522 added to the register.
29523
29524 @node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29525 @section Inserting from Registers
29526 @noindent
29527 @kindex r i
29528 @pindex calc-insert-register
29529 The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29530 register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29531 Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29532 within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29533 inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29534 register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29535
29536 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
29537 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29538
29539 @noindent
29540 @kindex C-x * g
29541 @pindex calc-grab-region
29542 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29543 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29544 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29545 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29546 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29547 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29548 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29549 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29550
29551 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29552 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29553 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29554 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29555 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29556 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29557 delete given that prefix argument.
29558
29559 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29560 line.
29561
29562 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29563 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29564 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29565 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29566 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29567 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29568 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29569 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29570
29571 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29572 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29573
29574 @kindex C-x * r
29575 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29576 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29577 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29578 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29579 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29580 whose contents are parsed.
29581
29582 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29583 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29584 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29585
29586 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29587 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29588 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29589 is ignored.
29590
29591 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29592 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29593 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29594 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29595 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29596 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29597
29598 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29599 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29600 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29601 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29602 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29603 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29604 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29605 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29606
29607 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29608 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29609 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29610 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29611 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29612
29613 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29614 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29615 @texline @math{1\times1}
29616 @infoline 1x1
29617 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29618
29619 @kindex C-x * :
29620 @kindex C-x * _
29621 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29622 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29623 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29624 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29625 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29626 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29627 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29628 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29629 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29630 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29631
29632 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29633 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29634 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29635 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29636 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29637
29638 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29639 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29640 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29641 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29642 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29643 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29644
29645 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29646 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29647 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29648 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29649 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29650 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29651 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29652
29653 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29654 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29655
29656 @noindent
29657 @kindex y
29658 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29659 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29660 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29661 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29662 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29663 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29664 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29665 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29666 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29667
29668 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29669 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29670 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29671 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29672 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29673 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29674 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29675
29676 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29677 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29678 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29679 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29680 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29681 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29682 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29683 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29684 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29685 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29686
29687 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29688 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29689 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29690 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29691 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29692 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29693 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29694 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29695 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29696 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29697 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29698 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29699 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29700 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29701
29702 @kindex C-x * y
29703 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29704 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29705 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29706
29707 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29708 @section X Cut and Paste
29709
29710 @noindent
29711 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29712 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29713 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29714
29715 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29716 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29717 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29718 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29719 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29720 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29721 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29722 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29723 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29724 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29725 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29726
29727 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29728 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29729 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29730 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29731 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29732 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29733 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29734 in the Calc window.
29735
29736 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29737 @chapter Keypad Mode
29738
29739 @noindent
29740 @kindex C-x * k
29741 @pindex calc-keypad
29742 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29743 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29744 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29745 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29746 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29747 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29748 calculations with the mouse.
29749
29750 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29751 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29752 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29753 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29754 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29755 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29756
29757 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29758 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29759 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29760 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29761
29762 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29763 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29764 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29765
29766 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29767 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29768 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29769 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29770 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29771 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29772 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29773 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29774
29775 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29776 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29777 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29778 original buffer.
29779
29780 @menu
29781 * Keypad Main Menu::
29782 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29783 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29784 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29785 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29786 @end menu
29787
29788 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29789 @section Main Menu
29790
29791 @smallexample
29792 @group
29793 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
29794 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29795 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29796 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29797 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29798 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29799 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29800 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29801 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29802 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29803 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29804 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29805 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29806 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29807 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29808 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29809 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29810 @end group
29811 @end smallexample
29812
29813 @noindent
29814 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29815 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29816 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29817 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29818
29819 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29820 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29821 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29822 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29823 or any other function key.
29824
29825 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29826 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29827 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29828 stack.
29829
29830 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29831 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29832 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29833 below and in the following sections.
29834
29835 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29836 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29837
29838 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29839 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29840 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29841
29842 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29843 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29844 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29845 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29846
29847 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29848 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29849 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29850 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29851 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29852
29853 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29854 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29855 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29856 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29857
29858 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29859 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29860 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29861 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29862
29863 @table @kbd
29864 @item INV +/-
29865 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29866 @item INV +
29867 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29868 @item INV -
29869 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29870 @item INV *
29871 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29872 @item INV /
29873 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29874 @item HYP/INV 1
29875 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29876 @item HYP/INV 2
29877 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29878 @item HYP/INV 3
29879 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29880 @item INV/HYP 4
29881 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29882 @item INV/HYP 5
29883 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29884 @item INV 6
29885 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29886 @item INV 7
29887 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29888 @item INV 8
29889 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29890 @item INV 9
29891 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29892 @item INV 0
29893 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29894 @item INV .
29895 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29896 @item INV ENTER
29897 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29898 @item HYP ENTER
29899 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29900 @item INV HYP ENTER
29901 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29902 @item HYP +/-
29903 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29904 @item HYP EEX
29905 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29906 @item INV EEX
29907 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29908 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29909 by the two limits of the interval.
29910 @end table
29911
29912 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29913 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29914 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29915 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29916 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29917 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29918
29919 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29920 @section Functions Menu
29921
29922 @smallexample
29923 @group
29924 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29925 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29926 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29927 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29928 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29929 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29930 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29931 @end group
29932 @end smallexample
29933
29934 @noindent
29935 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29936 prefix keys.
29937
29938 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29939 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29940
29941 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29942 extracts the imaginary part.
29943
29944 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29945 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29946 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29947 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29948 same limit as last time.
29949
29950 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29951
29952 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29953 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29954 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29955
29956 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29957 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29958
29959 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29960 finds the previous prime.
29961
29962 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29963 @section Binary Menu
29964
29965 @smallexample
29966 @group
29967 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29968 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29969 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29970 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29971 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29972 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29973 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29974 @end group
29975 @end smallexample
29976
29977 @noindent
29978 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29979 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29980 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29981
29982 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29983 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29984
29985 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29986 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29987 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29988 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29989
29990 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29991 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29992 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29993 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29994
29995 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29996 @section Vectors Menu
29997
29998 @smallexample
29999 @group
30000 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
30001 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
30002 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30003 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
30004 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30005 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
30006 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30007 @end group
30008 @end smallexample
30009
30010 @noindent
30011 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
30012
30013 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
30014 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
30015 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
30016 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
30017 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
30018 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
30019 rows into a matrix.
30020
30021 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
30022 components separately.
30023
30024 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
30025 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
30026 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
30027 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
30028 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
30029
30030 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
30031 identity matrix.
30032
30033 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
30034
30035 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
30036
30037 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
30038 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
30039
30040 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
30041 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
30042 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
30043 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
30044
30045 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
30046 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
30047 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
30048
30049 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
30050 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
30051 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
30052
30053 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
30054 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
30055 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
30056 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
30057 all the elements of a vector.
30058
30059 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
30060 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
30061 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
30062 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
30063 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
30064 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
30065 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
30066 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
30067 the formula @samp{x^y}.
30068
30069 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
30070 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
30071 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
30072 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
30073 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
30074 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
30075 @expr{t}, respectively.
30076
30077 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
30078 @section Modes Menu
30079
30080 @smallexample
30081 @group
30082 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
30083 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
30084 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30085 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
30086 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30087 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
30088 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30089 @end group
30090 @end smallexample
30091
30092 @noindent
30093 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
30094
30095 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
30096 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
30097 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
30098 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
30099 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
30100
30101 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
30102 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
30103 well as to the left.
30104
30105 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
30106 for trigonometric functions.
30107
30108 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
30109 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
30110 fractional or floating-point results.
30111
30112 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
30113 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
30114
30115 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
30116 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
30117 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
30118
30119 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
30120 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
30121
30122 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
30123 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
30124 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
30125 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
30126
30127 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
30128 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
30129 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
30130 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
30131 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
30132
30133 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
30134 @chapter Embedded Mode
30135
30136 @noindent
30137 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
30138 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
30139 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
30140 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
30141
30142 @menu
30143 * Basic Embedded Mode::
30144 * More About Embedded Mode::
30145 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
30146 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
30147 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
30148 @end menu
30149
30150 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30151 @section Basic Embedded Mode
30152
30153 @noindent
30154 @kindex C-x * e
30155 @pindex calc-embedded
30156 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
30157 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
30158 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
30159 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
30160 are visiting your own files.
30161
30162 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
30163 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
30164 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
30165 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
30166 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
30167 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
30168 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
30169 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30170 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
30171 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
30172 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
30173
30174 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
30175 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
30176 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
30177 understands are:
30178
30179 @enumerate
30180 @item
30181 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
30182 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
30183 @item
30184 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
30185 @item
30186 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
30187 @item
30188 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
30189 @item
30190 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
30191 @end enumerate
30192
30193 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
30194 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
30195 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
30196
30197 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
30198 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30199 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30200 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30201
30202 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30203 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30204 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30205
30206 @kindex C-x * w
30207 @pindex calc-embedded-word
30208 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30209 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30210 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30211 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30212 backward to delimit the formula.
30213
30214 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30215 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30216 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30217 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30218 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30219 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30220 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30221 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30222 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30223 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30224 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30225
30226 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30227 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30228 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30229 an algebraic entry.
30230
30231 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30232 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30233 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30234 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30235 not affected by Embedded mode.
30236
30237 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30238 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30239 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30240 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30241 find you need to see the entire stack.
30242
30243 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30244 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30245 inequality:
30246
30247 @example
30248 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30249 @end example
30250
30251 @noindent
30252 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30253 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30254 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30255 to match Calc's usual display style:
30256
30257 @example
30258 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30259 @end example
30260
30261 @noindent
30262 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30263 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30264 Embedded mode.
30265
30266 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30267 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30268 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30269 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30270 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30271 needs to be commuted.
30272
30273 @example
30274 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30275 @end example
30276
30277 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30278 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30279 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30280 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30281
30282 @example
30283 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30284 @end example
30285
30286 @noindent
30287 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30288 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30289 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30290 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30291 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30292 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30293 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30294
30295 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30296 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30297 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30298 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30299 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30300 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30301 Embedded mode is concerned.
30302
30303 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30304 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30305 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30306 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30307 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30308 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30309 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30310 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30311 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30312 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30313
30314 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30315 @section More About Embedded Mode
30316
30317 @noindent
30318 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30319 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30320 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30321 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30322 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30323 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30324 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30325
30326 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30327 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30328 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30329 whatever language mode is in effect.
30330
30331 @tex
30332 \bigskip
30333 @end tex
30334
30335 @kindex d p
30336 @pindex calc-show-plain
30337 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30338 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30339 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30340 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30341 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30342 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30343 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30344 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30345 version.
30346
30347 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30348 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30349 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30350 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30351 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30352 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30353 in a comment for those modes, also.
30354 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30355 formula delimiters.
30356
30357 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30358 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30359 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30360 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30361 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30362 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30363 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30364 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30365
30366 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30367 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30368 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30369 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30370 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30371 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30372
30373 @tex
30374 \bigskip
30375 @end tex
30376
30377 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30378 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30379 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30380 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30381 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30382 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30383 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30384 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30385 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30386 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30387 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30388 ``plain'' mode.
30389
30390 @tex
30391 \bigskip
30392 @end tex
30393
30394 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30395 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30396 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30397 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30398 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30399
30400 @smallexample
30401 The derivative of
30402
30403 ln(ln(x))
30404
30405 is
30406
30407 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30408
30409 whose value at x = 2 is
30410
30411 @r{(the value)}
30412
30413 and at x = 3 is
30414
30415 @r{(the value)}
30416 @end smallexample
30417
30418 @kindex C-x * d
30419 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30420 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30421 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30422 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30423 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30424 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30425
30426 For this example, you would start with just
30427
30428 @smallexample
30429 The derivative of
30430
30431 ln(ln(x))
30432 @end smallexample
30433
30434 @noindent
30435 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30436 is
30437
30438 @smallexample
30439 The derivative of
30440
30441 ln(ln(x))
30442
30443
30444 ln(ln(x))
30445 @end smallexample
30446
30447 @noindent
30448 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30449 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30450 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30451 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30452 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30453 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30454
30455 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30456 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30457 various formulas and numbers.
30458
30459 @tex
30460 \bigskip
30461 @end tex
30462
30463 @kindex C-x * f
30464 @kindex C-x * '
30465 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30466 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30467 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30468 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30469 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30470 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30471 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30472 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30473 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30474
30475 @kindex C-x * n
30476 @kindex C-x * p
30477 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30478 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30479 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30480 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30481 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30482 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30483 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30484 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30485 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30486 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30487 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30488 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30489 formula, they just move the cursor.
30490
30491 @kindex C-x * `
30492 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30493 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30494 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30495 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30496 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30497
30498 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30499 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30500
30501 @noindent
30502 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30503 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30504 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30505 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30506
30507 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30508
30509 @example
30510 foo := 5
30511 @end example
30512
30513 @noindent
30514 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30515 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30516 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30517 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30518 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30519
30520 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30521 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30522 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30523 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30524 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30525
30526 @example
30527 foo + 7 => 12
30528 @end example
30529
30530 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30531
30532 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30533 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30534
30535 @example
30536 foo := 17
30537
30538 foo + 7 => 24
30539 @end example
30540
30541 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30542 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30543 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30544 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30545 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30546
30547 @example
30548 17
30549
30550 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30551 @end example
30552
30553 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30554 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30555 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30556 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30557
30558 @kindex C-x * j
30559 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30560 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30561 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30562 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30563 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30564 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30565 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30566
30567 @example
30568 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30569 @end example
30570
30571 @noindent
30572 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30573
30574 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30575 mode.
30576
30577 @kindex C-x * u
30578 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30579 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30580 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30581 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30582 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30583 command is a convenient way to do this.
30584
30585 @example
30586 foo := 6
30587
30588 foo + 7 => 13
30589 @end example
30590
30591 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30592 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30593 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30594 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30595 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30596 that formula will not be disturbed.
30597
30598 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30599 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30600 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30601 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30602 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30603
30604 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30605 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30606
30607 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30608 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30609 file.
30610
30611 @kindex C-x * a
30612 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30613 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30614 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30615 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30616 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30617 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30618 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30619 changed.
30620
30621 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30622 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30623 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30624 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30625 a few lines that look like this:
30626
30627 @example
30628 --- Local Variables: ---
30629 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30630 --- End: ---
30631 @end example
30632
30633 @noindent
30634 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30635 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30636 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30637 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30638 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30639 trailing strings.
30640
30641 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30642 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30643 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30644 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30645 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30646 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30647 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30648 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30649 Emacs manual}.
30650
30651 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30652 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30653 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30654 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30655 saved.
30656
30657 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30658 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30659 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30660 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30661 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30662 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30663
30664 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30665 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30666 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30667 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30668 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30669 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30670 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30671 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30672 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30673 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30674 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30675 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30676 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30677 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30678 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30679
30680 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30681 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30682 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30683 following assignment is used.
30684
30685 @example
30686 x => 1
30687
30688 x := 1
30689
30690 x => 1
30691
30692 x := 2
30693
30694 x => 2
30695 @end example
30696
30697 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30698 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30699 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30700 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30701 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30702 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30703
30704 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30705 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30706 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30707 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30708 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30709 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30710 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30711
30712 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30713 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30714 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30715 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30716 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30717 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30718 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30719 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30720 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30721 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30722 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30723
30724 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30725 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30726
30727 @kindex m e
30728 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30729 @noindent
30730 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30731 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30732 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30733 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30734 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30735 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30736
30737 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30738 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30739 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30740 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30741 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30742 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30743
30744 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30745 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30746 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30747 delimiter of the formula.
30748
30749 @example
30750 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30751 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30752 @end example
30753
30754 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30755 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30756 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30757 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30758 the file, or up to a line of the form
30759
30760 @example
30761 % [calc-defaults]
30762 @end example
30763
30764 @noindent
30765 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30766 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30767 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30768
30769 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30770 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30771 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30772 below).
30773
30774 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30775 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30776 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30777 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30778 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30779 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30780 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30781 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30782 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30783
30784 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30785 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30786 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30787 one.
30788
30789 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30790 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30791 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30792 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30793 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30794 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30795 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30796 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30797 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30798
30799 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30800 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30801 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30802 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30803 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30804 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30805
30806 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30807 that look like this, respectively:
30808
30809 @example
30810 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30811 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30812 @end example
30813
30814 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30815 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30816 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30817 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30818 yet, is not relevant here.)
30819
30820 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30821 of the file:
30822
30823 @example
30824 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30825 @end example
30826
30827 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30828 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30829 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30830 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30831 formulas in the file.
30832
30833 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30834 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30835 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30836 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30837 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30838
30839 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30840 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30841 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30842 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30843 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30844 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30845
30846 @example
30847 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30848 1.23e2
30849
30850 456.
30851 @end example
30852
30853 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30854 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30855
30856 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30857 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30858 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30859 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30860 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el})
30861 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30862 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30863 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30864 annotations at all.
30865
30866 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30867 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30868
30869 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30870 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30871
30872 @noindent
30873 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30874 variables described here. These variables are customizable
30875 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30876 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30877 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30878 the end of the file;
30879 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30880 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30881 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30882
30883 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30884 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30885 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30886 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30887 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30888 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30889 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30890 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30891 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30892 in detail.
30893
30894 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30895 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30896 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30897 Lisp program.
30898
30899 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30900 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30901 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30902 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30903 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30904 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30905 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30906 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30907
30908 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30909 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30910 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30911 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30912 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30913 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30914
30915 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30916 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30917 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30918 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30919 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30920 one or two dollar signs.
30921
30922 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30923 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30924 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30925
30926 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30927 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30928 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30929 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30930 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30931 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30932 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30933
30934 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30935 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30936 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30937 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30938 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30939 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30940 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30941
30942 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30943 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30944 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30945 regular expression to match the above example would be
30946 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30947 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30948 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30949 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30950 case).
30951
30952 @vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
30953 The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
30954 used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
30955 @kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
30956
30957 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30958 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30959 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30960 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30961 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30962 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30963 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30964 be different for certain major modes.
30965
30966 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30967 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30968 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30969 different for different major modes. Without
30970 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30971 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30972
30973 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30974 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30975 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30976 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30977 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30978 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30979 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30980 the file.
30981
30982 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30983 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30984 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30985 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30986 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30987 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30988 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30989
30990 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30991 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30992 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30993 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30994 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30995 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30996 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30997 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30998 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30999 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
31000 different for different major modes.
31001 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
31002 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
31003 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
31004 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
31005
31006 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
31007 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
31008 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
31009 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
31010 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
31011 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
31012 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
31013 modes.
31014
31015 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
31016 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
31017 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
31018 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
31019 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
31020 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
31021
31022 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
31023 @chapter Programming
31024
31025 @noindent
31026 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
31027 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
31028
31029 @enumerate
31030 @item
31031 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
31032 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
31033 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
31034 as loops and conditionals.
31035
31036 @item
31037 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
31038 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
31039 as an interactive command.
31040
31041 @item
31042 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
31043 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
31044 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
31045 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
31046 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
31047
31048 @item
31049 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
31050 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
31051 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
31052 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
31053 rewrite rules.
31054 @end enumerate
31055
31056 @kindex z
31057 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
31058 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
31059 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
31060 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
31061 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
31062 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
31063 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
31064
31065 @menu
31066 * Creating User Keys::
31067 * Keyboard Macros::
31068 * Invocation Macros::
31069 * Algebraic Definitions::
31070 * Lisp Definitions::
31071 @end menu
31072
31073 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
31074 @section Creating User Keys
31075
31076 @noindent
31077 @kindex Z D
31078 @pindex calc-user-define
31079 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
31080 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
31081 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
31082
31083 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
31084 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
31085 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
31086 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
31087 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
31088 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
31089 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
31090 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
31091
31092 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
31093 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
31094
31095 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
31096 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
31097 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
31098
31099 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
31100 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
31101 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
31102 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
31103 of a letter if you wish.
31104
31105 @kindex Z U
31106 @pindex calc-user-undefine
31107 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
31108 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
31109 key we defined above.
31110
31111 @kindex Z P
31112 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
31113 @cindex Storing user definitions
31114 @cindex Permanent user definitions
31115 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
31116 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
31117 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
31118 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
31119 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
31120 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}.) For example,
31121 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
31122 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
31123 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
31124 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
31125
31126 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
31127 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
31128 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
31129 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
31130 command will save all of these definitions.
31131 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
31132 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
31133 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
31134 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
31135 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
31136 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
31137 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
31138 or key bindings associated with the function.)
31139
31140 @kindex Z E
31141 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
31142 @cindex Editing user definitions
31143 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
31144 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
31145 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
31146 following sections.
31147
31148 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
31149 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
31150
31151 @noindent
31152 @kindex X
31153 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
31154 @cindex Keyboard macros
31155 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
31156 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
31157 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
31158 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
31159 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
31160 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
31161 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
31162 information.
31163
31164 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
31165 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
31166 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
31167 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
31168 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
31169 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
31170 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
31171 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
31172 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
31173 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
31174 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
31175 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
31176 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
31177
31178 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
31179 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
31180 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
31181 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
31182
31183 @menu
31184 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
31185 * Conditionals in Macros::
31186 * Loops in Macros::
31187 * Local Values in Macros::
31188 * Queries in Macros::
31189 @end menu
31190
31191 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31192 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
31193
31194 @noindent
31195 @kindex Z K
31196 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
31197 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
31198 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31199 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31200 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31201 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31202 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31203 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31204 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31205 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31206 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31207 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31208 descriptive command name if you wish.
31209
31210 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31211 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31212 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31213 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31214
31215 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31216 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31217
31218 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31219 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31220 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31221 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31222 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31223 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31224 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31225 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31226 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31227 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31228 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31229 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31230 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31231 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31232 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31233
31234 @kindex C-x * m
31235 @pindex read-kbd-macro
31236 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31237 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31238 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31239 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31240
31241 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31242 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31243
31244 @noindent
31245 @kindex Z [
31246 @kindex Z ]
31247 @pindex calc-kbd-if
31248 @pindex calc-kbd-else
31249 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31250 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31251 @cindex Conditional structures
31252 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31253 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31254 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31255 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31256 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31257 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31258 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31259
31260 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31261 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31262 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31263 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31264 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31265 command is skipped.
31266
31267 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31268 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31269 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31270 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31271 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31272 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31273
31274 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31275 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31276
31277 @kindex Z :
31278 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31279 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31280 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31281 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31282 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31283 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31284 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31285
31286 @kindex Z |
31287 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31288 between any number of alternatives. For example,
31289 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31290 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31291 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31292 it will execute @var{part3}.
31293
31294 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31295 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31296 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31297 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31298 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31299 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31300 does not.
31301
31302 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31303 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31304 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31305 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31306 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31307 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31308 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31309 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31310 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31311
31312 @kindex Z C-g
31313 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31314 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31315 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31316
31317 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31318 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31319
31320 @noindent
31321 @kindex Z <
31322 @kindex Z >
31323 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31324 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31325 @cindex Looping structures
31326 @cindex Iterative structures
31327 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31328 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31329 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31330 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31331 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31332 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31333 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31334 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31335 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31336
31337 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31338 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31339 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31340 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31341 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31342 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31343 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31344 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31345 macro.
31346
31347 @kindex Z /
31348 @pindex calc-break
31349 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31350 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31351 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31352 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31353 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31354 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31355 in the C language.
31356
31357 @kindex Z (
31358 @kindex Z )
31359 @pindex calc-kbd-for
31360 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31361 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31362 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31363 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31364 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31365 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31366 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31367 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31368 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31369 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31370
31371 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31372 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31373 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31374 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31375 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31376 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31377 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31378
31379 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31380 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31381 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31382 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31383 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31384 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31385
31386 @kindex Z @{
31387 @kindex Z @}
31388 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31389 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31390 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31391 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31392 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31393 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31394 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31395 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31396 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31397 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31398 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31399 this feature.)
31400
31401 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31402 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31403 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31404 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31405 as easily as in a macro definition.
31406
31407 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31408 conditional and looping commands.
31409
31410 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31411 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31412
31413 @noindent
31414 @cindex Local variables
31415 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31416 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31417 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31418 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31419 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31420 modes.
31421
31422 @kindex Z `
31423 @kindex Z '
31424 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31425 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31426 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31427 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31428 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31429 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31430
31431 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31432 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31433 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31434 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31435 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31436
31437 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31438 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31439 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31440 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31441 in exceptional conditions.
31442
31443 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31444 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31445 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31446 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31447 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31448 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31449 macros were involved.
31450
31451 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31452 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31453 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31454 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31455 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31456 thereof) are also saved.
31457
31458 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31459 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31460 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31461 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31462 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31463
31464 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31465 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31466 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31467 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31468 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31469 outside the construct.
31470
31471 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31472 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31473 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31474
31475 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31476 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31477
31478 @c @noindent
31479 @c @kindex Z =
31480 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31481 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31482 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31483 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31484 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31485 @c to turn such messages off.
31486
31487 @noindent
31488 @kindex Z #
31489 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31490 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31491 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31492 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31493 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31494 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31495 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31496 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31497 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31498 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31499 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31500 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31501
31502 As an example,
31503 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31504 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31505 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31506 will not be part of the macro.)
31507
31508 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31509 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31510 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31511 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31512 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31513 return control to the keyboard macro.
31514
31515 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31516 @section Invocation Macros
31517
31518 @kindex C-x * z
31519 @kindex Z I
31520 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31521 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31522 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31523 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31524 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31525 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31526 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31527 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31528 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31529 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31530
31531 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31532 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31533 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31534 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31535 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31536 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31537
31538 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31539 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31540 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31541 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31542 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31543
31544 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31545 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31546 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31547
31548 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31549 @section Programming with Formulas
31550
31551 @noindent
31552 @kindex Z F
31553 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31554 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31555 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31556 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31557 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31558 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31559 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31560 non-numeric arguments.
31561
31562 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31563 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31564 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31565 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31566 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31567 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31568 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31569
31570 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31571 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31572 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31573 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31574
31575 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31576 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31577 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31578 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31579 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31580 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31581 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31582 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31583 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31584
31585 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31586 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31587 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31588 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31589 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31590 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31591 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31592 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31593 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31594 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31595 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31596 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31597
31598 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31599 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31600 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31601 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31602 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31603 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31604 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31605
31606 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31607 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31608 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31609 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31610
31611 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31612 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31613 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31614 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31615 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31616 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31617 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31618 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31619 question.
31620
31621 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31622 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31623 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31624 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31625
31626 @kindex Z G
31627 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31628 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31629 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31630 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31631 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31632 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31633 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31634 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31635
31636 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31637 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31638 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31639 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31640 @kbd{C-x k} to
31641 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31642 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31643 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31644 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31645
31646 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31647 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31648 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31649
31650 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31651 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31652 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31653 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31654 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31655 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31656 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31657 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31658 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31659
31660 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31661 @section Programming with Lisp
31662
31663 @noindent
31664 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31665 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31666 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31667 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31668 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31669 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31670 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31671 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31672 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31673
31674 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31675 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31676 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31677 to program the Calculator.
31678
31679 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31680 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31681 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31682 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31683 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31684
31685 @menu
31686 * Defining Functions::
31687 * Defining Simple Commands::
31688 * Defining Stack Commands::
31689 * Argument Qualifiers::
31690 * Example Definitions::
31691
31692 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31693 * Internals::
31694 @end menu
31695
31696 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31697 @subsection Defining New Functions
31698
31699 @noindent
31700 @findex defmath
31701 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31702 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31703 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31704 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31705 example,
31706
31707 @example
31708 (defmath myfact (n)
31709 (if (> n 0)
31710 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31711 1))
31712 @end example
31713
31714 @noindent
31715 This actually expands to the code,
31716
31717 @example
31718 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31719 (if (math-posp n)
31720 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31721 1))
31722 @end example
31723
31724 @noindent
31725 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31726
31727 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31728 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31729 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31730 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31731
31732 @smallexample
31733 (defmath myfact (n)
31734 (if (> n 0)
31735 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31736 (if (= n 0)
31737 1
31738 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31739 @end smallexample
31740
31741 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31742 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31743 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31744 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31745 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31746 efficiently as possible.
31747
31748 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31749 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31750 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31751 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31752 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31753 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31754
31755 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31756 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31757 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31758 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31759 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31760 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31761 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31762
31763 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31764 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31765 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31766 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31767 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31768
31769 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31770
31771 @itemize @bullet
31772 @item
31773 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31774 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31775 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31776 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31777 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31778
31779 @item
31780 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31781 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31782 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31783 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31784 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31785 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31786 into one element of a matrix.
31787
31788 @item
31789 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31790 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31791 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31792 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31793 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31794 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31795 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31796 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31797 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31798 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31799 things, not just two.
31800
31801 @item
31802 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31803 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31804 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31805 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31806 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31807
31808 @item
31809 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31810 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31811 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31812 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31813
31814 @item
31815 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31816 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31817 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31818 inside the body of the function.
31819 @end itemize
31820
31821 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31822 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31823 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31824 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31825 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31826
31827 @smallexample
31828 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31829 (and (numberp x)
31830 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31831 @end smallexample
31832
31833 expands to
31834
31835 @smallexample
31836 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31837 (and (math-numberp x)
31838 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31839 @end smallexample
31840
31841 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31842 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31843 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31844 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31845 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31846
31847 @example
31848 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31849 @end example
31850
31851 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31852 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31853 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31854 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31855 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31856 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31857 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31858 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31859 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31860 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31861 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31862
31863 @example
31864 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31865 (defmath ... )
31866 (defmath ... )
31867 ))
31868 @end example
31869
31870 @noindent
31871 @vindex calc-define
31872 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31873 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31874 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31875 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31876 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31877 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31878 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31879 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31880 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31881
31882 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31883 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31884 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31885 after Calc itself is loaded.
31886
31887 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31888 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31889 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31890 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31891
31892 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31893 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31894 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31895 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31896 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31897 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31898 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31899 protect against this situation, you can put
31900
31901 @example
31902 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31903 @end example
31904
31905 @findex calc-check-defines
31906 @noindent
31907 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31908 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31909 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31910 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31911
31912 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31913 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31914 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31915 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31916
31917 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31918 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31919
31920 @noindent
31921 @findex interactive
31922 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31923 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31924 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31925 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31926 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31927 the command work in the Calc environment.
31928
31929 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31930 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31931
31932 @smallexample
31933 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31934 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31935 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31936 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31937 @end smallexample
31938
31939 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31940
31941 @smallexample
31942 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31943 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31944 (interactive "p")
31945 (calc-wrapper
31946 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31947
31948 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31949 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31950 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31951 @end smallexample
31952
31953 @noindent
31954 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31955 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31956 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31957 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31958
31959 @findex calc-wrapper
31960 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31961 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31962
31963 @smallexample
31964 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31965 (unwind-protect
31966 (save-current-buffer
31967 (calc-select-buffer)
31968 @emph{body of function}
31969 @emph{renumber stack}
31970 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31971 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31972 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31973 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31974 @end smallexample
31975
31976 @findex calc-select-buffer
31977 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31978 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31979 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31980
31981 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31982 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31983 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31984 following command flags:
31985
31986 @table @code
31987 @item renum-stack
31988 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31989 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31990 @code{calc-push}.
31991
31992 @item clear-message
31993 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31994 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31995
31996 @item no-align
31997 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31998
31999 @item position-point
32000 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
32001 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
32002 this command finishes.
32003
32004 @item keep-flags
32005 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
32006 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
32007
32008 @item do-edit
32009 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
32010
32011 @item hold-trail
32012 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
32013 there.
32014 @end table
32015
32016 @kindex Y
32017 @kindex Y ?
32018 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
32019 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
32020 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
32021 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
32022 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
32023 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
32024 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
32025 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
32026 future versions of Calc.
32027
32028 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
32029 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
32030 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
32031 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
32032 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
32033 within your package.
32034
32035 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
32036 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
32037 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
32038 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
32039 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
32040 if necessary without having to modify the file.
32041
32042 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
32043 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
32044 decreases the precision.
32045
32046 @smallexample
32047 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
32048 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
32049
32050 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
32051 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
32052
32053 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
32054
32055 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
32056 'increase-precision)
32057 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
32058 'decrease-precision)
32059
32060 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
32061 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
32062 calc-Y-help-msgs))
32063
32064 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
32065 "Increase precision by DELTA."
32066 (interactive "p")
32067 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
32068
32069 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
32070 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
32071 (interactive "p")
32072 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
32073
32074 )) ; end of calc-define property
32075
32076 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
32077 @end smallexample
32078
32079 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
32080 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
32081
32082 @noindent
32083 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
32084 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
32085
32086 @example
32087 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
32088 @end example
32089
32090 @noindent
32091 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
32092 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
32093 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
32094 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
32095 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
32096 parameters is valid.
32097
32098 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
32099 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
32100 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
32101 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
32102 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
32103 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
32104
32105 As an example, the definition
32106
32107 @smallexample
32108 (defmath myfact (n)
32109 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32110 (interactive 1 "fact")
32111 (if (> n 0)
32112 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
32113 (and (= n 0) 1)))
32114 @end smallexample
32115
32116 @noindent
32117 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
32118 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
32119
32120 @smallexample
32121 (defun calc-myfact ()
32122 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32123 (interactive)
32124 (calc-slow-wrapper
32125 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
32126 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
32127
32128 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
32129 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32130 (if (math-posp n)
32131 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
32132 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
32133 @end smallexample
32134
32135 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
32136 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
32137 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
32138 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
32139 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
32140
32141 @findex calc-top-list-n
32142 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
32143 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
32144 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
32145 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
32146
32147 @findex calc-enter-result
32148 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
32149 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
32150 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
32151 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
32152 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
32153 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
32154
32155 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
32156 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
32157 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
32158 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
32159 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
32160
32161 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
32162 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
32163 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
32164
32165 @example
32166 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
32167 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
32168 @var{body})
32169 @end example
32170
32171 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
32172 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
32173 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
32174
32175 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
32176 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
32177 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
32178 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
32179 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
32180
32181 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
32182 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
32183
32184 @noindent
32185 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
32186 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
32187
32188 @example
32189 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
32190 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
32191 &rest @var{param})
32192 @var{body})
32193 @end example
32194
32195 @noindent
32196 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
32197
32198 @example
32199 (@var{qual} @var{param})
32200 @end example
32201
32202 The following qualifiers are recognized:
32203
32204 @table @samp
32205 @item complete
32206 @findex complete
32207 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32208 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32209 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32210 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32211
32212 @item integer
32213 @findex integer
32214 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32215 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32216 formulas are rejected.
32217
32218 @item natnum
32219 @findex natnum
32220 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32221
32222 @item fixnum
32223 @findex fixnum
32224 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32225 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32226 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32227
32228 @item float
32229 @findex float
32230 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32231 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32232 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32233
32234 @item @var{pred}
32235 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32236 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32237
32238 @item not-@var{pred}
32239 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32240 @end table
32241
32242 For example,
32243
32244 @example
32245 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32246 &rest (integer d))
32247 @var{body})
32248 @end example
32249
32250 @noindent
32251 expands to
32252
32253 @example
32254 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32255 (and (math-matrixp b)
32256 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32257 (or (math-constp b)
32258 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32259 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32260 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32261 @var{body})
32262 @end example
32263
32264 @noindent
32265 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32266 body of the function.
32267
32268 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32269 @subsection Example Definitions
32270
32271 @noindent
32272 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32273 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32274 @pxref{Internals}.
32275
32276 @menu
32277 * Bit Counting Example::
32278 * Sine Example::
32279 @end menu
32280
32281 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32282 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
32283
32284 @noindent
32285 @ignore
32286 @starindex
32287 @end ignore
32288 @tindex bcount
32289 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32290 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32291 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32292 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32293 create an intermediate set.
32294
32295 @smallexample
32296 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32297 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32298 (let ((count 0))
32299 (while (> n 0)
32300 (if (oddp n)
32301 (setq count (1+ count)))
32302 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32303 count))
32304 @end smallexample
32305
32306 @noindent
32307 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32308 Emacs Lisp function:
32309
32310 @smallexample
32311 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32312 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32313 (let ((count 0))
32314 (while (math-posp n)
32315 (if (math-oddp n)
32316 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32317 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32318 count))
32319 @end smallexample
32320
32321 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32322 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32323 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32324 involve actual division.
32325
32326 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32327 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32328 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32329 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
32330 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32331
32332 @smallexample
32333 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32334 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32335 (let ((count 0))
32336 (while (not (fixnump n))
32337 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32338 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32339 n (car qr))))
32340 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32341
32342 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32343 (let ((count 0))
32344 (while (> n 0)
32345 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32346 n (lsh n -1)))
32347 count))
32348 @end smallexample
32349
32350 @noindent
32351 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32352 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32353 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32354 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32355 uses.
32356
32357 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32358 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32359 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32360 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32361 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32362 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32363 same thing with a single division by 512.
32364
32365 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32366 @subsubsection The Sine Function
32367
32368 @noindent
32369 @ignore
32370 @starindex
32371 @end ignore
32372 @tindex mysin
32373 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32374 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32375 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32376 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32377
32378 @smallexample
32379 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32380 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32381 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32382 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32383 newsum
32384 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32385 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32386 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32387 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32388 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32389 x (* x xnegsqr)
32390 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32391 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32392 (break)) ; then we are done.
32393 (setq sum newsum))
32394 sum))
32395 @end smallexample
32396
32397 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32398 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32399 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32400 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32401 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32402 by a separate algorithm.
32403
32404 @smallexample
32405 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32406 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32407 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32408 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32409 (cond ((complexp x)
32410 (mysin-complex x))
32411 ((< x 0)
32412 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32413 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32414
32415 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32416 (cond ((>= x 7)
32417 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32418 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32419 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32420 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32421 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32422 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32423 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32424 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32425 @end smallexample
32426
32427 @noindent
32428 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32429 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32430 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32431 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32432
32433 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32434 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32435 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32436 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32437 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32438 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32439 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32440 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32441 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32442 that this rule misses.
32443
32444 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32445 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32446 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32447 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32448
32449 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32450 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32451
32452 @noindent
32453 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32454 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32455 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32456 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32457 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32458 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32459 much simpler to use!
32460
32461 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32462 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32463
32464 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32465 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32466 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32467
32468 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32469 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32470 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32471 loaded and initialized for you.
32472
32473 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32474 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32475
32476 @ifinfo
32477 @example
32478
32479 @end example
32480 @end ifinfo
32481 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32482
32483 @noindent
32484 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32485 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32486 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32487 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32488
32489 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32490 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32491 one by one below.
32492
32493 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32494 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32495 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32496 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32497 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32498 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32499
32500 @ifinfo
32501 @example
32502
32503 @end example
32504 @end ifinfo
32505 @subsubsection Error Handling
32506
32507 @noindent
32508 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32509 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32510 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32511 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32512 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32513 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32514
32515 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32516 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32517 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32518 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32519
32520 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32521 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32522 ignored.
32523
32524 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32525 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32526 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32527
32528 @ifinfo
32529 @example
32530
32531 @end example
32532 @end ifinfo
32533 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32534
32535 @noindent
32536 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32537 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32538 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32539 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32540 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32541 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32542
32543 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32544 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32545 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32546
32547 @ifinfo
32548 @example
32549
32550 @end example
32551 @end ifinfo
32552 @subsubsection Default Modes
32553
32554 @noindent
32555 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32556 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32557 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32558 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32559 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32560 mode is used.
32561
32562 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32563 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32564 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32565
32566 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32567 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32568 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32569 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32570 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32571 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32572
32573 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32574 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32575 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32576 of the default of 12.
32577
32578 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32579 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32580 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32581 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32582 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32583
32584 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32585 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32586 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32587 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32588 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32589 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32590
32591 @ifinfo
32592 @example
32593
32594 @end example
32595 @end ifinfo
32596 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32597
32598 @noindent
32599 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32600 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32601 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32602 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32603 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32604
32605 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32606 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32607 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32608 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32609 structure.
32610
32611 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32612 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32613 an error if that object is not a constant).
32614
32615 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32616 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32617 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32618 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32619 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32620 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32621
32622 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32623 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32624 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32625 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32626
32627 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32628 to format it as a string.
32629
32630 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32631 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32632 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32633
32634 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32635 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32636 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32637
32638 @ifinfo
32639 @example
32640
32641 @end example
32642 @end ifinfo
32643 @subsubsection Predicates
32644
32645 @noindent
32646 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32647 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32648 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32649 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32650
32651 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32652 one value is less than another.
32653
32654 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32655 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32656 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32657 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32658 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32659
32660 @ifinfo
32661 @example
32662
32663 @end example
32664 @end ifinfo
32665 @subsubsection Variable Values
32666
32667 @noindent
32668 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32669 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32670 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32671 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32672 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32673 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32674 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32675
32676 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32677 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32678 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32679 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32680 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32681 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32682
32683 @example
32684 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32685 @end example
32686
32687 @ifinfo
32688 @example
32689
32690 @end example
32691 @end ifinfo
32692 @subsubsection Stack Access
32693
32694 @noindent
32695 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32696 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32697 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32698 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32699 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32700 usual way).
32701
32702 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32703 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32704 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32705 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32706 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32707 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32708 the stack.
32709
32710 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32711 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32712 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32713 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32714 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32715
32716 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32717 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32718 as a string.
32719
32720 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32721 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32722 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32723 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32724 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32725 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32726
32727 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32728 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32729 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32730
32731 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32732 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32733 the stack buffer if necessary.
32734
32735 @ifinfo
32736 @example
32737
32738 @end example
32739 @end ifinfo
32740 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32741
32742 @noindent
32743 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32744 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32745 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32746 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32747 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32748 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32749 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32750
32751 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32752 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32753 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32754 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32755 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32756
32757 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32758 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32759 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32760
32761 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32762
32763 @ifinfo
32764 @example
32765
32766 @end example
32767 @end ifinfo
32768 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32769
32770 @noindent
32771 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32772 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32773 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32774 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32775 @code{calc-eval}.
32776
32777 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32778 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32779 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32780 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32781
32782 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32783 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32784 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32785 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32786 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32787 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32788 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32789 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32790 your original buffer when it is done.
32791
32792 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32793 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32794
32795 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32796 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32797
32798 @ifinfo
32799 @example
32800
32801 @end example
32802 @end ifinfo
32803 @subsubsection Example
32804
32805 @noindent
32806 @findex convert-temp
32807 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32808 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32809 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32810 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32811 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32812 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32813 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32814
32815 @example
32816 (defun convert-temp ()
32817 (interactive)
32818 (save-excursion
32819 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32820 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32821 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32822 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32823 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32824 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32825 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32826 (if (equal type "F")
32827 (setq type "C"
32828 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32829 (setq type "F"
32830 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32831 (goto-char top2)
32832 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32833 (insert-before-markers type)
32834 (goto-char top1)
32835 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32836 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32837 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32838 (insert number))))
32839 @end example
32840
32841 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32842 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32843 instead of after it.
32844
32845 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32846 @subsection Calculator Internals
32847
32848 @noindent
32849 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32850 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32851 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32852 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32853 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32854 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32855 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32856 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32857
32858 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32859 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32860 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32861 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32862 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32863 in the remaining component files.
32864
32865 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32866 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32867 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32868 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32869 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32870 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32871 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32872 prove this file will already be loaded.
32873
32874 @menu
32875 * Data Type Formats::
32876 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32877 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32878 * Predicates::
32879 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32880 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32881 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32882 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32883 * Hooks::
32884 @end menu
32885
32886 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32887 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32888
32889 @noindent
32890 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32891 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32892 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32893 which is not a Lisp list.
32894
32895 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32896 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32897 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32898 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32899 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32900 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32901 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32902
32903 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32904 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32905 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32906 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32907 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32908 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32909
32910 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32911 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32912 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32913 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32914 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32915 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32916
32917 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32918 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32919 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32920 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32921 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32922 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32923 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32924 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32925 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32926 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32927
32928 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32929 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32930 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32931 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32932 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32933
32934 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32935 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32936 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32937 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32938 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32939 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32940 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32941 negative real number.)
32942
32943 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32944 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32945 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32946 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32947 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32948
32949 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32950 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32951 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32952 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32953
32954 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32955 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32956 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32957
32958 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32959 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32960 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32961 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32962 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32963 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32964
32965 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32966 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32967 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32968 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32969 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32970 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32971 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32972 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32973 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32974 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32975
32976 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32977 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32978 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32979 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32980 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32981 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32982
32983 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32984 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32985 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32986 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32987 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32988 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32989 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32990 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32991 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32992 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32993 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32994 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32995 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32996 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32997 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32998 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32999 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
33000 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
33001 the variable is used.
33002
33003 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
33004 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
33005 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
33006 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
33007 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
33008 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
33009 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
33010 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
33011 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
33012 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
33013 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
33014 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
33015 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
33016 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
33017 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
33018 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
33019 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
33020 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
33021 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
33022
33023 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
33024 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
33025
33026 @noindent
33027 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
33028 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
33029 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
33030 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
33031
33032 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
33033 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
33034 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
33035 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
33036 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
33037 @end defun
33038
33039 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
33040 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
33041 remove it from that list.
33042 @end defun
33043
33044 @defun calc-record-undo rec
33045 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
33046 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
33047 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
33048 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
33049 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
33050 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
33051 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
33052 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
33053 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
33054 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
33055 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
33056 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
33057 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
33058 @end defun
33059
33060 @defun calc-record-why msg args
33061 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
33062 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
33063 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
33064 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
33065 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
33066 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
33067 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
33068 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
33069 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
33070 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
33071 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
33072 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
33073 @end defun
33074
33075 @defun calc-is-inverse
33076 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
33077 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
33078 @end defun
33079
33080 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
33081 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
33082 @end defun
33083
33084 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
33085 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
33086
33087 @noindent
33088 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
33089 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
33090
33091 @defun calc-push-list vals n
33092 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
33093 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
33094 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
33095 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
33096 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
33097 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
33098 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
33099 is an empty list, nothing happens.
33100
33101 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
33102 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
33103 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
33104 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
33105 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
33106 @end defun
33107
33108 @defun calc-top-list n m
33109 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
33110 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
33111 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
33112 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
33113 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
33114 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
33115 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
33116 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
33117 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
33118 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
33119
33120 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
33121 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
33122 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
33123 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
33124 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
33125 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
33126 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
33127 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
33128 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
33129 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
33130 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
33131 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
33132 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
33133 @end defun
33134
33135 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
33136 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
33137 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
33138 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
33139
33140 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
33141 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
33142 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
33143 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
33144 contain selections.
33145 @end defun
33146
33147 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
33148 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
33149 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
33150 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
33151 will be used.
33152 @end defun
33153
33154 @defun calc-normalize n
33155 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
33156 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
33157 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
33158 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
33159 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
33160 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
33161 @end defun
33162
33163 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
33164 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
33165 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
33166 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
33167 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
33168 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
33169 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
33170 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
33171 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
33172 @code{calc-top-list}.
33173 @end defun
33174
33175 @defun calc-top-n m
33176 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
33177 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
33178 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
33179 @end defun
33180
33181 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
33182 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
33183 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
33184 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
33185 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
33186 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
33187 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
33188
33189 @smallexample
33190 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
33191 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
33192 @end smallexample
33193
33194 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
33195 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
33196 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
33197 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
33198 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33199 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33200 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33201 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33202 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33203 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33204 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33205 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33206 are present.
33207 @end defun
33208
33209 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33210 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33211 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33212 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33213 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33214 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33215
33216 @smallexample
33217 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
33218 (interactive "P")
33219 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33220 @end smallexample
33221 @end defun
33222
33223 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33224 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33225 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33226 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33227 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33228 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33229 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33230 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33231 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33232 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33233 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33234 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33235 top element.
33236 @end defun
33237
33238 @defun calc-stack-size
33239 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33240 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33241 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33242 @end defun
33243
33244 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33245 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33246 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33247 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33248 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33249 line number, not the stack entry itself.
33250 @end defun
33251
33252 @defun calc-substack-height n
33253 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33254 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33255 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33256 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33257 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33258 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33259 entries.)
33260 @end defun
33261
33262 @defun calc-refresh
33263 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33264 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33265 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33266 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33267 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33268 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33269 @end defun
33270
33271 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33272 @subsubsection Predicates
33273
33274 @noindent
33275 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33276 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33277 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33278 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33279 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33280 the full range of Calc data types.
33281
33282 @defun zerop x
33283 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33284 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33285 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33286 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33287 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33288 @end defun
33289
33290 @defun negp x
33291 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33292 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33293 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33294 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33295 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33296 @end defun
33297
33298 @defun posp x
33299 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33300 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33301 @end defun
33302
33303 @defun looks-negp x
33304 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33305 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33306 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33307 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33308 @end defun
33309
33310 @defun integerp x
33311 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33312 @end defun
33313
33314 @defun fixnump x
33315 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33316 @end defun
33317
33318 @defun natnump x
33319 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33320 @end defun
33321
33322 @defun fixnatnump x
33323 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33324 @end defun
33325
33326 @defun num-integerp x
33327 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33328 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33329 the decimal point.
33330 @end defun
33331
33332 @defun messy-integerp x
33333 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33334 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33335 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33336 @end defun
33337
33338 @defun num-natnump x
33339 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33340 @end defun
33341
33342 @defun evenp x
33343 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33344 @end defun
33345
33346 @defun looks-evenp x
33347 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33348 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33349 @end defun
33350
33351 @defun oddp x
33352 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33353 @end defun
33354
33355 @defun ratp x
33356 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33357 fraction.
33358 @end defun
33359
33360 @defun realp x
33361 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33362 or floating-point number.
33363 @end defun
33364
33365 @defun anglep x
33366 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33367 @end defun
33368
33369 @defun floatp x
33370 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33371 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33372 is a float.
33373 @end defun
33374
33375 @defun complexp x
33376 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33377 (but not a real number).
33378 @end defun
33379
33380 @defun rect-complexp x
33381 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33382 @end defun
33383
33384 @defun polar-complexp x
33385 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33386 @end defun
33387
33388 @defun numberp x
33389 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33390 @end defun
33391
33392 @defun scalarp x
33393 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33394 @end defun
33395
33396 @defun vectorp x
33397 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33398 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33399 @end defun
33400
33401 @defun numvecp x
33402 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33403 @end defun
33404
33405 @defun matrixp x
33406 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33407 all of the same size.
33408 @end defun
33409
33410 @defun square-matrixp x
33411 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33412 @end defun
33413
33414 @defun objectp x
33415 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33416 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33417 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33418 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33419 @end defun
33420
33421 @defun objvecp x
33422 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33423 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33424 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33425 @end defun
33426
33427 @defun primp x
33428 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33429 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33430 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33431 and intervals.
33432 @end defun
33433
33434 @defun constp x
33435 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33436 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33437 components are @code{constp}.
33438 @end defun
33439
33440 @defun lessp x y
33441 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33442 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33443 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33444 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33445 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33446 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33447 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33448 @end defun
33449
33450 @defun beforep x y
33451 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33452 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33453 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33454 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33455 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33456 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33457 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33458 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33459 @end defun
33460
33461 @defun equal x y
33462 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33463 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33464 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33465 0 and 0.0 as different.
33466 @end defun
33467
33468 @defun math-equal x y
33469 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33470 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33471 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33472 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33473 @end defun
33474
33475 @defun equal-int x n
33476 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33477 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33478 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33479 whenever possible.
33480 @end defun
33481
33482 @defun nearly-equal x y
33483 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33484 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33485 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33486 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33487 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33488 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33489 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33490 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33491 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33492 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33493 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33494 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33495 @end defun
33496
33497 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33498 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33499 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33500 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33501 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33502 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33503 @var{y} must be real.
33504 @end defun
33505
33506 @defun is-true x
33507 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33508 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33509 or a provably non-zero formula.
33510 @end defun
33511
33512 @defun reject-arg val pred
33513 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33514 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33515 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33516 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33517 @end defun
33518
33519 @defun inexact-value
33520 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33521 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33522 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33523 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33524 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33525 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33526 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33527 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33528 @end defun
33529
33530 @defun overflow
33531 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33532 @end defun
33533
33534 @defun underflow
33535 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33536 @end defun
33537
33538 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33539 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33540
33541 @noindent
33542 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33543 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33544 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33545 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33546 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33547 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33548 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33549
33550 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33551 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33552 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33553 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33554 respectively, instead.
33555
33556 @defun normalize val
33557 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33558 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33559 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33560 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33561 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33562 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33563 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33564 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33565 return 6.
33566
33567 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33568 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33569 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33570 the formula still in symbolic form.
33571
33572 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33573 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33574 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33575 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33576 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33577 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33578 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33579 on the stack.
33580 @end defun
33581
33582 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33583 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33584 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33585 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33586 @end defun
33587
33588 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33589 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33590 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33591
33592 @smallexample
33593 (math-normalize
33594 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33595 @var{body}))
33596 @end smallexample
33597
33598 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33599 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33600 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33601 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33602 @end defmac
33603
33604 @defun make-frac n d
33605 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33606 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33607 @end defun
33608
33609 @defun make-float mant exp
33610 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33611 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33612 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33613 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33614 @end defun
33615
33616 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33617 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33618 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33619 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33620 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33621 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33622 @end defun
33623
33624 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33625 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33626 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33627 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33628 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33629 @end defun
33630
33631 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33632 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33633 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33634 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33635 @end defun
33636
33637 @defun make-mod n m
33638 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33639 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33640 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33641 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33642 @end defun
33643
33644 @defun float x
33645 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33646 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33647 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33648 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33649 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33650 @end defun
33651
33652 @defun compare x y
33653 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33654 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33655 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33656 undefined or cannot be determined.
33657 @end defun
33658
33659 @defun numdigs n
33660 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33661 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33662 considered to have zero digits.
33663 @end defun
33664
33665 @defun scale-int x n
33666 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33667 digits with truncation toward zero.
33668 @end defun
33669
33670 @defun scale-rounding x n
33671 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33672 integer rather than truncating.
33673 @end defun
33674
33675 @defun fixnum n
33676 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33677 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
33678 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33679 @end defun
33680
33681 @defun sqr x
33682 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33683 @end defun
33684
33685 @defun quotient x y
33686 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33687 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33688 direction of rounding is undefined.
33689 @end defun
33690
33691 @defun idiv x y
33692 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33693 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33694 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33695 slower than for @code{quotient}.
33696 @end defun
33697
33698 @defun imod x y
33699 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33700 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33701 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33702 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33703 @end defun
33704
33705 @defun idivmod x y
33706 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33707 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33708 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33709 @end defun
33710
33711 @defun pow x y
33712 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33713 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33714 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33715 @end defun
33716
33717 @defun abs-approx x
33718 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33719 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33720 the absolute values of the components.
33721 @end defun
33722
33723 @findex e
33724 @findex gamma-const
33725 @findex ln-2
33726 @findex ln-10
33727 @findex phi
33728 @findex pi-over-2
33729 @findex pi-over-4
33730 @findex pi-over-180
33731 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33732 @findex sqrt-e
33733 @findex two-pi
33734 @defun pi
33735 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33736 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33737 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33738 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33739 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33740 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33741 first are essentially free.
33742 @end defun
33743
33744 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33745 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33746 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33747 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33748 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33749 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33750 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33751 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33752 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33753 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33754 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33755 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33756 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33757 @end defmac
33758
33759 @findex half-circle
33760 @findex quarter-circle
33761 @defun full-circle symb
33762 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33763 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33764 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33765 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33766 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33767 @end defun
33768
33769 @defun power-of-2 n
33770 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33771 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33772 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33773 @end defun
33774
33775 @defun integer-log2 n
33776 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33777 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33778 return @code{nil}.
33779 @end defun
33780
33781 @defun div-mod a b m
33782 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33783 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33784 @end defun
33785
33786 @defun pow-mod a b m
33787 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33788 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33789 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33790 @end defun
33791
33792 @defun isqrt n
33793 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33794 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33795 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33796 @end defun
33797
33798 @defun to-hms a ang
33799 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33800 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33801 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33802 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33803 @end defun
33804
33805 @defun from-hms a ang
33806 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33807 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33808 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33809 is returned as-is.
33810 @end defun
33811
33812 @defun to-radians a
33813 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33814 angular mode.
33815 @end defun
33816
33817 @defun from-radians a
33818 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33819 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33820 @end defun
33821
33822 @defun to-radians-2 a
33823 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33824 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33825 @end defun
33826
33827 @defun from-radians-2 a
33828 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33829 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33830 @end defun
33831
33832 @defun random-digit
33833 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33834 @end defun
33835
33836 @defun random-digits n
33837 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33838 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33839 @end defun
33840
33841 @defun random-float
33842 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33843 @end defun
33844
33845 @defun prime-test n iters
33846 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33847 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33848 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33849 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33850 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33851 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33852 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33853 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33854 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33855 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33856 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33857 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33858 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33859 @end defun
33860
33861 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33862 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33863 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33864 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33865 fast.
33866 @end defun
33867
33868 @defun to-fraction f tol
33869 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33870 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33871 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33872 @end defun
33873
33874 @defun quarter-integer n
33875 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33876 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33877 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33878 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33879 returns @code{nil}.
33880 @end defun
33881
33882 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33883 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33884
33885 @noindent
33886 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33887 matrices.
33888
33889 @defun math-concat x y
33890 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33891 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33892 @end defun
33893
33894 @defun vec-length v
33895 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33896 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33897 rows in the matrix.
33898 @end defun
33899
33900 @defun mat-dimens m
33901 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33902 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33903 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33904 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33905 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33906 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33907 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33908 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33909 elements.
33910 @end defun
33911
33912 @defun dimension-error
33913 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33914 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33915 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33916 @end defun
33917
33918 @defun build-vector args
33919 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33920 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33921 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33922 @end defun
33923
33924 @defun make-vec obj dims
33925 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33926 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33927 filled with 27's.
33928 @end defun
33929
33930 @defun row-matrix v
33931 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33932 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33933 leave it alone.
33934 @end defun
33935
33936 @defun col-matrix v
33937 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33938 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33939 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33940 @end defun
33941
33942 @defun map-vec f v
33943 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33944 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33945 of vector @var{v}.
33946 @end defun
33947
33948 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33949 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33950 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33951 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33952 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33953 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33954 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33955 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33956 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33957 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33958 @end defun
33959
33960 @defun reduce-vec f v
33961 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33962 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33963 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33964 @end defun
33965
33966 @defun reduce-cols f m
33967 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33968 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33969 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33970 @end defun
33971
33972 @defun mat-row m n
33973 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33974 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33975 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33976 @end defun
33977
33978 @defun mat-col m n
33979 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33980 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33981 @end defun
33982
33983 @defun mat-less-row m n
33984 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33985 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33986 @end defun
33987
33988 @defun mat-less-col m n
33989 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33990 @end defun
33991
33992 @defun transpose m
33993 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33994 @end defun
33995
33996 @defun flatten-vector v
33997 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33998 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33999 @end defun
34000
34001 @defun copy-matrix m
34002 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
34003 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
34004 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
34005 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
34006 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
34007 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
34008 @end defun
34009
34010 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
34011 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
34012 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
34013 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
34014 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
34015 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
34016 @var{m}.
34017 @end defun
34018
34019 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
34020 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
34021
34022 @noindent
34023 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
34024 Calculator.
34025
34026 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
34027 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
34028 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
34029 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
34030 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
34031 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
34032 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
34033 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
34034 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
34035 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
34036 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
34037 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
34038 their corresponding sub-formulas.
34039
34040 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
34041 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
34042 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
34043 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
34044 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
34045 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
34046 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
34047 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
34048 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
34049 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
34050 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
34051 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
34052 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
34053 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
34054 @end defun
34055
34056 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
34057 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
34058 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
34059 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
34060 the formula in-place.
34061 @end defun
34062
34063 @defun calc-find-selected-part
34064 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
34065 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
34066 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
34067 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
34068 @end defun
34069
34070 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
34071 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
34072 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
34073 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
34074 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
34075 to reflect the new selection.
34076 @end defun
34077
34078 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
34079 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
34080 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
34081 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
34082 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
34083 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
34084 @end defun
34085
34086 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
34087 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
34088 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
34089 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
34090 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
34091 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
34092 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
34093 This function does not take associativity into account.
34094 @end defun
34095
34096 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
34097 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
34098 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
34099 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
34100 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
34101 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
34102 return the whole expression.
34103 @end defun
34104
34105 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
34106 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
34107 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
34108 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
34109 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
34110 @end defun
34111
34112 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
34113 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
34114 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
34115 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
34116 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
34117 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
34118 function does not take associativity into account.
34119 @end defun
34120
34121 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
34122 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
34123 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
34124 @end defun
34125
34126 @defun simplify expr
34127 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
34128 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
34129 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
34130 to remains unchanged in memory.
34131
34132 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
34133 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
34134 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
34135 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
34136 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
34137 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
34138 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
34139 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
34140 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
34141 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
34142 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
34143 further simplifications were possible.
34144 @end defun
34145
34146 @defun simplify-extended expr
34147 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
34148 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
34149 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
34150 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
34151 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
34152 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
34153 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
34154 before taking any action.
34155 @end defun
34156
34157 @defun simplify-units expr
34158 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
34159 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
34160 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
34161 @end defun
34162
34163 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
34164 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
34165 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
34166 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
34167 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
34168 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
34169 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
34170 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
34171 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
34172 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
34173 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
34174 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
34175 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
34176 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
34177
34178 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
34179 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
34180 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
34181 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
34182 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
34183
34184 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
34185 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
34186 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
34187 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
34188
34189 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
34190 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
34191 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
34192 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
34193 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
34194
34195 @smallexample
34196 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
34197 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
34198 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34199 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34200 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34201 (or math-living-dangerously
34202 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34203 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34204 @end smallexample
34205
34206 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34207 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34208 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34209 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34210 @end defmac
34211
34212 @defun common-constant-factor expr
34213 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34214 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34215 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
34216 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
34217 @end defun
34218
34219 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34220 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34221 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34222 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34223 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34224 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34225 square roots:
34226
34227 @smallexample
34228 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34229 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34230 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34231 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34232 (math-normalize
34233 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34234 (math-cancel-common-factor
34235 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34236 @end smallexample
34237 @end defun
34238
34239 @defun frac-gcd a b
34240 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34241 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34242 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34243 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34244 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34245 @end defun
34246
34247 @defun map-tree func expr many
34248 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34249 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34250 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34251 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34252 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34253 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34254 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34255 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34256 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34257 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34258 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34259 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34260 @end defun
34261
34262 @defun compile-rewrites rules
34263 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34264 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34265 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34266 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34267 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34268 message.
34269 @end defun
34270
34271 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34272 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34273 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34274 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34275 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34276 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34277 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34278 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34279 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34280 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34281 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34282 @end defun
34283
34284 @defun rewrite-heads expr
34285 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34286 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34287 @end defun
34288
34289 @defun rewrite expr rules many
34290 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34291 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34292 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34293 times.
34294 @end defun
34295
34296 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34297 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34298 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34299 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34300 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34301 @end defun
34302
34303 @defun deriv expr var value symb
34304 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34305 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34306 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34307 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34308 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34309 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34310 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
34311 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34312 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34313
34314 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34315 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34316 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34317 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34318 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34319 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34320 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34321 is defined by
34322
34323 @smallexample
34324 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34325 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34326 @end smallexample
34327
34328 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34329 @smallexample
34330 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34331 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34332 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34333 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34334 @end smallexample
34335 @end defun
34336
34337 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
34338 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34339 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34340 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34341 @end defun
34342
34343 @defun integ expr var low high
34344 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34345 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34346 @end defun
34347
34348 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34349 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34350 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34351 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34352 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34353 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34354 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34355 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34356 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34357 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34358 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34359
34360 @smallexample
34361 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34362 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34363 (and int
34364 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34365
34366 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34367 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34368 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34369 @end smallexample
34370
34371 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34372 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34373 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34374 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34375 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34376 result.
34377 @end defmac
34378
34379 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34380 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34381 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34382 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34383 @var{v}.
34384 @end defmac
34385
34386 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34387 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34388 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34389 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34390 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34391 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34392 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34393 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34394 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34395 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34396 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34397
34398 @smallexample
34399 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34400 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34401 @end smallexample
34402
34403 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34404 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34405 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34406 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34407 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34408 @end defun
34409
34410 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34411 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34412 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34413 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34414 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34415 @end defun
34416
34417 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34418 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34419 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34420 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34421 @end defun
34422
34423 @defun expr-contains expr var
34424 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34425 of @var{expr}.
34426
34427 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34428 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34429 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34430 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34431 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34432 @code{eq} to each other.
34433 @end defun
34434
34435 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34436 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34437 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34438 @end defun
34439
34440 @defun expr-depends expr var
34441 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34442 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34443 in common.
34444 @end defun
34445
34446 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34447 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34448 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34449 @end defun
34450
34451 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34452 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34453 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34454 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34455 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34456 @end defun
34457
34458 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34459 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34460 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34461 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34462 are ignored.
34463 @end defun
34464
34465 @defun expr-weight expr
34466 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34467 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34468 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34469 @end defun
34470
34471 @defun expr-height expr
34472 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34473 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34474 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34475 @end defun
34476
34477 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34478 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34479 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34480 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34481 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34482 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34483 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34484 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34485 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34486 a polynomial of degree 0.
34487 @end defun
34488
34489 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34490 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34491 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34492 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34493 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34494 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34495 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34496 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34497 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34498 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34499 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34500 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34501 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34502 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34503 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34504 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34505 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34506 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34507 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34508 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34509 @end defun
34510
34511 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34512 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34513 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34514 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34515 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34516 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34517 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34518 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34519 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34520 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34521 is found.
34522 @end defun
34523
34524 @defun poly-simplify poly
34525 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34526 clipping off trailing zeros.
34527 @end defun
34528
34529 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34530 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34531 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34532 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34533 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34534 @end defun
34535
34536 @defun poly-mul a b
34537 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34538 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34539 @end defun
34540
34541 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34542 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34543 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34544 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34545 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34546 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34547 @end defun
34548
34549 @defun check-unit-name var
34550 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34551 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34552 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34553 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34554 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34555 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34556 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34557 @end defun
34558
34559 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34560 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34561 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34562 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34563 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34564 @end defun
34565
34566 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34567 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34568 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34569 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34570 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34571 @end defun
34572
34573 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34574 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34575 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34576 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34577 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34578 is an expression to substitute for it.
34579 @end defun
34580
34581 @defun remove-units expr
34582 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34583 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34584 @end defun
34585
34586 @defun extract-units expr
34587 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34588 by ones.
34589 @end defun
34590
34591 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34592 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34593
34594 @noindent
34595 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34596 Calc numbers and formulas.
34597
34598 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34599 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34600 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34601 @end defun
34602
34603 @defun read-number str
34604 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34605 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34606 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34607 @end defun
34608
34609 @defun read-expr str
34610 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34611 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34612 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34613 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34614 a string describing the problem.
34615 @end defun
34616
34617 @defun read-exprs str
34618 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34619 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34620 shown above is returned instead.
34621 @end defun
34622
34623 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34624 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34625 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34626 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34627 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34628 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34629 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34630 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34631 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34632 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34633 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34634
34635 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34636 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34637 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34638 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34639 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34640 that actually appeared in the input.
34641 @end defun
34642
34643 @defun format-number a
34644 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34645 @end defun
34646
34647 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34648 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34649 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34650 This is a simple format designed
34651 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34652 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34653 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34654 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34655 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34656 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34657 @end defun
34658
34659 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34660 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34661 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34662 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34663 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34664 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34665 @end defun
34666
34667 @defun format-value a width
34668 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34669 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34670 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34671 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34672 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34673 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34674 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34675 window is used.
34676 @end defun
34677
34678 @defun compose-expr a prec
34679 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34680 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34681 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34682 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34683 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34684 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34685 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34686 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34687 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34688 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34689 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34690 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34691 normal function-call notation for that language.
34692 @end defun
34693
34694 @defun composition-to-string c w
34695 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34696 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34697 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34698 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34699 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34700 @end defun
34701
34702 @defun comp-width c
34703 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34704 @end defun
34705
34706 @defun comp-height c
34707 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34708 @end defun
34709
34710 @defun comp-ascent c
34711 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34712 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34713 @end defun
34714
34715 @defun comp-descent c
34716 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34717 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34718 @end defun
34719
34720 @defun comp-first-char c
34721 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34722 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34723 return @code{nil}.
34724 @end defun
34725
34726 @defun comp-last-char c
34727 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34728 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34729 @end defun
34730
34731 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34732 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34733 @comment
34734 @comment @noindent
34735 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34736
34737 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34738 @subsubsection Hooks
34739
34740 @noindent
34741 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34742 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34743 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34744 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34745 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34746
34747 @defvar calc-load-hook
34748 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34749 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34750 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34751 @end defvar
34752
34753 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34754 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34755 @end defvar
34756
34757 @defvar calc-start-hook
34758 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34759 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34760 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34761 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34762 @end defvar
34763
34764 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34765 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34766 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34767 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34768 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34769 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34770 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34771 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34772 been evaluated yet.
34773 @end defvar
34774
34775 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34776 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34777 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34778 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34779 per Emacs session.
34780 @end defvar
34781
34782 @defvar calc-end-hook
34783 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34784 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34785 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34786 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34787 @end defvar
34788
34789 @defvar calc-window-hook
34790 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34791 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34792 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34793 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34794 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34795 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34796 @end defvar
34797
34798 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34799 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34800 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34801 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34802 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34803 @end defvar
34804
34805 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34806 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34807 @end defvar
34808
34809 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34810 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34811 new buffer.
34812 @end defvar
34813
34814 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34815 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34816 new formula.
34817 @end defvar
34818
34819 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34820 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34821 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34822 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34823 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34824 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34825 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34826 @end defvar
34827
34828 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34829 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34830 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34831 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34832 message is inserted.
34833 @end defvar
34834
34835 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34836 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34837 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34838 @end defvar
34839
34840 @defvar calc-other-modes
34841 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34842 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34843 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34844 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34845 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34846 @end defvar
34847
34848 @defvar calc-mode-map
34849 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34850 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34851 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34852 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34853 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34854 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34855 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34856 extensions are loaded.
34857 @end defvar
34858
34859 @defvar calc-digit-map
34860 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34861 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34862 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34863 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34864 @end defvar
34865
34866 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34867 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34868 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34869 @end defvar
34870
34871 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34872 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34873 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34874 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34875 @end defvar
34876
34877 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34878 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34879 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34880 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34881 @end defvar
34882
34883 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34884 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34885 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34886 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34887 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34888 non-default variables are written out.
34889 @end defvar
34890
34891 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34892 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34893 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34894 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34895 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34896 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34897 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34898 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34899 @end defvar
34900
34901 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34902 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34903 @include gpl.texi
34904
34905 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34906 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34907 @include doclicense.texi
34908
34909 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34910 @appendix Customizing Calc
34911
34912 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34913 to use a different prefix, you can put
34914
34915 @example
34916 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34917 @end example
34918
34919 @noindent
34920 in your .emacs file.
34921 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34922 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34923 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34924 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34925 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34926 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34927 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34928
34929 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34930 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34931 calculation and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34932 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34933 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34934 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34935 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34936 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34937 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34938 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34939
34940 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34941 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34942 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34943 to see how regular expressions work.
34944
34945 @defvar calc-settings-file
34946 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34947 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34948 definitions.
34949 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34950 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34951 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34952 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34953
34954 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.emacs.d/calc.el"}
34955 unless the file @file{~/.calc.el} exists, in which case the default
34956 value will be @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34957 @end defvar
34958
34959 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34960 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34961 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34962 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34963 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34964 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34965 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34966 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34967 @end defvar
34968
34969 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34970 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34971 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34972 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34973 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34974 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34975 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34976 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34977 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34978 to display or print the output.
34979
34980 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34981 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34982 @code{"lp %s"}.
34983 @end defvar
34984
34985 @defvar calc-language-alist
34986 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34987 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34988 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34989 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34990 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34991 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34992 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34993 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34994 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34995 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34996 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34997
34998 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34999 @example
35000 ((latex-mode . latex)
35001 (tex-mode . tex)
35002 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
35003 (context-mode . tex)
35004 (nroff-mode . eqn)
35005 (pascal-mode . pascal)
35006 (c-mode . c)
35007 (c++-mode . c)
35008 (fortran-mode . fortran)
35009 (f90-mode . fortran))
35010 @end example
35011 @end defvar
35012
35013 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
35014 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
35015 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35016 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
35017 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
35018 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
35019 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
35020 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
35021 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
35022
35023 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
35024 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
35025 @samp{%} and a space.
35026
35027 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
35028 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
35029 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35030 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
35031 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35032 @example
35033 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
35034 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
35035 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
35036 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
35037 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35038 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35039 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
35040 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
35041 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35042 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35043 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
35044 @end example
35045 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35046 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35047 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35048 @end defvar
35049
35050 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
35051 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
35052 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
35053 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35054 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35055 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
35056 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
35057 They are regular expressions;
35058 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
35059 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
35060 delimiters''.
35061
35062 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
35063 Embedded mode understands by default are:
35064 @enumerate
35065 @item
35066 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
35067 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
35068 @item
35069 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
35070 @item
35071 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
35072 @item
35073 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
35074 @item
35075 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
35076 @end enumerate
35077
35078 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
35079 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35080 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
35081 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35082 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35083 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
35084 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35085 @code{nil}.
35086 @end defvar
35087
35088 @defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
35089 @defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
35090 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35091 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
35092 that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
35093 w}. It is a regular expressions.
35094
35095 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
35096 @code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
35097
35098 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
35099 set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
35100 expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35101 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35102 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35103 @code{nil}.
35104 @end defvar
35105
35106 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
35107 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
35108 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
35109 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35110 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35111 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
35112 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
35113 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
35114 buffer as well as to recognize them.
35115
35116 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
35117 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
35118 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
35119 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
35120 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
35121
35122 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
35123 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35124 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
35125 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35126 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35127 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
35128 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
35129 @example
35130 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
35131 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
35132 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
35133 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
35134 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35135 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35136 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
35137 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
35138 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35139 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35140 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
35141 @end example
35142 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35143 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35144 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35145 @end defvar
35146
35147 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
35148 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
35149 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
35150 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35151 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35152 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
35153 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
35154
35155 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
35156 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
35157 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
35158 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
35159 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
35160 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
35161 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
35162 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
35163 closing newline are omitted.)
35164
35165 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
35166 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35167 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
35168 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35169 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35170 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
35171 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
35172 @code{nil}.
35173 @end defvar
35174
35175 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
35176 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
35177 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
35178 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35179 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35180 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
35181 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
35182 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
35183 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
35184
35185 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
35186 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
35187 @code{"\n"}.
35188 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
35189 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
35190 lines by themselves.
35191
35192 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
35193 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35194 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
35195 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35196 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35197 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
35198 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
35199 @example
35200 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35201 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35202 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35203 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35204 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35205 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35206 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35207 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35208 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35209 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35210 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35211 @end example
35212 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35213 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35214 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35215 @end defvar
35216
35217 @defvar calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
35218 @defvarx calc-selected-face
35219 @defvarx calc-nonselected-face
35220 See @ref{Displaying Selections}.@*
35221 The variable @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces}
35222 determines how selected sub-formulas are distinguished.
35223 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is nil, then
35224 a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by changing every
35225 character not part of the sub-formula with a dot or by changing every
35226 character in the sub-formula with a @samp{#} sign.
35227 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is t,
35228 then a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by displaying the
35229 non-selected portion of the formula with @code{calc-nonselected-face}
35230 or by displaying the selected sub-formula with
35231 @code{calc-nonselected-face}.
35232 @end defvar
35233
35234 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35235 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
35236 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35237 formulas in normal language modes. If
35238 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35239 multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35240 right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35241 as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35242 @code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35243 (and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
35244 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35245 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35246 @end defvar
35247
35248 @defvar calc-undo-length
35249 The variable @code{calc-undo-length} determines the number of undo
35250 steps that Calc will keep track of when @code{calc-quit} is called.
35251 If @code{calc-undo-length} is a non-negative integer, then this is the
35252 number of undo steps that will be preserved; if
35253 @code{calc-undo-length} has any other value, then all undo steps will
35254 be preserved. The default value of @code{calc-undo-length} is @expr{100}.
35255 @end defvar
35256
35257 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35258 @appendix Reporting Bugs
35259
35260 @noindent
35261 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35262
35263 @example
35264 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35265 @end example
35266
35267 @noindent
35268 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35269 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35270 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35271 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35272 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35273 regular mailbox.
35274
35275 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35276 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35277 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35278 them right in.
35279
35280 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35281 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35282 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35283 so any efforts can be coordinated.
35284
35285 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35286 repository. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35287
35288 @c [summary]
35289 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35290 @appendix Calc Summary
35291
35292 @noindent
35293 This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
35294 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35295 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35296 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35297 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35298 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35299 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35300 command name refer to notes at the end.
35301
35302 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35303 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35304 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35305
35306 @iftex
35307 @begingroup
35308 @tex
35309 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35310 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35311 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35312 \leavevmode%
35313 {\smallfonts
35314 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35315 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35316 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35317 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35318 \thinspace%
35319 {\tt#5}%
35320 {\sl#6}%
35321 }}%
35322 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35323 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35324 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35325 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35326 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35327 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35328 @end tex
35329 @let@:=@sumsep
35330 @let@r=@sumrow
35331 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35332 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35333 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35334 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35335 @end iftex
35336 @format
35337 @iftex
35338 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35339 @let@c@sumbreak
35340 @end iftex
35341 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35342 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35343 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35344 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35345 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35346 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35347 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35348 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35349 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35350 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35351 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35352 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35353 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35354 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35355 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35356 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35357 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35358 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35359 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35360 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35361 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35362 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35363 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35364 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35365 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35366 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35367 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35368 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35369
35370 @c
35371 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35372 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35373 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35374 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35375 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35376 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35377 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35378 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35379 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35380
35381 @c
35382 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35383 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35384 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35385
35386 @c
35387 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35388 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35389 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35390 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35391 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35392 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35393 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35394 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35395 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35396 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35397 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35398 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35399 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35400 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35401 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35402 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35403 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35404
35405 @c
35406 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35407 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35408 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35409 @r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35410 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35411 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35412 @r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35413 @r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35414 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35415
35416 @c
35417 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35418 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35419 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35420 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35421 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35422 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35423 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35424
35425 @c
35426 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35427 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35428 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35429 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35430 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35431 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35432 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35433
35434 @c
35435 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35436 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35437 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35438 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35439 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35440 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35441
35442 @c
35443 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35444 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35445 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35446 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35447 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35448 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35449 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35450
35451 @c
35452 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35453 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35454 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35455 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35456 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35457 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35458 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35459 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35460 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35461 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35462 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35463 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35464 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35465 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35466 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35467 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35468 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35469 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35470 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35471 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35472 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35473 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35474 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35475 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35476 @r{ @: O @:command @: 32 @:@:Option}
35477 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35478 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35479 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35480 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35481 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35482 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35483 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35484 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35485 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35486 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35487 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35488 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35489 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35490 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35491 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35492 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35493 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35494 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35495 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35496 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35497
35498 @c
35499 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35500 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35501 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35502 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35503 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35504 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35505 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35506 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35507 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35508 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35509 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35510 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35511 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35512
35513 @c
35514 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35515 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35516 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35517 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35518
35519 @c
35520 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35521 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35522 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35523 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35524
35525 @c
35526 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35527 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35528 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35529 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35530 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35531 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35532 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35533 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35534 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35535 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35536 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35537 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35538 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35539 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35540 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35541 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35542 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35543 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35544 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35545 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35546
35547 @c
35548 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35549 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35550 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35551 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35552 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35553 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35554 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35555 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35556 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35557 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35558 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35559 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35560 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35561 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35562 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35563 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35564 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35565 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35566 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35567
35568 @c
35569 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35570 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35571 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35572 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35573 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35574 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35575 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35576 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35577 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35578 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35579 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35580 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35581 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35582 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35583 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35584
35585 @c
35586 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35587 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35588 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35589 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35590 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35591 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35592 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35593 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35594 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35595 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35596 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35597 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35598 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35599 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35600 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35601 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35602 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35603 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35604 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35605 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35606 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35607 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35608 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35609
35610 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35611 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35612 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35613 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35614
35615 @c
35616 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35617 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35618 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35619 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35620 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35621 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35622 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35623 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35624 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35625 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35626 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35627
35628 @c
35629 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35630 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35631
35632 @c
35633 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35634
35635 @c
35636 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35637 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35638 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35639 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35640 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35641 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35642 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35643 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35644 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35645 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35646 @r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35647 @r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35648
35649 @c
35650 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35651 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35652 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35653 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35654
35655 @c
35656 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35657 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35658 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35659 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35660 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35661 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35662 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35663 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35664 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35665 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35666 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35667 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35668 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35669 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35670 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35671 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35672 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35673 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35674
35675 @c
35676 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35677 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35678 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35679 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35680 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35681 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35682 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35683 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35684 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35685 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35686 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35687 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35688
35689 @c
35690 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35691 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35692
35693 @c
35694 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35695 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35696 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35697 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35698 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35699 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35700 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35701 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35702 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35703 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35704 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35705 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35706
35707 @c
35708 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35709 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35710 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35711 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35712 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35713 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35714 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35715 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35716 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35717 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35718 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35719 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35720 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35721 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35722 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35723 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35724 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35725
35726 @c
35727 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35728 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35729 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35730 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35731 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35732 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35733 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35734 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35735 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35736 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35737 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35738 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35739 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35740 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35741 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35742 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35743 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35744 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35745 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35746
35747 @c
35748 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35749 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35750 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35751 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35752 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35753 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35754 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35755 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35756 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35757 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35758 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35759 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35760 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35761 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35762 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35763 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35764
35765 @c
35766 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35767 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35768 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35769
35770 @c
35771 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35772 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35773 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35774 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35775 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35776 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35777 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35778 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35779 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35780 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35781
35782 @c
35783 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
35784 @r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35785 @r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
35786 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35787 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35788 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35789
35790 @c
35791 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35792 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35793 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35794 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35795 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35796
35797 @c
35798 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35799 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35800 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35801 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35802 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35803 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35804 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35805 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35806 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35807 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35808 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35809 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35810 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35811 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35812
35813 @c
35814 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35815 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35816 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35817 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35818 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35819 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35820 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35821 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35822 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35823 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35824 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35825 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35826
35827 @c
35828 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35829 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35830 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35831 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35832 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35833 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35834 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35835 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35836 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35837 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35838 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35839 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35840 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35841 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35842 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35843 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35844 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35845 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35846 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35847 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35848
35849 @c
35850 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35851 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35852 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35853 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35854 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35855 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35856 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35857 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35858 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35859 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35860 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35861 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35862 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35863
35864 @c
35865 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35866 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35867 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35868 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35869 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35870 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35871 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35872 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35873 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35874 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35875 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35876 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35877 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35878 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35879 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35880
35881 @c
35882 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35883 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35884 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35885 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35886 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35887 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35888 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35889 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35890 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35891 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35892 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35893
35894 @c
35895 @r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
35896 @r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
35897
35898 @c
35899 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35900 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35901 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35902 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35903 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35904 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35905 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35906 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35907 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35908 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35909 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35910 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35911 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35912 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35913 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35914 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35915 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35916
35917 @c
35918 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35919 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35920 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35921 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35922 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35923 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35924 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35925 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35926 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35927 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35928 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35929 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35930 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35931
35932 @c
35933 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35934 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35935 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35936 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35937 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35938 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35939 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35940 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35941 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35942 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35943 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35944
35945 @c
35946 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35947 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35948 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35949 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35950 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35951
35952 @c
35953 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35954 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35955 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35956 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35957 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35958 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35959 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35960 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35961 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35962 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35963 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35964 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35965 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35966
35967 @c
35968 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35969 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35970 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35971 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35972 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35973 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35974 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35975 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35976 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35977 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35978 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35979 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35980 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35981 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35982 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35983 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35984 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35985 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35986 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35987
35988 @c
35989 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35990 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35991
35992 @c
35993 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35994 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35995 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35996 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35997 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35998 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35999 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
36000 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
36001 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
36002 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
36003 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
36004 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
36005 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
36006 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
36007
36008 @c
36009 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
36010 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
36011 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
36012 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
36013 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
36014 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
36015 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
36016 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
36017 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
36018 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
36019 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
36020 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
36021 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
36022 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
36023 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
36024 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
36025
36026 @c
36027 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
36028 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
36029 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
36030
36031 @c
36032 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
36033 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
36034 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
36035 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
36036 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
36037 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
36038 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
36039 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
36040 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
36041 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
36042
36043 @c
36044 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
36045 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
36046 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
36047 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
36048 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
36049 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
36050
36051 @c
36052 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
36053
36054 @c
36055 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
36056 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
36057 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
36058 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
36059 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36060 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
36061 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
36062 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
36063 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
36064 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
36065 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
36066 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
36067 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
36068 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
36069 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
36070 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
36071 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
36072 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
36073 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
36074 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
36075 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
36076 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
36077 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
36078 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
36079 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36080 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
36081 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
36082 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
36083 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
36084 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
36085 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
36086 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
36087
36088 @c
36089 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
36090 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
36091 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
36092 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
36093 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
36094 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
36095 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
36096 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
36097 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
36098 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
36099 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
36100 @r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
36101 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
36102 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
36103 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
36104 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
36105 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
36106 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
36107 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
36108 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
36109 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
36110 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
36111 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
36112 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
36113 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
36114 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
36115 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
36116 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
36117 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
36118
36119 @c
36120 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
36121
36122 @c
36123 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
36124
36125 @c
36126 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
36127 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
36128 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
36129 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
36130
36131 @c
36132 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
36133 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
36134 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
36135 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
36136 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
36137 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
36138 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
36139
36140 @c
36141 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
36142
36143 @c
36144 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
36145 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
36146 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
36147
36148 @c
36149 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
36150 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
36151 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
36152 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
36153 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
36154 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
36155 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
36156 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
36157 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
36158 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
36159 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
36160
36161 @end format
36162
36163 @noindent
36164 NOTES
36165
36166 @enumerate
36167 @c 1
36168 @item
36169 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36170 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
36171 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
36172 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
36173
36174 @c 2
36175 @item
36176 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36177 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
36178 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
36179
36180 @c 3
36181 @item
36182 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
36183 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
36184 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
36185
36186 @c 4
36187 @item
36188 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
36189
36190 @c 5
36191 @item
36192 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
36193 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
36194
36195 @c 6
36196 @item
36197 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
36198 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
36199
36200 @c 7
36201 @item
36202 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
36203 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
36204
36205 @c 8
36206 @item
36207 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
36208
36209 @c 9
36210 @item
36211 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
36212 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
36213
36214 @c 10
36215 @item
36216 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
36217 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
36218
36219 @c 11
36220 @item
36221 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
36222
36223 @c 12
36224 @item
36225 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
36226 prefix always clears the mode.
36227
36228 @c 13
36229 @item
36230 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36231
36232 @c 14
36233 @item
36234 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36235 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36236 @iftex
36237 {@advance@tableindent10pt
36238 @end iftex
36239 @table @asis
36240 @item Integer
36241 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36242 @item Float
36243 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36244 @item 0.0
36245 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36246 @item Error form
36247 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36248 @item Interval
36249 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36250 @item Vector
36251 Random element from the vector.
36252 @end table
36253 @iftex
36254 }
36255 @end iftex
36256
36257 @c 15
36258 @item
36259 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36260 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36261
36262 @c 16
36263 @item
36264 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36265 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36266
36267 @c 17
36268 @item
36269 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36270
36271 @c 18
36272 @item
36273 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36274 the new units.
36275
36276 @c 19
36277 @item
36278 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36279 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36280
36281 @c 20
36282 @item
36283 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36284 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36285 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36286 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36287
36288 @c 21
36289 @item
36290 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36291 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36292 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36293 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36294
36295 @c 22
36296 @item
36297 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36298 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36299 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36300 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36301 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36302 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36303 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36304 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36305 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36306
36307 @c 23
36308 @item
36309 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36310 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36311 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36312 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36313 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36314 or @code{d} for ``down.''
36315
36316 @c 24
36317 @item
36318 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36319 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36320 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36321 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36322 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36323 @iftex
36324 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
36325 @end iftex
36326 @table @cite
36327 @item -1
36328 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36329 @item -2
36330 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36331 @item -3
36332 (@var{3}) HMS form.
36333 @item -4
36334 (@var{2}) Error form.
36335 @item -5
36336 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
36337 @item -6
36338 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
36339 @item -7
36340 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36341 @item -8
36342 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36343 @item -9
36344 (@var{2}) Open interval.
36345 @item -10
36346 (@var{2}) Fraction.
36347 @item -11
36348 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36349 @item -12
36350 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36351 @item -13
36352 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36353 @item -14
36354 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36355 @item -15
36356 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36357 @end table
36358 @iftex
36359 }
36360 @end iftex
36361
36362 @c 25
36363 @item
36364 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36365 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36366 the input vector.
36367
36368 @c 26
36369 @item
36370 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36371
36372 @c 27
36373 @item
36374 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36375
36376 @c 28
36377 @item
36378 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36379
36380 @c 29
36381 @item
36382 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36383
36384 @c 30
36385 @item
36386 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36387 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36388 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36389 of the result of the edit.
36390
36391 @c 31
36392 @item
36393 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36394
36395 @c 32
36396 @item
36397 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36398
36399 @c 33
36400 @item
36401 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36402 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36403
36404 @c 34
36405 @item
36406 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36407 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36408 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36409 backward by that many lines.
36410
36411 @c 35
36412 @item
36413 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36414 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36415 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36416 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36417
36418 @c 36
36419 @item
36420 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36421 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36422 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36423 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36424
36425 @c 37
36426 @item
36427 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36428
36429 @c 38
36430 @item
36431 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36432 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36433
36434 @c 39
36435 @item
36436 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36437 @expr{v - v_0}.
36438
36439 @c 40
36440 @item
36441 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36442 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36443 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36444 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36445 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36446
36447 @c 41
36448 @item
36449 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36450
36451 @c 42
36452 @item
36453 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36454 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36455
36456 @c 43
36457 @item
36458 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36459 value for this graph.
36460
36461 @c 44
36462 @item
36463 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36464
36465 @c 45
36466 @item
36467 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36468 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36469 otherwise.
36470
36471 @c 46
36472 @item
36473 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36474 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36475 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36476 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36477 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36478 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36479 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36480 to evaluate variables.
36481
36482 @c 47
36483 @item
36484 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36485 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36486 assigns
36487 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36488 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36489
36490 @c 48
36491 @item
36492 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36493 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36494 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36495 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36496 and a vector from the stack.
36497
36498 @c 49
36499 @item
36500 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36501 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36502
36503 @c 50
36504 @item
36505 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36506 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36507 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36508
36509 @c 51
36510 @item
36511 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36512 default 2D resolution.
36513
36514 @c 52
36515 @item
36516 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36517 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36518 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36519 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36520 @end enumerate
36521
36522 @iftex
36523 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36524 @page
36525 @endgroup
36526 @end iftex
36527
36528
36529 @c [end-summary]
36530
36531 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36532 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36533
36534 @printindex ky
36535
36536 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36537 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36538
36539 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36540 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36541 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36542 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36543
36544 @printindex pg
36545
36546 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36547 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36548
36549 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36550 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36551 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36552 @iftex
36553 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36554 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36555 @end iftex
36556
36557 @printindex tp
36558
36559 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36560 @unnumbered Concept Index
36561
36562 @printindex cp
36563
36564 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36565 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36566
36567 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36568 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36569 corresponding Lisp variable.
36570
36571 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36572 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36573
36574 @printindex vr
36575
36576 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36577 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36578
36579 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36580 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36581 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36582 @samp{math-}.
36583
36584 @printindex fn
36585
36586 @bye
36587